DGRM - Rede CAN Constellation ISL e D08
DGRM - Rede CAN Constellation ISL e D08
DGRM - Rede CAN Constellation ISL e D08
0000003721
Navistar, Inc.
August 2015
Revision 11
© 2015 Navistar, Inc. All rights reserved. All marks are trademarks of their respective owners.
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Foreword. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Service Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
Safety Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2429
II DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 1
Foreword
Navistar, Inc. is committed to continuous research and development to improve products and introduce
technological advances. Procedures, specifications, and parts defined in published technical service literature
may be altered.
NOTE: Photo illustrations identify specific parts or assemblies that support text and procedures; other areas in
a photo illustration may not be exact.
This manual includes necessary information and specifications for technicians to maintain Navistar® diesel
engines. See vehicle manuals for additional information.
Technical Service Literature is revised periodically. If a technical publication is ordered, the latest revision will
be supplied.
NOTE: To order technical service literature, contact your International dealer.
2 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
Service Diagnosis
Service diagnosis is an investigative procedure that must be followed to find and correct an engine application
problem or an engine problem.
If the problem is engine application, see specific vehicle manuals for further diagnostic information.
If the problem is the engine, see specific Engine Diagnostic Manual for further diagnostic information.
Prerequisites for Effective Diagnosis
• Availability of gauges and diagnostic test equipment
• Availability of current information for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge of the principles of operation for engine application and engine systems
• Knowledge to understand and do procedures in diagnostic and service publications
Technical Service Literature required for Effective Diagnosis
• Engine Service Manual
• Engine Diagnostic Manual
• Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
• Service Bulletins
DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL 3
Safety Information
This manual provides general and specific maintenance procedures essential for reliable engine operation and
your safety. Since many variations in procedures, tools, and service parts are involved, advice for all possible
safety conditions and hazards cannot be stated.
Read safety instructions before doing any service and test procedures for the engine or vehicle. See related
application manuals for more information.
Disregard for Safety Instructions, Warnings, Cautions, and Notes in this manual can lead to injury, death or
damage to the engine or vehicle.
Safety Terminology
Three terms are used to stress your safety and safe operation of the engine: Warning, Caution, and Note.
Warning: A warning describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions, hazards, and unsafe
practices that can cause personal injury or death.
Caution: A caution describes actions necessary to prevent or eliminate conditions that can cause damage to
the engine or vehicle.
Note: A note describes actions necessary for correct, efficient engine operation.
Safety Instructions
Work Area
• Keep work area clean, dry, and organized.
• Keep tools and parts off the floor.
• Make sure the work area is ventilated and well lit.
• Make sure a First Aid Kit is available.
Safety Equipment
• Use correct lifting devices.
• Use safety blocks and stands.
Protective Measures
• Wear protective safety glasses and shoes.
• Wear correct hearing protection.
• Wear cotton work clothing.
• Wear sleeved heat protective gloves.
• Do not wear rings, watches or other jewelry.
• Restrain long hair.
Vehicle
• Make sure the vehicle is in neutral, the parking brake is set, and the wheels are blocked before servicing
engine.
4 DIAGNOSTIC MANUAL
Table of Contents
DEFSMH Relay (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .792
DOC Temperature Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .804
DOCIT Sensor (Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .833
DPF (Diesel Particulate Filter) Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .850
DPFDP / DPFOP (Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .854
DPFIT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .886
DPFOT Sensor (Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .908
EBP Sensor (Exhaust Back Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .924
EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .939
ECB1 (Engine Compression Brake Output 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .966
ECI Circuit (Engine Crank Inhibit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .988
ECM (Engine Control Module)... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .995
ECT1 Sensor (Engine Coolant Temperature 1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1032
EFP (Engine Fuel Pump). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1056
EGR Actuator (Exhaust Gas Recirculation). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1076
EGT Sensor (Exhaust Gas Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1112
Engine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1128
EOP Sensor (Engine Oil Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1174
EOT Sensor (Engine Oil Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1186
ETP (Engine Throttle Valve Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1208
EWPS (Engine Warning Protection System). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1226
FDP (Fuel Delivery Pressure) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1262
FLI (Fuel Level Signal). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1279
IAHC (Intake Air Heater Control). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1286
ICP Sensor (Injection Control Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1302
IMP (Intake Manifold Pressure). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1338
IMT Sensor (Intake Manifold Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1366
INJ (Injector) Circuits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1381
IPR (Injection Pressure Regulator). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1607
J1939 Data Link Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1619
MAF Sensor (Mass Air Flow). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1625
NOx (Nitrogen Oxides) Sensor Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1669
RAPP (Remote APP) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1747
SCR (Temperature Sensor Module). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1752
SCRIT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1800
SCROT (Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1816
TC2CIT (Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1832
TC2WG (Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1850
TOSS (Transmission Output Shaft Speed) Sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1862
VREF (Voltage Reference). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1876
WIF Sensor (Water In Fuel). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1931
10 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 11
Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) communicates with Electronic Decision
Service Tool (EST), obtain vehicle health report, and check for current
ECM calibration.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software and log-in. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report (page 1962). No, ECM calibration
not current: Ensure
Is EST communicating with the ECM, and is ECM calibration current?
vehicle has latest ECM
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
No, EST not
communicating with
ECM: Go to 11.0 ECM
Loss of Communication
(page 55).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 27
Step 8 Review results from previous steps, Repair Order (RO), vehicle history, and operator complaint.
Go to operational checkout procedure for specific symptom:
• 2.0 Engine Does Not Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 28)
• 3.0 Engine Hard to Start Operational Checkout Procedure (page 32)
• 4.0 Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 36)
• 5.0 Engine Running, Engine Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure (page 38)
• 6.0 Cooling System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 40)
• 7.0 Engine Oil System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 43)
• 8.0 Fuel System Operational Checkout Procedure (page 45)
• 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Procedure (page 46)
• 10.0 SCR Aftertreatment Operational Checkout Procedure (page 47)
28 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine no start conditions and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
Step 2 Determine if injector buzz test will identify a failed fuel injector. Decision
Perform KOEO Injector Test (page 2008). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is an audible buzz sound heard from each injector? No: Do injector circuit
diagnostics (SPN
651-656 FMI 4, 5;
SPN 2797; 2798 FMI
3, 4; SPN 3659-3664
FMI 4, 5) for specific
failed injector(s). If
circuit diagnostics
passes, replace failed
injector(s).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 29
Step 3 Check for no start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for no start
related SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 4.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1136, 1387 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 51, 3464, Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ) faults
• SPN 4287 Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Does EST DTC list have any active fault codes listed above?
30 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Record snapshot of no start related Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data. Decision
A. Perform Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 1968). Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No: Battery voltage
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors. out of specification:
Repair battery, starting
Are battery voltage, FDP, ICP, and engine temperature sensor values within KOEO
system, charging
specifications?
system, or ECM PWR
circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No, FDP out of
specification: Go
to 8.1 Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 121).
No, ICP out of
specification: Go to
SPN 164 FMI 0 Fault
Code Diagnostics
(page 1303).
No, One or more
engine temperature
sensors not within
20°F (7°C) of others
after cold soak:
Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics (page
145)for sensor out of
specification.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 31
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine hard to start conditions and avoid
unnecessary work and repairs.
Step 2 Check for hard to start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for hard to
start related SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 3.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 108, 158, 628, 629, 1136, 1387 Engine Control Module (ECM)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 651-656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659-3664, 4257 Injector (INJ) faults
• SPN 4287 Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Does EST DTC list have any of the fault codes listed above?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 33
Step 3 Record snapshot of hard to start related Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Decision
data.
A. Perform Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 1968). Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No, battery voltage
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors. out of specification:
Repair battery, starting
Are battery voltage, Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP), Injection Control Pressure (ICP),
system, charging
and engine temperature sensor values within Key-On Engine-Off specifications?
system, or ECM PWR
circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No, FDP out of
specification: Go to
8.1 -Fuel Delivery
Pressure (page 121).
No, ICP out of
specification: Go to
SPN 164 FMI 0 Fault
Code Diagnostics
(page 1303).
No, one or more engine
temperature sensors
Not within 20°F (7°C)
of others after cold
soak: Go to Fault Code
Diagnostics for sensor
out of specification.
34 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Determine if engine will not start specifically during cold ambient Decision
temperatures.
Attempt to start engine. Yes: Go to 3.1 Engine
Hard to Start, Cold
Is engine hard to start, specifically during cold ambient temperatures?
Ambient Temperature
(page 69).
No: Go to Step 6.
Step 6 Determine if engine is hard to re-start after being run to operating Decision
temperature.
A. Run engine to operating temperature. Yes: Go to 3.2
Engine at Operating
B. Attempt to re-start engine at operating temperature.
Temperature, Hard to
Is engine hard to re-start specifically after being run to operating temperature? Re-Start (page 71).
No: Go to Step 7.
4.0 - Engine Running, Engine Not Under Load Operational Checkout Procedure
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine running problems while engine is
not under a load.
Step 3 Record snapshot of engine running data and determine if engine idles Decision
properly.
A. Perform Record Snapshot of Engine Running Data (page 2087) while Yes: Go to 4.1 Rough
symptom is occurring. Idle (page 75).
B. Wiggle the ICP harness, IPR harness, UVC connector (for ICP); 24-pin, No: Go to Step 4.
42-pin (IP), and 36-pin ECM connectors.
C. Run engine at idle.
D. Full throttle for 15 seconds.
E. Idle for 30 seconds.
F. Full throttle for 15 seconds.
G. Idle for 30 seconds.
H. Stop recording.
Does engine idle rough or surge at idle?
Step 5 Determine if a popping noise is coming from engine air intake. Decision
A. Start engine. Yes: Go to 4.3 Popping
Noise from Intake
B. Listen for popping noise from engine air intake.
(page 82).
C. Increase engine rpm to rated speed and return to idle.
No: Review operator
Is popping noise heard from engine air intake? complaint.
38 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine running problems while under a
load.
Step 3 Record snapshot of engine running data and determine if engine has a
misfire.
Perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091). Yes: Go to 5.2 Misfire
(Stumble/Surge/Runs
Does engine speed vary by 50 rpm or more while symptom is occurring?
Rough) (page 90).
No: Go to Step 4.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine cooling system problems and avoid
unnecessary repairs.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Step 2 Determine if air flow thru cooling package is restricted or cooling Decision
system components are damaged.
A. Inspect for restrictions and debris in front of and between radiators and Yes: Clear restrictions
other cooling package components. and clean debris from
cooling package. Repair
B. Inspect cooling fan blades, fan shroud, accessory drive belt(s), drive belt
damaged cooling system
tensioner(s), cooling package, and other cooling system components
components. After
for damage.
repairs are complete,
Were restrictions or debris found, or are cooling system components damaged? retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 3.
Step 5 Determine if cooling system will not get up to proper operating Decision
temperature.
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software Yes: Go to Step 6.
and log in.
B. Run engine to operating temperature while monitoring Engine Coolant
Temperature (ECT).
Does ECT reach 180°F (82°C) or higher?
No: Go to 6.3 Engine
Unable to Reach
Operating Temperature
(page 102).
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before working with
components.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot engine oil system problems and avoid
unnecessary repairs.
Step 3 Check for engine oil related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for engine oil
related SPN.
• SPN 100 Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
• SPN 110 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 111 Engine Coolant Level (ECL)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
Does EST DTC list have any of the fault codes listed above?
No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Verify engine oil quality, and determine if oil is aerated. Decision
Review results from Engine Oil Level and Quality Inspection (page 2218). Yes, fuel is in engine oil:
Go to 8.2 Fuel in Engine
Is engine oil contaminated or aerated?
Oil (page 125).
Yes, engine oil
contaminated: Go to 7.1
Engine Oil Contamination
(page 108).
Yes, engine oil aerated:
Go to 7.6 Engine Oil
Aeration (page 119).
No: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Determine if engine oil is leaking into the cooling system. Decision
A. Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more. Yes: Go to 6.6 Coolant
Leak to Engine Oil. (page
B. Remove deaeration tank cap.
107).
C. Inspect deaeration tank for engine oil.
Is engine oil in the deaeration tank?
No: Go to Step 6.
Step
Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2
Procedure?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).
Step
Check for related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
2
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for: Diagnostics for appropriate
SPN.
• SPN 191 Transmission Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) / Vehicle Speed
Sensor (VSS)
• SPN 597 Engine compression brake switch
• SPN 4287 Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Does EST DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
No: Go to Step 3.
Overview
The following steps direct technicians to systematically troubleshoot Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) exhaust
aftertreatment system problems and avoid unnecessary repairs.
CAUTION: The following service information only applies to N9 and N10 engines with SCR aftertreatment
systems.
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose Engine Control Module (ECM) not communicating with the Electronic Service Tool (EST).
Possible Causes
• Theft deterrent system
• Public Controller Area Network (CAN) circuit (terminating resistor, etc.)
• Any failed module on Public CAN
• Power and / or ground circuits to Diagnostic Connector
• Engine Control Module (ECM) power circuit (ECM fuse, ECM PWR Relay, etc.)
• ECM ground circuit
• Low battery voltage
• Faulty ECM
Test Procedure
Step
Perform preliminary operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 1.0 Preliminary Vehicle Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 1.0 Preliminary
Vehicle Operational Checkout
Procedure (page 25).
Step
Determine if Electronic Service Tool (EST) is working properly. Decision
2
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ to a second vehicle and log in.
Does EST communicate properly with second vehicle?
No: Repair EST. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 49
Step
Determine if EST communicates with other modules. Decision
3
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to initial vehicle and
log in.
C. Under the Connection (Sniffer) tab verify equipped modules are
listed under Module Name and Count is actively changing.
Does EST communicate with modules other than the Engine Control
Module (ECM)?
No: Go to Step 15.
NOTE: See latest version of N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Step
Determine if ECM ground circuits are working properly. Decision
4
A. Key Off. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00959-01 to ECM 76-pin gray
chassis connector and leave ECM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00959-01 to 180-pin Breakout
Box 00-00956-08.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
E. Measure voltage between battery positive and pins C-2, 4, and 6.
Are ECM ground circuits between pins C-2, 4, 6 and battery positive
within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Repair ground circuits. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step
Determine if ECM is receiving ignition switch power. Decision
5
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Measure SWBAT circuit voltage between battery ground and pin
C-31.
Is voltage between pin C-31 and battery negative within 0.5V of battery
voltage?
No: Go to Step 6.
50 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step
Determine if vehicle has an anti-theft system installed. Decision
6
Look for anti-theft password switch panel on vehicle center panel. Yes: See Electrical System
troubleshooting Guide for
Does vehicle have an anti-theft system installed?
anti-theft system checks. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
If anti-theft system is operating
correctly, and problem remains,
go to Step 7.
No: Go to Step 7.
Step
Determine if IPR PWR circuit has proper voltage. Decision
7
A. Inspect F1-A ( 5A or 10A) fuse for loose terminals or corrosionYes: Repair Open or high
(see appropriate Truck Circuit Diagram). resistance between F1-A fuse
and ECM pin C-31. After repairs
B. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
are complete, retest for original
C. Measure voltage between ground and each side of the F1-A fuse. problem.
Is voltage within 0.5V of battery voltage on both sides of the F1-A fuse?
No, voltage is within 0.5V of
battery voltage only on one
side of F1-A fuse: Replace
blown fuse and / or repair
loose terminals or corrosion.
Diagnosis short or other reason
fuse blew. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
No, voltage not within 0.5V
of battery voltage on either
side: Diagnosis and repair
power circuit to F1-A fuse
(see Electrical System
Troubleshooting Guide). After
system repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 51
Step
Determine if ECM MPR ground circuit is operating properly. Decision
8
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Remove ECM PWR Relay.
C. Measure voltage between battery positive and ECM PWR relay
pin-85.
Is voltage between pin–85 and battery positive within 0.5V of battery
voltage?
No: Go to Step 9.
Step
Determine if ECM MPR ground circuit is Open. Decision
9
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 10.
B. Measure voltage between battery positive and pin C-70.
Is voltage between pin C-70 and battery positive within 0.5V of battery
voltage?
No: Replace Engine Control
Module (ECM). After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Determine if power circuits to the ECM are working properly. Decision
10
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 11.
B. Measure voltage between battery ground and pins C-1, 3 and 5.
Are power circuits between pins C-1, 3, and 5 and battery ground within
0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Diagnose and repair ECM
power circuit (40A fuse, ECM
PWR relay, etc.). After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
52 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step
Measure resistance between Public CAN circuits. Decision
12
Measure resistance between Diagnostic Connector pin-C and pin-D. Yes: Go to Step 14.
Is resistance between Diagnostic Connector pin-C and pin-D
approximately 60 ohms?
No: Go to Step 13.
Step
Measure terminating resistors. Decision
13
A. Remove both 120 ohm Public CAN terminating resistors. Yes: Repair Public CAN
circuit wiring. After repairs are
B. Measure resistance of each terminating resistor.
complete, retest for original
Is resistance of each terminating resistor approximately 120 ohms? problem.
No: Replace defective
terminating resistor(s). After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 53
Step
Determine if Public CAN J1939 data link is operating properly. Decision
14
A. Connect vehicle batteries. Yes: Replace Engine Control
Module (ECM). After repairs
B. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
are complete, retest for original
C. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-C problem.
(CAN-H) and ground. Record measurement.
D. Measure voltage between Diagnostic Connector pin-D (CAN-L)
and ground. Record measurement.
NOTE: The sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements should add
up to approximately 5V, and CAN-H voltage should be greater than CAN-L.
Is the sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements approximately
5V, and is CAN-H 2.7V (+-0.5V) and CAN-L 2.3V (+-0.5V)?
No: Repair Public CAN circuit
wiring. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Determine if Diagnostic Connector has proper voltage and ground. Decision
15
A. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-B and Yes: Go to Step 16.
battery negative.
B. Measure voltage between Diagnostic Connector pin-A and
battery positive.
Is power circuit between pin-B and battery ground within 0.5V of battery
voltage; and is voltage between ground circuit pin-A and battery positive
within 0.5V of battery voltage?
No: Repair power and/or ground
circuit(s) to the Diagnostic
Connector. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
54 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step
Determine if Public CAN J1939 data link is operating properly. Decision
16
A. KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 17.
B. Measure voltage between 9-pin Diagnostic Connector pin-C
(CAN-H) and ground. Record measurement.
C. Measure voltage between Diagnostic Connector pin-D (CAN-L)
and ground. Record measurement.
NOTE: The sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements should add
up to approximately 5V, and CAN-H should be greater than CAN-L.
Is the sum of CAN-H and CAN-L voltage measurements approximately
5V, and is CAN-H 2.7V (+-0.5V) and CAN-L 2.3V (+-0.5V)?
No: repair Public CAN circuit
wiring. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Determine what module is causing communication failure. Decision
17
Unplug one Public CAN module at a time, and check when EST CAN Yes: Replace faulty module with
communication returns. Verify only one module is unplugged at any time. a known good module. After
repairs are complete, retest for
Does EST CAN communication return when a specific module is
original problem.
unplugged?
No: End Diagnostic Steps.
Overview
Diagnose reason for soot buildup at exhaust manifold. Exhaust manifold gasket damage and position are key
to determine required steps.
Some cold start exhaust leaks / soot accumulation at exhaust joints is normal, and does Not require exhaust
manifold and gasket replacement. Examples:
• Exhaust manifold slip joint between ports 2 and 3
• EGR cooler to exhaust manifold slip joint (goose neck)
Exhaust manifold gasket condition and position must be checked.
NOTE: Do not remove exhaust manifold to measure warpage.
NOTE: Minor exhaust leaks will not cause engine performance or frequent exhaust regeneration problems.
Possible Causes
• Exhaust manifold gasket out of position / failed
• Exhaust manifold slip joint leaking (blow by)
• Cracked exhaust manifold (likely near cylinder 4)
• Leaking exhaust downpipe gasket(s), loose V-band clamps, etc.
Test Procedure
NOTE: Do not remove exhaust manifold for cuff seal installation.
Step
Determine if soot is accumulating near the exhaust manifold. Decision
1
Inspect entire exhaust manifold / gasket area for soot accumulation. Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is soot accumulation present?
No: Do not remove exhaust
manifold. Inspect cuff seal slip
joint between ports 2 and 3.
Repair if needed. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Figure 2
A. Acceptable Gasket Position Between Cylinders 2 and 3
Figure 3
A. Unacceptable Gasket Position Between Cylinders 2 and 3
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 57
Figure 4
A. Acceptable Gasket Protrusion at Cylinder 6
Figure 5
A. Unacceptable Gasket Protrusion at Cylinder 6
58 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step
Determine if exhaust manifold gasket is out of position. Decision
3
A. Inspect top and bottom of exhaust manifold gasket. Yes: Install new exhaust
manifold and gasket kit. Inspect
B. Determine if exhaust manifold gasket holes are aligned halfway
cuff seal on exhaust manifold
or better with respect to bolt hole in the cylinder head. See
slip joint between ports 2 and 3.
(Figure 2) and (Figure 3).
Repair if needed. After repairs
C. Determine if exhaust manifold gasket protrudes from manifold are complete, retest for original
flange more then 3/8 inch (0.95 cm) at cylinder 6 exhaust port. problem.
See (Figure 4) and (Figure 5) .
Is exhaust manifold gasket out of proper position?
No: Go to Step 4.
Step Determine if soot has accumulated in other areas near the exhaust
Decision
4 manifold.
Inspect for soot accumulation at the following areas: Yes: Inspect exhaust downpipe
gasket(s) for leaks or loose
• Turbocharger housings
v-band clamps. Repair as
• Top of EGR cooler housing necessary. Inspect cuff seal
on exhaust manifold slip joint
• EGR crossover pipe
between ports 2 and 3. Repair
• Exhaust downpipe connections if needed. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Is soot buildup present in these locations?
problem.
No: Go to Step 5.
Step
Determine if exhaust manifold is cracked. Decision
5
Inspect exhaust manifold for cracks, especially near cylinder 4. Yes: Install new exhaust
manifold and gasket kit. Inspect
Is exhaust manifold cracked?
cuff seal on exhaust manifold
slip joint between ports 2 and 3.
Repair if needed. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic Steps.
Overview
Determine reason engine will not crank or will not crank fast enough to start the engine.
Possible Causes
• Failed batteries or low charge
• Corroded or loose battery cables
• Master battery switch turned Off, or Open battery cable circuit
• Starting system faults
• Crank inhibit fault
• Charging system faults
• Internal engine damage (hydro lock due to Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler or fuel injector tip failure,
etc.)
• Starter or flywheel gear binding or not engaging properly
• Power Take Off (PTO) or engine drive engaged
NOTE: See appropriate Truck Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide for additional starting and charging
system information.
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Step 3 Determine if master battery switch is Off or battery cable circuit has Decision
high resistance.
Turn ignition key to the Run position and observe instrument panel lights and Yes: Go to Step 4.
listen for injector pre-cycle.
No: Turn master battery
Do instrument panel lights come On and did injectors pre-cycle? switch On or fix battery
cable circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
CAUTION: Follow instructions and safety procedures suggested by test equipment manufacturers.
NOTE: Cold batteries deliver less current.
Step 4 Determine if batteries are able to deliver appropriate current to start Decision
engine.
Using Midtronics – inTELLECT EXP HD – Battery and Electrical System tester Yes: Go to Step 5.
(EXP1000HD), test fully charged batteries. Follow directions in tester instruction
manual.
Do batteries pass test?
No: Slow charge or
replace each battery that
fails test. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 6 Determine if engine has internal damage or starter / flywheel gears Decision
are binding.
Using Engine Rotation Tool ZTSE6072, rotate crankshaft by hand to determine if Yes: Go to Step 7.
starter/flywheel gears are binding or engine has internal damage.
Does crankshaft rotate appropriately?
No: Repair
starter/flywheel binding or
internal engine damage.
See Engine Service
Manual. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 61
Overview
Diagnose engine no start in cold ambient conditions (40°F {4°C} or colder).
Possible Causes
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor or circuit fault
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor or circuit fault
• Low cylinder compression
• Failed intake air grid heater
• Open or shorted IAH grid heater wiring (high current)
• Failed Intake Air Heater Relay
• Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit fault (relay control)
• Open or shorted IAH relay wiring (high current)
• Failed engine coolant heater
• Failed oil pan heater
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for SPN 729 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) fault codes. Diagnostics for SPN 729
(page 1286).
Is SPN 729 active?
No: Go to Step 3.
Overview
Engine will not re-start, after being run to operating temperature.
Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) leak
• ICP circuit fault
• Combustion leak to low-pressure fuel system (injector)
Test Procedure
Overview
Determine reason engine cranks but will not start.
Possible Causes
• Engine Control Module (ECM) fault
• No Start related Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Air intake restriction
• Exhaust restriction
• Low Injection Control Pressure (ICP) or ICP leaks
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) fault
• Low Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Engine compression loss or mechanical problems
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system fault
• Combustion into fuel system
Test Procedure
Step 4 Determine if engine is able to build Injection Control Pressure (ICP). Decision
Review Engine Cranking Test (page 2027) data. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) both in specification?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
Step 5 Determine if engine is able to build Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP). Decision
Record Snapshot of KOEO Data (page 1968) and review Engine Cranking Test Yes: Go to Step 6.
(page 2027).
Is FDP in specification during KOEO and cranking tests?
No: Go to 8.1 Fuel
Delivery Pressure (page
121).
Overview
Diagnose engine hard to start in cold ambient conditions (40°F {4°C} or colder).
Possible Causes
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor or circuit fault
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor or circuit fault
• Low cylinder compression
• Failed intake air grid heater
• Open or shorted Intake Air Heater (IAH) grid heater wiring (high current)
• Failed intake air heater relay
• Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit fault (relay control)
• Open or shorted IAH relay wiring (high current)
• Failed engine coolant heater
• Failed oil pan heater
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault Code
list for SPN 729 IAHC fault codes. Diagnostics for SPN 729
(page 1286).
Is SPN 729 active?
No: Go to Step 3.
70 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diagnose engine hard to re-start after being run up to operating temperature.
Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) leak
• ICP circuit fault
• Combustion leak to low-pressure fuel system (injector)
Test Procedure
Step 4 Determine if ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) are within Decision
cranking specification.
With engine at operating temperature, perform Engine Cranking Test (page Yes: Go to Step 5.
2027).
Are ICP and Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) within cranking specification?
No: Go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil Pump
(HPOP) Test (page 2082).
72 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine is able to start (possibly briefly), but is not able to continue to run.
Possible Causes
• Damaged or restricted intake: Change Air Cooler (CAC), Engine Throttle Valve (ETV), Mass Air Flow (MAF),
air filter, intake piping, clamps, connections, etc.
• Damaged or restricted exhaust: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC), Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) catalyst, exhaust brake, exhaust piping, etc.
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve (stuck or sticking open)
• Combustion gases in fuel (injector)
Test Procedure
Overview
Diagnose cause of engine running rough or surging at idle. It is normal for engine to idle rough until engine
coolant temperature reaches approximately 141°F (61°C) or more.
Possible Causes
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) (low pressure, aerated fuel, etc.)
• Injector circuit or mechanical failure
• Engine compression loss in one or more cylinders
• Engine air intake leaks (unmetered air entering engine air intake)
• Engine accessory dragging or locking up (A/C compressor, belt tensioner, fan drive, etc.)
Test Procedure
Step 5 Determine if injectors and injector circuits are operating properly. Decision
Perform CPA Cold Idle Test (page 2056) and CPA Hot Idle Test (page 2067). Yes, injector fault:
Check resistance
Does CPA Cold Idle Test and / or CPA Hot Idle Test determine a fault?
of suspect injector
circuit. Repair circuit
problem(s). If circuit
checks are good,
replace injector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Yes, high-speed
fluctuation: Check
resistance in injector
circuits through the
UVC gasket. Repair
circuit problem(s).
If UVC checks are
good, go to CPA
High-Pressure Oil
Pump (HPOP) Test
(page 2082).
No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 77
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not run engine more than 2 minutes with accessory drive belts
disconnected.
Overview
Engine without a load, is not able to increase rpm up to rated speed.
Possible Causes
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• Exhaust restriction
• Engine air restriction
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) meets full range %. Decision
Review engine running snapshot: Verify APP % at idle and at full throttle. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is Accelerator Pedal Position: 0% at idle, and 99% or greater at full throttle?
No: Repair APP sensor
or circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
80 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine cylinder compression popping back through the intake.
Possible Causes
• Sticking, damaged, or leaking intake or exhaust valve(s)
• Damaged pushrod(s)
• Damaged rocker arm or shaft
• Failed roller tappet assembly
• Failed camshaft
Test Procedure
Step 3 Inspect valve train for loose or damaged rocker arm assembly, or valve Decision
lash out of adjustment.
A. Remove valve cover. See Engine Service Manual . Yes, damaged
rocker arm
B. Inspect valve train for loose or damaged rocker arms, or valve lash out of
assembly: Replace
adjustment (focusing on any cylinders with low compression from Step 1).
damaged valve train
C. Measure valve lash. components. After
repairs are complete,
Is valve train for any cylinders loose, damaged, or valve lash out of adjustment?
retest for original
problem.
Yes, valve lash
out of adjustment:
Perform Cleaning and
Inspection of Push
rods, and Measure
Camshaft Lobe Lift
in the Engine Service
Manual. If camshaft
lobe lift is out of
specification, replace
camshaft.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Vehicle or engine is not able to accelerate properly while under a load.
Possible Causes
• Vehicle overloaded (load higher then engine designed for)
• Road speed governor programmable parameter set too low
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) barometric pressure error
• Exhaust restriction
• Boost control system fault
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking Open
• Intake restriction
• Turbocharger coking or damage
• Low compression
• Engine compression brake engaged when not commanded.
Test Procedure
Step 3 Verify Road Speed Governor programmable parameter is set above Decision
desired vehicle speed.
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
and log-in.
C. Select: Sessions > Parameters > Max Vehicle Speed with Road Speed
Limiting On, OR Road Speed Limiting Secondary Vehicle Speed Limit.
Are Road Speed Limiting programmable parameters set above desired vehicle
speed?
No: Set Road Speed
Limiting programmable
parameters to maximum
desired vehicle speed.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 7 Verify Engine Control Module (ECM) is reading proper Barometric Decision
Absolute Pressure for local elevation and barometric pressure.
A. Review 0 to 60 snapshot: determine recorded Barometric Absolute Yes: Go to Step 8.
Pressure.
B. Determine local elevation and barometric pressure. (Examples: 14.7
psia at sea level, 13.2 psia at 3000 ft., 11.8 psia at 6000 ft., 10.1 psia
at 10,000 ft.)
C. If Barometric Absolute Pressure is not reasonable relative to local
barometric pressure, verify local barometric pressure on a second
vehicle.
Is Barometric Absolute Pressure reasonable relative to local barometric
pressure?
No: Install a new
ECM. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 14 Inspect for engine air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision
A. Inspect air intake system from air filter to engine intake manifold for Yes: Go to Step 15.
air leaks, damage, or restrictions.
B. Perform High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Pressure Test
(page 2146).
C. Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test (page 2153).
D. Inspect hoses and clamps, interstage cooler, and Charge Air Cooler
(CAC).
Is the air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical
damage?
No: Repair air intake
system leaks, damage, or
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
Overview
Engine power or speed (rpm) varies unexpectedly by more than 50 rpm under a load.
Possible Causes
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor or circuit
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve stuck or sticking
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Air intake (boost) leaks
• Engine compression loss of one or more cylinders
• Injector circuit or mechanical problem
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) signal is correct and Decision
stable.
Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify APP signal moves smoothly as the throttle is Yes: Go to Step 3.
depressed and does not jump unexpectedly.
Is APP signal stable and not jumping unexpectedly, 0% at idle, and 99% or No: Repair APP sensor
greater at full throttle? or circuit problem. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 91
Overview
Engine is not able to increase rpm up to desired speed during Power Take Off (PTO) operation.
Possible Causes
• PTO circuit or system fault
• Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) set speed (not set high enough or not set correctly)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• Exhaust restriction
• Intake restriction
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
Test Procedure
NOTE: See CT-471 Body Builder books for additional PTO and AESC information.
Step 3 Verify if Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) / remote engine throttle Decision
programmable parameters are set above desired speed.
A. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) (page 1979) with ServiceMaxx™
software and log in.
C. Select: Sessions > Parameters.
Are AESC parameters set above desired engine speed?
No: Set AESC
programmable
parameters to
maximum desired
engine speed. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
Step 4 Determine if Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) meets full range percent. Decision
Review 0 to 60 Test data: Verify APP % at idle and full throttle. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is Accelerator Peddle Position: 0% at idle, and 99% or greater at full throttle?
No: Repair APP
sensor or circuit
problem. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
Overview
Determine reason coolant overflows out of deaeration tank with the deaeration tank cap installed.
Possible Causes
• Air compressor
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Cracked cylinder sleeve
• Cylinder head gasket
• Incorrect cylinder sleeve protrusion
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Step 2 Verify coolant overflow occurs before coolant over temperature. Decision
Does coolant overflow occur before cooling system goes over temperature? Yes: Go to Step 3.
No: Go to 6.2 Coolant
Over Temperature (page
99).
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, when replacing cylinder sleeves inspect piston cooling tubes for damage
or obstructions.
NOTE: Some cylinder head cracks between intake-to-intake or exhaust-to-exhaust valves are normal and
acceptable.
Step 6 Inspect cylinder sleeves for leaks, staining, pinholes, and cracks. Decision
Perform Cylinder Sleeve Cavitation and Crack Inspection (page 2253). Yes: Go to Step 7.
Are all cylinder sleeves free of coolant leaks, coolant staining, pinholes, and
cracks?
No: Replace leaking
or cracked cylinder
sleeves. After repairs
are complete, retest for
original problem.
98 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Determine reason engine cooling system goes over temperature or over heats.
Possible Causes
• Cooling package debris clogging
• Accessory belt / tensioner failure
• Inoperative / slipping fan clutch
• Inoperative / damaged cooling fan or shroud
• Damaged water pump impeller
• Stuck closed thermostat
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
100 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Determine if coolant is flowing properly in the deaeration tank and Decision
coolant lines.
A. Fill deaeration tank with coolant to proper level. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Run engine.
C. Observe deaeration tank and coolant lines for coolant flow.
Is coolant circulating in the deaeration tank?
No: Go to Step 8.
Step 8 Remove water pump and inspect water pump and front cover for Decision
damage or cavitation.
Does water pump and/or front cover have damage or cavitation? Yes: Replace damaged
components. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Diagnosis reason engine will not get up to operating temperature.
Possible Causes
• Thermostat stuck Open
• Winterfront not installed during cold ambient temperatures
• Cooling fan stuck On
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
NOTE: In cold ambient temperatures, and low engine loads, engine will take longer to heat up.
NOTE: Minimum engine operating temperature is approximately 180°F (82°C).
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if engine cooling fan stays On while engine temperature is Decision
below fan engagement temperature.
A. Run engine at high idle for 10 minutes. Yes: Repair cooling fan or
fan controls. After repairs
B. Attempt to run engine up to operating temperature.
are complete, retest for
NOTE: Viscous fan may be engaged while engine is cold. original problem.
Does engine cooling fan stay engaged before operating temperature is reached?
No: Go to Step 3
Step 3 Determine if proper winter front is installed during cold ambient Decision
temperature.
Is proper winterfront installed during cold ambient temperatures? Yes: Replace thermostat.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Install proper
winter front on vehicle
during cold ambient
temperatures. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 103
Overview
Determine reason engine coolant is leaking into exhaust system.
Possible Causes
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Interstage Cooler (ISC) leaking
• Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) cracked
• Head gasket leaking
Test Procedure
Overview
Determine what component is causing engine coolant to leak into the engine air intake.
Possible Causes
• Failed Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler
• Failed Interstage Cooler (ISC)
Test Procedure
Overview
Determine component causing coolant to leak into the engine oil.
Possible Causes
• Cracked cylinder liner
• Leaking cylinder liner o-ring(s)
• Failed air compressor
NOTE: White condensation under the oil filler cap and on dipstick is normal.
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if coolant is leaking into air compressor oil return. Decision
Perform Air Compressor Coolant Leak Test (page 2193). Yes: Repair or replace
air compressor. After
Does coolant come out of air compressor oil return line?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem. Change
engine oil and filter.
No: Go to Step 3.
Overview
Determine reason fluid or solid debris are in engine oil. Some fine metal residue is normal in engine oil.
Possible Causes
• Leaking cylinder liners
• External debris
• Valve train failure / internal engine damage
• Wrong fluid added during servicing
Test Procedure
Step 4 Determine if valve train damage is causing ferrous metal contamination Decision
in engine oil.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Repair loose or
damaged valve train
B. Inspect push tubes, rocker arms, valve bridges for damage and loose
components. Change
components.
engine oil and filter. After
C. Verify valve lash is set correctly. repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is valve train loose or damaged?
problem.
No: Remove oil pan.
Inspect rotating assembly
and crankcase for
damage. Repair damage.
Change engine oil and
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 7 Determine if connecting rod or main bearings are causing non-ferrous Decision
metal contamination in engine oil.
A. Remove three connecting rod caps and three main bearing caps (see Yes, bearing damage
Engine Service Manual). only: Replace worn
bearings. Repair
B. Inspect bearings for excessive wear.
root cause of failure.
Do connecting rod and / or main bearings have excessive wear? Change engine oil and
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Yes, crankshaft damage:
Replace engine. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Review complaint.
Overview
Determine reason engine oil is leaking into the air intake.
Possible Causes
• Failed high-pressure turbocharger
• Failed low-pressure turbocharger
• Restricted air intake / air filter
Test Procedure
NOTE: If air inlet is restricted, oil can be drawn from air compressor clean air supply.
NOTE: Some oil film or residue in the air intake system is normal.
112 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Determine reason engine oil is leaking into the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• High-pressure turbocharger
• Low-pressure turbocharger
• Internal engine damage
Test Procedure
Overview
Determine reason engine oil pressure is low and / or oil pressure gauge reads low.
Possible Causes
• Engine oil pressure gauge or circuit
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Incorrect oil viscosity
• Oil suction tube or gasket
• Piston cooling tubes
• Connecting rod and / or main bearings
• Oil pressure regulator
• Loose rocker arm bolts / worn rocker arms or rocker arm shaft
• Oil pump
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if instrument panel oil pressure gauge is working properly. Decision
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and Yes: Go to Step 3.
log-in.
No: Repair instrument
B. Select: Pressure tab. panel oil pressure
gauge or circuit. After
C. Monitor Engine Oil Pressure.
repairs are complete,
Does ServiceMaxx™ Engine Oil Pressure match oil pressure shown on instrument retest for original
panel oil pressure gauge? problem.
Step 3 Determine if Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor is operating properly. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2206). Yes: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
Does pressure gauge read engine oil pressure in specification?
are complete, retest
for original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.
CAUTION: Low viscosity engine oil will cause lower engine oil pressure in hot ambient temperatures and high
engine loads.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 115
Step 4 Determine if engine has correct oil viscosity for current ambient Decision
temperatures and operating conditions.
A. Review oil change records. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. See Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual “SAE Oil Viscosity Grades No: Change engine oil.
and Temperature Ranges” for correct oil viscosity for ambient temperatures Add correct viscosity
and operating conditions. oil for conditions. After
repairs are complete,
Does engine have the correct oil viscosity for current ambient temperatures and
retest for original
operating conditions?
problem.
Step 5 Determine if oil suction tube, piston cooling tubes, main or connecting Decision
rod bearings are causing low oil pressure.
A. Perform Oil and Crankcase Inspection (page 2254). Yes, oil suction tube
or gasket damaged or
B. Remove three connecting rod caps, and three main bearing caps.
restricted: Install new
C. Measure connecting rod, and main bearing clearances (see Engine Service oil suction tube and
Manual). gasket. After repairs
are complete, retest
Is oil suction tube or piston cooling tubes cracked, damaged, or restricted; or are
for original problem.
connecting rod or main bearings out of specification?
Yes, piston cooling
tube(s) damaged or
restricted: Install new
piston cooling tubes
(see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
Yes, connecting rod
or main bearings out
of specification: Install
new connecting rod
and/or main bearings.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 6.
116 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Determine if loose or worn valve train components are causing low Decision
oil pressure.
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Repair loose
or worn valve train
B. Inspect for loose rocker arm bolts, worn rocker arms, or worn rocker arm
components. After
shaft.
repairs are complete,
Are rocker arm bolts loose, or are rocker arms or rocker shaft worn excessively? retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 8.
Step 8 Determine if oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover are causing Decision
low oil pressure.
A. Remove drive belts (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace
damaged or
B. Remove vibration damper.
excessively worn
C. Remove damper hub. components. After
repairs are complete,
D. Remove oil pump housing.
retest for original
E. Inspect oil pump housing, front cover, inner and outer rotor for damage problem.
and excessive wear.
No: End Diagnostic
F. Perform Oil Pump Side Clearance, and Oil Pump End Clearance Steps.
measurements (see Engine Service Manual).
Does oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover have excessive wear, or are oil
pump clearances out of specification?
Overview
Determine reason engine oil pressure is high and / or oil pressure gauge reads high.
Possible Causes
• Engine oil pressure gauge or circuit
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Incorrect oil viscosity
• Oil pressure regulator
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if instrument panel oil pressure gauge is working properly. Decision
A. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software and Yes: Go to Step 3.
log-in.
No: Repair instrument
B. Select: Pressure tab. panel oil pressure
gauge or circuit. After
C. Monitor Engine Oil Pressure.
repairs are complete,
Does ServiceMaxx™ Engine Oil Pressure match oil pressure shown on instrument retest for original
panel oil pressure gauge? problem.
Step 3 Determine if Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor is operating properly. Decision
Perform Oil Pressure Verification Test (page 2206). Yes: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
Does pressure gauge read engine oil pressure in specification?
are complete, retest
for original problem.
No: Go to Step 4.
CAUTION: High viscosity engine oil will cause higher engine oil pressure in cold ambient temperatures.
118 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Determine if engine has correct oil viscosity for current ambient Decision
temperatures and operating conditions.
A. Review oil change records. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. See Engine Operation and Maintenance Manual “SAE Oil Viscosity Grades No: Change engine oil.
and Temperature Ranges” for correct oil viscosity for ambient temperatures Add correct viscosity
and operating conditions. oil for conditions. After
repairs are complete,
Does engine have the correct oil viscosity for current ambient temperatures and
retest for original
operating conditions?
problem.
Overview
Determine reason engine oil is aerated (air bubbles in oil).
Possible Causes
• Overfilled engine oil
• Oil suction tube or gasket
• Cracked or leaking front cover
• Damaged oil pump gasket or housing
Test Procedure
Step 2 Determine if oil suction tube or gasket is causing oil aeration. Decision
A. Adjust engine oil level to proper level, if not already done. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Add two gallons of extra engine oil. No: Replace oil
suction tube and
C. Start engine and run for 10 minutes.
gasket. After repairs
D. Turn Off engine. are complete, retest
for original problem.
E. Check dipstick for oil aeration.
Is engine oil aerated?
Step 3 Determine if oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover is leaking, Decision
cracked or damaged.
A. Remove drive belts (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace leaking,
cracked or damaged
B. Remove vibration damper.
components. After
C. Remove damper hub. repairs are complete,
retest for original
D. Remove oil pump housing.
problem.
E. Inspect oil pump housing, front cover, inner and outer rotor for leaks,
No: Go to Step 4.
cracks, or damage.
Does oil pump, oil pump housing, or front cover have leaks, cracks, or damage?
120 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Determine if front cover and / or oil suction tube is cracked or damaged. Decision
A. Remove oil pan (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Replace
cracked or damaged
B. Inspect front cover and oil suction tube for cracks and damage.
components. After
Is front cover or oil suction tube cracked or damaged? repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Diagnosis fuel delivery pressure low or high problem.
Possible Causes
• Low / no fuel in fuel tank(s)
• Restricted fuel strainer
• Fuel filter restriction
• Fuel gelling in cold weather
• Fuel inlet restriction or leak (supply line, tank, pickup, optional primary fuel filter)
• Restricted fuel return line
• Electric fuel pump power, ground, or relay circuits
• Failed fuel pressure regulator
• Leaking or damaged fuel supply or return fittings
• Incorrect fuel pump O-rings
• Failed fuel pump
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep fuel away from flame and sparks.
Test Procedure
Step 3 Inspect fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel pump O-rings. Decision
A. Disconnect fuel inlet from engine mounted fuel filter module. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Inspect and clean fuel inlet fitting of debris. No: Install Navistar®
International approved
C. Turn Key On for 20 seconds (to reduce fuel in filter module).
fuel filter.
D. Turn Key Off.
Clean or replace fuel
E. Remove and inspect engine mounted fuel filter. strainer.
F. Remove and inspect fuel pump, strainer, and O-rings. Install proper brown
O-rings on fuel pump.
NOTE: Low fuel delivery pressure, hard to start, or no start can be caused by
non-Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) fuel filters and / or wrong O-rings After repairs are
installed on the fuel pump. complete, retest for
original problem.
Is fuel filter made by a Navistar® International approved manufacturer? Is fuel
filter and strainer clean, and are fuel pump O-rings brown?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 123
Step 4 Determine if fuel pump will run when provided power and ground. Decision
CAUTION: Use a 10 amp fuse in the circuit, in case pump is shorted. Yes: Reinstall fuel pump.
Go to Step 5.
With fuel pump removed from engine, provide power and ground to the pump:
No: Replace electric
A. Install Fuel Pump Breakout Harness - ZTSE6023 on fuel pump
fuel pump. After repairs
connector, leave engine harness disconnected.
are complete, retest for
B. Install power circuit with 10 amp fuse to pins-4 and 6. original problem.
C. Ground pin-1.
D. Listen for pump running. Let pump run for 30 seconds.
Does pump run?
Step 5 Determine if electric fuel pump power and ground circuits are Decision
operating properly.
Perform Fuel Pump Voltage Test (page 2131). Key must be Off for 10 seconds, Yes: Go to Step 7.
or more, and then cycled On for the Electronic Control Module (ECM) to
No: Leave Breakout
command the fuel pump On.
Harness connected. Go
Is voltage reading between Pin-6 and Pin-1, and between Pin-4 and Pin-1 within to Step 6.
0.5 volt of battery voltage when the fuel pump is energized?
Step 6 Determine if electric fuel pump power circuit is operating properly. Decision
Using a Digital Multimeter (DMM) measure voltage between pin-4 and ground, Yes: Repair electric fuel
and between pin-6 and ground, when fuel pump is commanded On. pump ground circuit. After
repairs are complete,
Is voltage at pins 4 and 6 within 0.5 volts of battery voltage?
retest for original problem.
No: Repair electric fuel
pump power circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
124 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Determine cause of fuel getting into the engine oil.
NOTE: Some fuel in engine oil is normal. Depending on engine drive cycles.
Possible Causes
• Worn piston rings
• Broken fuel injector tip
• Loose fuel injector hold downs
• Leaking fuel injector O-rings
• Extended engine oil service intervals
• Engine misfire
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for Diagnostics Trouble Codes (DTC) related to excessive Decision
fueling.
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Fault
list for: Code Diagnostics for
appropriate SPN/FMI.
• SPN 1322 -1328, 4257 Injector (INJ)
No: Go to Step 3.
Does EST DTC list have any of the above SPN?
Step 5 Determine if engine oil has been changed according to maintenance Decision
schedule.
A. Examine last three oil service interval records. Yes: Go to Step 6.
B. Compare oil change records to Operators Operation and Maintenance No: Change engine oil
Manual schedule. and filter. Recommend
customer change
Has oil been changed according to Maintenance Schedule?
engine oil according
to Maintenance
Schedule.
Step 6 Determine if fuel injectors are loose or injector seals are leaking. Decision
A. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Remove
injectors and inspect
B. Remove high-pressure oil manifold.
injector O-rings and
C. Re-torque injector hold down clamp bolts. combustion seals.
Look for doubled
Is one or more injector hold down loose?
combustion seals,
burned injectors, or
burned O-rings. Repair
as needed. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem. Change
engine oil and filter.
No: Change engine
oil and filter. Monitor
for fuel in engine oil:
Operate vehicle for 1/3
of normal oil change
interval and inspect for
fuel in engine oil.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 127
Overview
Engine compression brake will not activate when commanded On.
Possible Causes
• Incorrect brake lash adjustment
• Brake (oil) pressure relief valve stuck Open
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) leak (worn brake piston seals, etc.)
• Failed Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) valve
• Engine compression brake switch or circuit inoperative (switch, circuit, or body controller could not enable
brake due to not receiving required signals)
• Engine compression brake control system entry conditions not met
Test Procedure
Step
Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 9.0 Engine
Compression Brake Operational
Checkout Procedure (page 46).
Step Verify operator controls are set properly to allow engine brake
Decision
4 operation.
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 5.
• Traction Control is not active No: Bring operator controls to
proper condition to allow engine
• Clutch pedal is released
compression brake operation.
• Cab mounted engine brake ON/OFF switch is set to ON After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
• Vehicle transmission is in gear (driveline engaged)
• Torque convertor lockup engaged
• Engine Oil temperature is greater than 25°C (77°F)
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) not active
• Engine speed is greater than 1000 rpm
Are all the above conditions true?
Step
Determine if ICP system is operating properly. Decision
7
Review 0 to 60 snapshot: Verify ICP Ctrl is less than 80% Yes: Go to CPA High-Pressure
Oil Pump (HPOP) Test (page
Is ICP Ctrl 80% or greater?
2082).
No: Check and adjust brake lash
(see Engine Service Manual).
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
130 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine compression brake activate when Not commanded On.
Possible Causes
• Failed high-pressure oil manifold
• Brake pressure relief valve stuck closed
• Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid stuck Open or leaking
• ECB1 circuit fault
• Incorrect brake lash adjustment
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor or circuit fault
Test Procedure
Step
Perform operational checkout procedure. Decision
1
Did you perform 9.0 Engine Compression Brake Operational Checkout Yes: Go to Step 2.
Procedure?
No: Go to 9.0 Engine
Compression Brake Operational
Checkout Procedure (page 46).
NOTE: See latest version of N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Step
Determine if ECB1 actuator or O-rings are leaking or damaged. Decision
3
A. Remove ECB1 actuator. See Engine Service Manual. Yes: Replace O-rings and
reinstall original ECB1 (if
B. Check ECB1 actuator and O-rings for leaks or damage.
undamaged). After repairs are
Is ECB1 actuator or O-rings leaking or damaged? complete, retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 4.
132 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Aftertreatment Symptoms
10.1 - Parked Regeneration Will Not Activate
Overview
Diagnose reason parked aftertreatment regeneration does not start after parked regeneration is commanded
On.
Possible Causes
• Power Take Off (PTO) / Auxilliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) active
• Accelerator Off idle
• Clutch engaged
• Engine not warmed up (Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) below 122°F [50° C])
• Regeneration inhibit switch enabled
• Service brake active
• System fault active
• Vehicle speed 5 mph or more
Test Procedure
Step 3 Verify all operator controls are set properly to allow parked regeneration. Decision
Verify the following are true: Yes: Go to Step 4.
• Power Take-Off (PTO) / Auxiliary Engine Speed Control (AESC) is not active No: Bring all operator
controls to proper
• Accelerator pedal is not depressed
condition to allow a
• Clutch pedal is released parked regeneration.
After repairs are
• Engine is warmed up: ECT1 above 122°F (50° C)
complete, retest for
• Regeneration inhibit switch is not enabled original problem.
• Service brake is not depressed
• Vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
Are all the above conditions true?
Step 4 Use Electronic Service Tool (EST) to determine if parked regeneration Decision
is inhibited.
A. Connect EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, and log in. Yes: Repair
component or circuit
B. Select > Procedures > KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF
causing Inhibitor to
Regeneration.
be “inhibited”. After
C. Select Test Inhibitors tab. repairs are complete,
retest for original
Are any Inhibitors listed as “inhibited”?
problem.
No: Go to Step 5.
Step 5 Verify Electronic Control Module (ECM) is receiving signal to start Decision
parked regeneration.
A. Press Parked Regen Switch. Yes: Verify each
step was completed
B. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select > Procedures > KOER
correctly
Aftertreatment Procedures > DPF Regeneration > System State tab >
Regen Status sub - tab. No: Repair Force
Regen Switch or
Is AFT DPF Regen Stage active?
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest
for original problem.
Overview
Diagnose excessive black smoke from the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
• Engine performance problem
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Exhaust leaks or damage
Test Procedure
Step 2 Check for engine performance related Diagnostic Trouble Codes Decision
(DTC).
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
• SPN 91, 2623 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP)
appropriate SPN.
• SPN 94 Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
No: Go to Step 3.
• SPN 931 Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
• SPN 164, 3055 Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• SPN 679 Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• SPN 636 Camshaft Position (CMP)
• SPN 637 Crankshaft Position (CKP)
• SPN 27, 2791 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
• SPN 110, 1659 Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
• SPN 175 Engine Oil Temperature (EOT)
• SPN 1209 Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• SPN 3610 Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP)
• SPN 5541, 5543 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV)
• SPN 3251 Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
• SPN 51, 3464 Engine Throttle Valve (ETV)
• SPN 102 Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• SPN 132 Mass Air Flow (MAF)
• SPN 651 - 656, 2797, 2798, 3055, 3659 - 3664, 4257 Injector (INJ)
• SPN 105 Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT)
Does ETC DTC list have any of the above listed SPN?
Step 5 Do DPF regeneration, and check for exhaust leaks and damage. Decision
Perform DPF Regeneration Procedure (page 2048). Yes: Verify steps
were completed
While test is running, check the following components for exhaust leaks and verify
correctly and the
all fasteners, brackets and clamps are secure and undamaged:
proper decision was
• Low-Pressure (LP) turbocharger outlet pipe made.
• Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) No: Repair exhaust
leaks, damage and
• Flexible mesh pipe to DOC inlet
loose parts. After
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) inlet repairs are complete,
retest for original
Are all components free of exhaust leaks; and all fasteners, brackets and clamps
problem.
secure and undamaged?
Step 7 Check for Mass Air Flow (MAF) Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC). Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™, check DTC list for: Yes: Go to Fault
Code Diagnostics for
• SPN 132 MAF
appropriate SPN 132
Are SPN 132 fault(s) present? fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
No: Go to Step 8.
Step 8 Inspect for engine air intake (boost) leaks or restrictions. Decision
A. Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 9.
B. Perform Interstage Cooler (ISC) Pressure Test (page 2153), and High No: Repair air intake
Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) Pressure Test (page 2146). system leaks, damage
or restrictions. After
Is air intake system and CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, or physical damage?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
138 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 12 Repair any active faults set during DPF regeneration. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC list for fault code(s) that may Yes: Go to Fault
have become active during the DPF Regeneration Procedure. Code Diagnostics for
appropriate fault. After
Does DTC List contain any active fault code(s)?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Diagnose cause of white smoke from unburned diesel fuel or coolant passing into the exhaust.
Possible Causes
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler failure
• Injector fault
• Down Stream Injection (DSI) system (only if fault code sets)
• Low cylinder compression (rings, etc.)
• Air management system problems
• Intake air heater fault
NOTE: Some white smoke is normal during engine warm-up.
Test Procedure
Step 5 Determine if Intake Air Heater (IAH) system is operating properly. Decision
Perform Intake Air Heater System Test (page 2138). Yes: Go to Step 6.
Is IAH system operating properly and did all intake air heater tests pass? No: Repair IAH faults.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
original problem.
Step 6 Test cooling system operation with engine at operating temperature. Decision
A. Run engine to operating temperature Yes: Go to Step 7.
B. Perform Cooling System Pressure Test (page 2185), Coolant Over-Flow No: Repair coolant
/ Over-Temperature Test, (page 2189) and Thermostat Operational Test system problem. After
(page 2190). repairs are complete,
retest for original
Is cooling system holding coolant under pressure, not overheating, or overflowing?
problem.
WARNING: To prevent injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent injury or death, provide proper ventilation when operating an engine in a
closed area. Inhalation of exhaust gas can be fatal.
Step 9 Determine if one or more cylinders with low compression are causing Decision
white smoke.
Perform Relative Compression Test (page 2022). Yes: Repair engine
damage causing low
Do one of more cylinders have low compression?
compression. After
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: Go to Step 10.
144 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 10 Determine if one or more cracked injector tips are causing white smoke. Decision
Perform CPA Cold Idle Test (page 2056) and CPA Hot Idle Test (page 2067). Yes: Replace cracked
injector tips. After
Is one or more injector tip cracked?
repairs are complete,
retest for original
problem.
No: End Diagnostic
Steps.
Overview
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) measures outside air temperature where engine is operating. AAT represents
air temperature for engine cooling performance.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 147
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor other engine temperature sensors after a cold-soak
period (time).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Fault may set in extreme cold (below 0°F [-17°C]) conditions. If vehicle has been subjected to such temperatures,
and temperature reads normal in-shop, no repair is needed.
Step 3 Determine if vehicle has mirror mounted Ambient Air Temperature Decision
(AAT) sensor.
Determine if vehicle has mirror mounted sensor. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Does vehicle have mirror mounted sensor? No: Go to Step 4.
Step 6 Check Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) Circuit Voltage for Short to Decision
PWR.
Perform Test 2 (page 152). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair AAT SIG
fault list. GND circuit between
AAT pin-1 and ECM
pin C-35. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair AAT circuit
between AAT pin-2 and
ECM pin C-47. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI
2.
Step 13 Check Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) Circuit Voltage for Short to Decision
PWR.
Perform Test 8 (page 154). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair AAT SIG
fault list. GND circuit between
AAT pin-1 and ECM
pin C-35. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 2.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair AAT circuit
between AAT pin-2 and
ECM pin C-47. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 171 FMI
2.
Pin-Point Test
See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
152 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 vehicle harness and leave AAT connector disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 153
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 10-pin Fuel Pump/Ammeter/Two Way Radio (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-3 and pin-8.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 10-pin Fuel Pump/Ammeter/Two Way Radio (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-8 and known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Driver Door (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-J and pin-K.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Driver Door (vehicle) connector.
C. Using International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C connect Breakout Harness
ZTSE4498 to vehicle harness between pin-K and known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
154 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
together.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 vehicle harness and leave AAT connector disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to known good
GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 155
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) voltage is
greater than 4.5 volts for 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• AAT sensor signal circuit OPEN
• AAT sensor signal circuit Short to PWR
• AAT sensor SIG GND circuit OPEN
• Failed AAT sensor
156 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check AAT circuit for Open in SIG GND circuit Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 160). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear DTC Yes: Repair Open
fault list. between AAT sensor
pin-1 and ECM pin
C-35. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 3.
Does SPN 171 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between AAT sensor
pin-2 and ECM pin
C-47. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 3.
Pin-Point Test
See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4871
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 159
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
160 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to AAT vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 161
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 to vehicle harness and leave AAT sensor disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4871 pin-2 to known good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
162 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) signal voltage
is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when the fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect AAT sensor module connector.
C. Check AAT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are AAT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 171 FMI 4.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See the latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 165
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor harness connector and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
166 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when voltage supplied to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) exceeds 16 volts while engine
is running.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If SPN 168 FMI 15 is active with SPN 158 FMI 15 and SPN 5109 FMI 15, repair battery main power or ground
failure before diagnosing this fault code.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when voltage supplied to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) is below 6.5 volts while engine
is running.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If SPN 168 FMI 15 is active with SPN 158 FMI 15 and SPN 5109 FMI 15, repair battery main power or ground
failure before diagnosing this fault codes.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• 58-pin Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
172 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box and SCR (ACM) 58-pin Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM
harness and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 173
Overview
Aftertreatment (AFT) System catalyzes carbon monoxide (CO), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), and Hydrocarbons
(HC), and has three main components: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF),
decomposition reactor tube, and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
DPF captures soot and other particulates exiting engine. Typically good running engine will have 99% soot to
1% ash.
Soot is captured by DPF. Although DOC should not require regular maintenance, DPF does require occasional
off-board cleaning to remove ash.
Soot is converted to carbon dioxide by a process of regeneration (Regen). Temperature at face of DPF is raised
to approximately 1000°F (538°C), for a period of time, depending on amount of soot that accumulated within
DPF. Regen time is calculated by DPF Differential Pressure (DPFDP) feedback.
Regen may take place as vehicle is in operation under steady state heavy engine loading condition, or by
commanding Parked Regen.
During Parked Regen, engine speed is increased, while Engine Control Module (ECM) controls Post-Injection,
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR), and Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) to increase heat going into exhaust system.
174 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Intake Air Heater (IAH) may also cycle on and off, not just to increase Intake Air Temperature (IAT), but to add
extra load on engine.
Health of system and Regen processes are monitored by DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor. DPFDP / DPFOP sensor measures
pressure difference across DPF. DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors measure temperature differences across
DOC and DPF and are part of DOC / DPF temperature sensor module.
DPF and / or DOC may fail or become restricted prematurely for a number of reasons. It is important to pinpoint
root cause and repair failure before replacing DOC or DPF. Failure to do so could result in destroying a newly
replaced component.
Any time DPF is replaced or removed for cleaning, record DPF serial number and use ServiceMaxx™ software
to run Diesel Particulate Filter Servicing (page 1975) procedure. Follow on-screen instructions.
Aftertreatment system reduces NOx by injecting Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) through Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
Unit (DEFDU), and into decomposition reactor tube. Exhaust heat in decomposition reactor tube causes DEF
to break down and convert to ammonia and CO2.
Final component of aftertreatment system is SCR catalyst. SCR catalyst completes break down of DEF into
ammonia and CO2, and then converts ammonia and NOx into Nitrogen gas and water.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when DPFDP is excessively high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3251 FMI 2 • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14
(DPFDP) 7 (AFTFP2) and 16 (AFT) (AFT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.
Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 177
Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor.
C. Check DSI sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.
Step 9 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 0.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 0.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
180 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when DPF soot load is at least severe level.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3251 FMI 2 • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14
(DPFDP) 7 (AFTFP2) and 16 (AFT) (AFT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.
Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.
182 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor.
C. Check DSI sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.
Step 9 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 15.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 15.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 185
Fault Overview
Fault sets when DPF soot load is at moderately severe level.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3251 FMI 2 • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14
(DPFDP) 7 (AFTFP2) and 16 (AFT) (AFT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.
Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 187
Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor.
C. Check DSI sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.
Step 9 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 16.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3251
FMI 16.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Pressure Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP)
sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
190 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3695 FMI 2- DPF Regen Inhibit Switch erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit
switch is On, and active regeneration of aftertreatment system is needed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch ON
• Failed DPF regen inhibit switch
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 191
Step 2 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch position. Decision
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Replace DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3695 FMI 2.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch OFF, allowing for active regenerations of aftertreatment No: Turn DPF regen
system? inhibit switch OFF. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3695
FMI 2.
SPN 3695 FMI 19 - DPF Regen Inhibit Switch status not detected on J1939
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) does not receive a message for status of Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch over J1939 bus.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3703 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to Inhibit Switch
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects regeneration (regen) inhibit switch is enabled
when any of following occur: SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, or 16 (DPF soot load) is active; or Active regeneration of
aftertreatment system is needed.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamps
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault can indicate reason high soot load faults have been logged.
Step 2 Check for correct Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regen inhibit switch Decision
position.
Verify DPF regen inhibit switch is in correct position. Yes: Run parked
regen of aftertreatment
system. After parked
regen is performed,
retest for SPN 3703
FMI 31.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch disabled allowing for active regenerations of No: Disable regen
aftertreatment system? inhibit switch and
perform a parked
regen of aftertreatment
system. After parked
regen is performed,
retest for SPN 3703
FMI 31.
SPN 3713 FMI 31 - DPF Active Regeneration Inhibited Due to System Timeout
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects active regeneration is needed, but fault that
inhibits regeneration is present.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 2, 3, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 2, 3, • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4,
4, 15, 16 (DPFIT) 4, 15, 16 (DPFOT) (DPFDP) (AFTFP1) and (AFTFT)
• SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, • SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, 7 • SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3695 FMI 2, 19
(AFTFPC) (AFTFP2) (DPFDP) (DPF)
• SPN 3703 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3719 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3750 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3936 FMI 0, 14, 15
16 (AFT) (DPF System)
• SPN 4360 FMI 2 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 4792 FMI 14 (AFT) • SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT)
(SCRIT) 16 (DOCIT)
• SPN 4795 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 4796 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 5298 FMI 17, 18 • SPN 5397 FMI 31 (AFT)
(AFT)
• SPN 5742 FMI 11, 16 • SPN 5743 FMI 11,
(DOC / DPF Temperature 16 (SCR Temp sensor
Sensor Module) module)
Fault Fact
This fault can indicate the reason high soot load faults have been logged.
Possible Causes
• Regen inhibit faults present when active regeneration is needed.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 197
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Torque output of engine will be reduced as soot load increases. Active
and parked regeneration of aftertreatment system will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOFIT)
• SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3 and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFOT) 4 (DPFDP)
• SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and •SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
7 (AFTFP2) 4 (DPFOP) (AFT) 4 (DOCIT)
• SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.
Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor and actuator connectors.
C. Check DSI sensor and actuator connectors and terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.
200 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch operation. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab and operate regen Yes: Go to Step 6.
inhibit switch. Verify status of DPF regen inhibit switch status changes in
ServiceMaxx™ in response to switch movement.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch operating correctly? No: Diagnose DPF
regen inhibit switch.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that DPF soot load is higher than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOFIT)
SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3251 FMI 2 SPN 3480 (AFTFP) SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFOT) (DPFDP)
SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14 SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
7 (AFTFP2) 4 (AFT) (AFT) 4 (DOCIT)
SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor Decision
and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DPFDP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.
Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor and actuator connectors.
C. Check DSI sensor and actuator connectors and terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 203
Step 5 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch operation. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab and operate Yes: Go to step 6.
regen inhibit switch. Verify status of DPF regen inhibit switch status changes in
ServiceMaxx™ in response to switch movement.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch operating correctly? No: Diagnose DPF
regen inhibit switch
fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that DPF soot load is higher than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ) • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DOFIT)
SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3251 FMI 2 SPN 3480 (AFTFP) SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFOT) (DPFDP)
SPN 3556 FMI 0, 1, and SPN 3610 FMI 2, 3, and SPN 3936 FMI 0 and 14 SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
7 (AFTFP2) 4 (AFT) (AFT) 4 (DOCIT)
SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Decision
Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor.
C. Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.
Step 3 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
damage.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.
Step 4 Inspect Down Stream Injection (DSI) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DSI sensor and actuator connectors.
C. Check DSI sensor and actuator connectors and terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DSI sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.
206 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for correct DPF regen inhibit switch operation. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, go to Switches tab and operate Yes: Go to step 6.
regen inhibit switch. Verify status of DPF regen inhibit switch status changes in
ServiceMaxx™ in response to switch movement.
Is DPF regen inhibit switch operating correctly? No: Diagnose DPF
regen inhibit switch
fault. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3719 FMI 16.
SPN 3750 FMI 31 - DPF Regen inhibited due to low exhaust temperatures
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) is unable to achieve closed loop control of active
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) due to low Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when fault is detected for two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 (EGR) • SPN 51 (ETV) • SPN 2659 (AMS) • SPN 2791 (EGR)
• SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3242 (DPFIT) • SPN 3246 (DPFOT) • SPN 4796 FMI 31
4 (DPFDP) (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault code may indicate exhaust temperature is not high enough to actively regenerate aftertreatment
system. Driving vehicle with long-term increased load may increase exhaust temperatures and decrease
aftertreatment regeneration frequency.
Step 4 Check the exhaust system for an installed and undamaged Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF).
Perform DPF inspection (see Aftertreatment Service Manual 0000001602). Yes: Inspect DOC for
damage and replace if
damaged. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3750 FMI 31.
Is a DPF installed in the exhaust system and free damage? No: Install correct
DPF. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3750 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate
Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature sensor module part number does not match what is stored in ACM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is generally caused by having incorrect part number DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module installed.
This fault may rarely be caused by calibration or CAN communication issues. If part number is correct, verify
ACM and ECM have proper calibration installed.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ /
CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace
damage. DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ /
CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace DPF
damage. Differential Pressure
/ Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3936 FMI 16.
SPN 4795 FMI 31 - DPFDP Excessively LOW (Sensor/Circuit Fault or Missing DPF)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Particulate Filter Differential
Pressure (DPFDP) is below minimum value, and exhaust flow rate is above minimum flow rate. Active and
parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. The Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and
engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Outlet Decision
Pressure (DPFOP) sensor hoses.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Inspect DPF for
damage and replace
B. Inspect DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing,
as necessary. After
reversed hoses, or damage.
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4795
FMI 31.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor hoses routed correctly and free of damage? No: Reroute or replace
DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
hoses. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4795 FMI 31.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor are reading
same temperature during an active regeneration for 80 seconds. Active and parked regeneration of Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will be closed, and engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
SPN 5298 FMI 17 - DOC Efficiency fault, Temperature below minimum Regen Aborted
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration of aftertreatment system is not matching expected
temperature increase. Active and parked regeneration of DPF will be disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) valve will be closed, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) 4 (DOCIT) 16, and 19 (DOC/DPF)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect engine and
aftertreatment systems for cause of contamination before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks between turbocharger outlet and Decision
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) intake.
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Go to step 3.
B. Check for cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams,
or other damage.
Is exhaust system sealed and undamaged? No: Repair or replace
damaged exhaust
system components.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5298 FMI 17.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects temperature differential across Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) during active regeneration and does not indicate temperature increase for 225
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT) 4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines soot load of the DPF is still too high after
active regeneration has completed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Excessive ash accumulation in Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will cause frequent regenerations of aftertreatment
system. If all step-based diagnostics have been completed with no failure found, inspect ash load of DPF.
Step 4 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and restrictions. Decision
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, restrictions, or Yes: Replace DPF
damage. Differential Pressure
/ Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and unrestricted? No: Repair or replace
DPFDP sensor hose(s).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5319 FMI 31.
230 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) controls fuel supply to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI) when
regeneration is required. AFTFSO is controlled by Doser Control Unit (DCU).
SPN 3482 FMI 3 - AFT Fuel Enable Control Valve short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module detects a circuit fault for Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff
(AFTFSO) circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
DCU deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, NOID Lamp is needed to simulate correct circuit
operation. Fault is latched for a key cycle, ECM must be reset by a Key OFF cycle
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
238 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 239
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
240 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 241
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-11.
242 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 243
SPN 3482 FMI 4 - AFT Fuel Shutoff Valve open or short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module detects signal from Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff
(AFTFSO) actuator is shorted to ground.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID light is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 249
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 251
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFSO.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFSO disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
252 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 253
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFSO side disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-31.
254 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFP1/AFTFT) is comprised of a fuel
temperature and fuel pressure sensor. AFTFP1/AFTFT monitors fuel pressure and fuel temperature in
aftertreatment fuel system and provides feedback signal to Doser Control Unit (DCU).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 255
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) signal
voltage is greater than 4.85 volts. Engine torque may be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of
time with this fault active. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system may be disabled until the next key cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFT FP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
260 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 261
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
262 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to know good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 263
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) signal
voltage is less than 0.25 volts for 2 seconds. Active aftertreatment regeneration disabled until next key cycle.
Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 267
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
268 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 269
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) / Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-4 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to know good GND.
E. ConnectEST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
270 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between AFTFT and other temperature
sensors is greater than 27°F (15°C) after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 1173 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (IMT) 4 (ECT1) 4 (EOT) 4 (TC2CIT)
• SPN 2630 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5456 FMI 3 and 4
4 (CACOT) (AFTFT)
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect DCU for ECM.
• AFTFT circuit high resistance
• SIG GND circuit high resistance
• Failed AFTFT
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 271
Step 3 Check for correct Doser Control Unit (DCU) part number. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check for correct DCU part number. Yes: Go to step 4.
Does DCU match correct part number for model year of engine? No: Install correct
DCU for model year of
engine. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5456 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-1 and pin-2.
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 / AFTFT sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 pin-2 to a known good GND.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 275
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
sensor is reading greater than 4.75 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 279
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
280 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4435A to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP1/AFTFT
sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 to known good GND.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
E. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 281
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT)
sensor is reading less than 0.25 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP1/AFTFT
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
284 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor monitors fuel pressure in aftertreatment fuel system and
provides feedback signal to Doser Control Unit (DCU).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 285
SPN 3556 FMI 0 - AFT Fuel Pressure 2 excessively high (Restricted injection)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC)
is not responding.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Clean or replace
AFTDI. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3556 FMI 0.
Does DSI system test indicate a restriction? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).
SPN 3556 FMI 1 - AFT Fuel Pressure 2 below desired (Possible system leak)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) is below
desired pressure indicating a possible system leak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 5.
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 1.
Step 5 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test (page 2042) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3556 FMI
1.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test (page 2091).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 289
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 291
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI) is not
responding as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 17 (FDP) • SPN 3480 (AFTFEC) • SPN 3482 (AFTFEC) • SPN 3479 (AFTFPC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 7.
Step 3 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check the DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leaking or
restricted component.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3556 FMI 7.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that AFTFP2 signal voltage is greater than 4.75
volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• AFTFP2 circuit short to PWR
• AFTFP2 circuit Open
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed AFTFP2 sensor
294 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6027
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2)
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP2 sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 297
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP2 sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
298 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to vehicle harness connector and leave AFTFP2 sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 to known good
ground.
D. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 299
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects AFTFP2 signal is less than 0.25 volt.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFP2 sensor connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) is a part of Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit that sends
pressurized fuel to Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT Doser Injector) to inject fuel into exhaust pipe.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 303
SPN 3471 FMI 1 - AFT Fuel Pressure 1 below desired (Low system pressure)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) is below desired
pressure.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Inspect for system leak between Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) and Down Decision
Stream Injection (DSI) unit.
Perform a visual inspection of DSI module and fuel supply line for damage, Yes: Go to Step 7.
restrictions, or leaks.
Is DSI module fuel supply line in good condition, not restricted, leaking, or No: Repair or replace
damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 1.
Step 8 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3471 FMI
1.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4830.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 307
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP1 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 309
SPN 3471 FMI 7 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve not responding as expected
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) is not
responding as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 7
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 7.
Step 7 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3471 FMI
7.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 313
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 315
SPN 3471 FMI 10 - AFT Fuel Pressure incorrect dosing pressure multiple events
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Doser Control Unit (DCU) detects Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) has incorrect
dosing pressure multiple events.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Inspect for system leak between Down Stream Injection (DSI) unit Decision
and Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFTDI).
Check DSI module and AFTDI fuel supply line for damage, restrictions, or leaks. Yes: Go to Step 7
Is fuel supply line and DSI module in good condition and not restricted, leaking, No: Repair or replace
or damaged? damaged or leaking
component. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3471 FMI 10.
Step 7 Check for Down Stream Injection (DSI) system leaks. Decision
Perform KOER DSI System Test(page 2042) to check DSI system for leaks. Yes: Repair leak. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3471 FMI
10.
Does DSI system test indicate a leak? No: Clear fault and Road
Test(page 2091).
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4845.
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 319
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4845 to vehicle harness and leave AFTFP2 disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 321
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to PWR on low side driver circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
328 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 329
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground on high-side circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 337
SPN 3479 FMI 5 - AFT Fuel Pressure Valve Open or Short to GND low side
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to ground on low-side circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
344 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 345
SPN 3479 FMI 6 - AFT Fuel Doser Valve High Side Short circuit
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a short to power or open load on high-side
circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Doser Control Unit (DCU) deactivates circuits when a circuit fault is present, so NOID Lamp is needed to simulate
correct circuit. Fault is latched for a key cycle, so Engine Control Module (ECM) must be reset by a Key OFF
cycle.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector and leave DCU
Module side disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect AFTFPC connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to engine harness and leave AFTFPC disconnected.
D. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
352 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-10.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine and Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis harness and leave engine harness side
disconnected.
D. Disconnect DCU 86-pin connector.
E. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert appropriate terminal into 86-pin connector pin-30.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 353
Overview
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module is a smart device used to measure NH3 levels in Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NH3 sensor module performs internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions
back to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) using J1939 CAN datalink. NH3 sensor is connected to NH3
sensor module via 8-pin connector.
354 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor
reading is higher or lower than expected for operating conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Decision
Inspect exhaust system for leaks and physical damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is exhaust system free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
exhaust components.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4377 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an internal circuit error has been detected in the aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor.
Engine torque will be reduced if the engine is operated for a limited period of time with the fault code active.
Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended operation with the fault
code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when an internal circuit error has been detected in Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor for 20
seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault code active.
Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended operation with fault code
active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Ammonia (NH3) sensor reading is not valid.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault Code is set when Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module has detected an internal error.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module has detected trim resistor in NH3 sensor
is out of range, indicating wrong NH3 sensor may be installed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module. If resistance is greater than 60 ohms and there is more than
one J1939 data link communication bus failure fault code present, suspect a failed terminating resistor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor module,
NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTL/DEFTT sensor module.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 373). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
370 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for Open or high resistance between NH3 sensor module and Decision
ground.
Perform Test 2(page 373). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NH3
sensor module pin-4 and
ground. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open, high
resistance, or short to
GND between NH3
sensor pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4377 FMI
19.
Step 6 Check for Open or short to ground between NH3 sensor module Decision
and ACM.
Perform Test 3(page 374). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or short
to ground between NH3
sensor pin-2 and ACM
pin J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Step 7 Check for short to PWR between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 375). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between NH3 sensor
pin-2 and ACM pin
J2-14. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 371
Step 8 Check for Open or short to GND between NH3 sensor module and Decision
ACM.
Perform Test 5(page 375). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or short
to GND between NH3
sensor pin-3 and ACM
pin J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Step 9 Check for short to PWR between NH3 sensor module and ACM. Decision
Perform Test 6(page 376). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-801-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to PWR
between NH3 sensor
pin-3 and ACM pin
J2-15. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Step 10 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH circuits. Decision
Perform Test 7(page 377). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace NH3 sensor
Harness 18-801-01 pin-2 and pin-3. module. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
Is resistance within 60 ± 5 ohms? No: Repair short between
NH3 sensor pin-2 and
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, perform the
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4377
FMI 19.
372 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
374 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
376 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 between NH3 sensor and SCR harness.
C. Key ON.
378 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has detected 10 or more internal resets of Ammonia
(NH3) sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with this
fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
NH3 sensor module shares common power and ground with Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration (NOx Out),
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temp sensor module, and other aftertreatment components. If more than
one aftertreatment power or ground fault is set, suspect a common power or ground circuit problem.
Step 5 Check for Open, high resistance, or short to GND in NH3 sensor Decision
module.
Perform Test 2(page 382). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-801-01 pin-1 and known good ground. or high resistance
between NH3 sensor
module pin-4 and
ground. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4380 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NH3 sensor
module connector
pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4380 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-801-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
382 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 to vehicle harness and leave NH3 sensor module 4-pin
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 383
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-801-01 to vehicle harness and leave NH3 sensor module 4-pin
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
384 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Ammonia (NH3) sensor heater is unable to
maintain its normal operating temperature for 120 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
and
Fault Facts
None
SPN 5302 FMI 18 - Post SCR NH3 Conversion Efficiency - Data Valid But Below Normal Operating
Range - Moderately Severe Level
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
conversion across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is lower than expected. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3 and
(DEFSP) (DEFRLH) (DEFSLH) 4 (SCRIT);
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520668 (AFT • SPN 520669 (AFT
(DEFD) sensor module) system) system)
Fault Facts
Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor data is gathered over varying engine speeds and loads. When enough
data has been gathered, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) will make a pass or fail decision.
Overview
Air Management System (AMS) Tests perform testing on Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system. During test,
engine speed is increased, injection timing, and Injection Control Pressure (ICP) pressure are fixed, and EGR
valve is temporarily closed. As test progresses, EGR valve is opened. This test operates by monitoring Mass
Air Flow (MAF) readings during test. Airflow is first measured with EGR closed, and then with EGR opened.
These two measurements are then compared by Engine Control Module (ECM). If measured difference is not
within minimum and maximum values expected, a code will be set.
390 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is above desired pressure.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when EBP signal does not respond as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGR mass flow rate is low. ECM continuously
monitors control system. If sensor signal is higher or lower than expected, ECM disregards signal and uses a
calibrated default value. ECM sets an SPN/FMI, turns on Warning Engine Lamp (WEL), and runs engine in a
default range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
,
• SPN 27 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and
(EGR) (ETV) 10, 16, and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 110 FMI 0, 15, 16, • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4,
4 (BARO) 17, and 18 (EWPS) 4 (ECT1) 11, 13, 14, and 31 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 14 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and
(ICP) (INJ) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR) 18 (INJ)
Fault Facts
None
SPN 2659 FMI 14 - EGR System Flow Rate Error During Air Management
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when measured EGR flow rate is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects High Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) flow rate.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and
(BARO) 4 (ECT1) (MAF) 4 (MAF)
• SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 0 (AMS) • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(CMP) and 5 (INJ) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4752 FMI 4 (EGR)
Fault Facts
Ensure correct Programmable Parameters (PP) is programmed for air induction system.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines EGR mass flow rate is low. ECM sets an SPN/FMI.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
7 (IMP) 4 (IMT) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
4 (ECT1) (MAF) 4 (MAF) (CMP)
• SPN 2659 FMI 21 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
Fault Facts
Overview
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is controlled by operator. Engine Control Module (ECM) uses this
sensor to control engine output based on operator's demand for power.
408 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between Accelerator Pedal Position 1
(APP1) signal and Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) signal is greater than 0.14 volts at 1.1 volts and greater
than 0.52 volts at 4.1 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 91 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2623 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3511 FMI 3 and 4
(APP1) (APP2) (VREF 2) (VREF 3)
Fault Facts
Setting Criteria is difference between APP1 and APP2 at 1.1 volts is greater than 0.14 volts. Difference between
APP1 and APP2 at 4.1 volts is greater than 0.52 volts. Enable conditions are Key ON; Accelerator Position Pedal
1 sensor Track 1 voltage is greater than or equal to 0.825 volts; Accelerator Position Pedal 1 sensor Track 2
voltage is greater than or equal to 0.825 volts.
Step 3 Check for high resistance in Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1). Decision
Perform Test 1(page 411). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Go to Step 5.
ZTSE4485A pin-A and pin-B.
Is voltage within 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
Step 4 Check for high resistance in APP1 SIG GND circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 411). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Repair high
ZTSE4485A pin-A and known good GND. resistance between
APP pin-B and
ECM pin C-34.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
Is voltage within 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
APP pin-A and
ECM pin C-33.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
410 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for high resistance in Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2). Decision
Perform Test 3(page 411). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Repair high
ZTSE4485A pin-F and known good GND. resistance between
APP pin-E and
ECM pin C-36.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
Is voltage within 1.15 ± 0.25 volts? No: Repair high
resistance between
APP pin-F and
ECM pin C-48.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 91 FMI 2.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness connector and leave APP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness connector and leave APP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
412 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness connector and leave APP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 413
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal is
greater than 4.575 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 417
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4435A to vehicle harness and leave APP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
418 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal is less
than 0.825 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
422 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 423
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-A and pin-C of Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
424 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) and leave sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-A and pin-C of Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 425
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that APP2 voltage is greater than 2.476 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 429
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor vehicle harness
connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
430 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor is
reading lower than 0.273 volt on APP2 signal circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
434 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor vehicle harness
connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 435
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to APP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
C. Using ZTSE4498 short pin-D to pin-F.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log on to ServiceMaxx™ software.
436 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to APP sensor vehicle harness connector and leave
sensor disconnected.
C. Using ZTSE4498 short pin-D to pin-F.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 437
Body
Overview of Body Sensor
Overview
The ECM receives inputs from various chassis mounted sensors and switches, and uses the signals to monitor
operating conditions of vehicle.
438 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when ECM detects that brake pedal is being applied while engine speed is greater than 1500
rpm, vehicle speed is greater than 9 mph (15 km/h), and APP is greater than 15%.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
SPN 596 FMI 19 Cruise Control Enable Switch not detected on J1939
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) does not receive cruise control switch messages from the
Body Controller.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Cruise control switches are wired to Body Controller (BC). Switch state is communicated to ECM through J1939
Data Link Network.
SPN 597 FMI 2 - Missing J1939 Brake status signal request from Body module or Instrument Cluster
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Brake status is missing on J1939 CAN Bus network.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller Decision
connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Refer to the Park
and Brake Switch
B. Disconnect Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connectors.
section of the Chassis
C. Check Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller and connector terminals Electrical System
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, Troubleshooting Guide
bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing. S08361. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 2.
Are Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connector, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Brake switches can be wired to Engine Control Module (ECM), or to Body Controller (BC). If wired to BC, switch
state is communicated to ECM through J1939 Data Link Network. PP89021 in ECM determines where ECM
should expect signal from.
Step 3 Inspect connections at Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller Decision
connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Refer to the Park
and Brake Switch
B. Disconnect Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connectors.
section of the Chassis
C. Check Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller and connector terminals Electrical System
for: damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, Troubleshooting Guide
bent, or broken pins; or broken connector housing. S08361. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 19.
Are Brake Pedal Switch and Body Controller connector, harness, and terminals No: Repair connector,
clean and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 597 FMI 19.
Overview
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) is a thermistor sensor that measures charged-air temperature
entering Engine Throttle Valve (ETV). As temperature increases, resistance drops, causing voltage signal
interpreted by Engine Control Module (ECM) to vary. ECM monitors this signal for Exhaust Gas Recirculation
(EGR) system control and CAC performance.
448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
sensor does not agree with other temperature sensors.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and a known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
452 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
voltage is greater than 4.70 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected after two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2 of together.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 457
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Temperature (CACOT) sensor
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave CACOT
disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 of to GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
458 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT)
signal is less than 0.11 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 461
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 15 and 16 • SPN 111 FMI 1 and 2 • SPN 1136 FMI 0 (ECM)
(EWPS) (EWPS)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Determine if winter front (grille cover) is installed during warm Decision
temperatures.
Determine if a winter front (grille cover) is installed during warm temperatures. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is winter front (grille cover) removed during warm temperatures? No: Remove winter
front (grille cover).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2630 FMI 16.
Step 3 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decision
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage, blockage, or Yes: Go to Step 4.
anything that could prevent proper air flow through CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through properly? No: Repair damage
or blockage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630
FMI 16.
Step 6 Check fan, shroud, and air dams for damage and proper operation. Decision
Check engine fan, fan shroud, and air dams for damage and proper operation. Yes: Go to Step 7.
Are engine fan, fan shroud, and air dams intact and operating properly? No: Repair or replace
engine fan, fan shroud,
and/or air dams. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 2630
FMI 16.
Figure 98 Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to engine harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to engine harness connector and leave CACOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
466 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
CCOSS sensor sends Engine Control Module (ECM) information about speed of crankcase oil separator internal
components.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 467
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor
speed is less than 230 rpm.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness and leave CCOSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 471
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect CCOSS.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness and leave CCOSS sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON
472 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor provides Engine Control Module (ECM) with crankshaft speed and position
signal. ECM uses this signal with Camshaft Position (CMP) signal to calculate engine speed and crankshaft
position.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 473
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects synchronization on crankshaft signal is not achieved.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4950
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 477
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankshaft Position (CKP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
478 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect CKP.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 479
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect CKP.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to CKP sensor and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
480 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects crankshaft sensor has a short or open.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4950
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankshaft Position (CKP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 485
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Crankshaft Position (CKP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 to vehicle harness connector and leave CKP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
486 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor provides Engine Control Module (ECM) with camshaft speed and position
signal.ECM uses this signal with Crankshaft Position (CKP) signal to monitor crankshaft and camshaft positions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 487
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects comparison of Engine Timing Sensor signal to modeled
value is incorrect.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4951
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 493
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to vehicle harness connector and leave CMP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 495
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Camshaft Position (CMP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 to CMP harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects comparison of Crankshaft and Camshaft signals are
incorrect.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Doser Control Unit (DCU) controls Downstream Injection (DSI) System during Diesel Particle Filter (DPF)
regeneration. Engine Control Module (ECM) controls monitoring and regeneration process in aftertreatment
system.
Fault Overview
Fault set when CAN communication link (J1939) between Engine Control Module (ECM) and Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM) is not detected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• 180-Pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 507
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 509
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
510 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 511
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
512 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 513
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
514 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-0956-08.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 515
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects voltage supply to Hydrocarbon Doser Control Unit
(DCU) is higher than normal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Fault code may set if truck is connected to a fast charger with Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault set when voltage supply to Hydrocarbon Doser Control Unit (DCU) is lower than normal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module 53-pin and 86-pin connector Decision
inspections.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DCU Module connectors.
C. Check DCU Module connections and terminals for damage; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken
connector housing.
Are DCU Module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 17.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, ensure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, always disconnect main negative battery cable
first. Always connect the main negative battery cable last.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Battery negative connection.
C. Disconnect Battery positive connection.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to pin-1, pin-7 to pin-1, pin-6 to pin-2, pin-7 to pin-2.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to known good GND and pin-7 to known good GND.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 521
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) and does not receive messages from Doser Control Unit (DCU)
for greater than 0.1 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If ACM and DCU are both not detected on J1939, suspect a common circuit fault between them.
Step 3 Doser Control Unit (DCU) Module 53-pin and 86-pin connector Decision
inspections.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DCU Module connectors.
C. Check DCU Module connections and terminals for damage; wet or
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken connections; or broken
connector housing.
Are DCU Module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.
Step 6 Check DCU SWBAT circuit for Open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 528). Use DMM to measure voltage between DCU Module Yes: Go to Step 7.
53-pin connector pin-52 and a known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND in DCU SWBAT
circuit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5109 FMI 19.
Step 11 Check for short between CAN-H and CAN-L circuits. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 531). Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Yes: Go to Step 12.
Module pin-14 and pin-15.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair Short between
CAN-H and CAN-L. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.
Step 12 Check for Open or high resistance between DCU and ECM. Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 532). Use DMM to measure resistance between DCU Yes: Repair Open or
Module pin-14 and Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 pin-11. high resistance between
DCU pin-14 and 42-pin
IP connector pin-11. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5109 FMI
19.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Go to Step 13.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to pin-1, pin-7 to pin-1, pin-6 to pin-2, pin-7 to pin-2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 527
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Using applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to measure voltage from pin-6
to known good GND and pin-7 to known good GND.
528 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-52
and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 529
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14
and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15
and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 531
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin Connector.
C. Connect applicable terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-15
and pin-14, and leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
532 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DCU Module 53-pin connector.
C. Disconnect 42-pin IP / Engine connector.
D. Connect correct terminal test pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to vehicle harness pin-14 and
leave DCU Module 53-pin connector disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness and leave 42-pin IP / Engine connector
disconnected.
F. Key ON.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to engine side of 42-pin IP/Engine connector and leave
vehicle side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 533
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is nontoxic, nonflammable, colorless liquid that delivers ammonia to Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) system.
SPN 520668 FMI 31 - Controller Adaptation Outer Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxide Outlet Concentration (NOx
Out) sensor is requesting more Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• N 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFSLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFPLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520669 (AFT
(DEFD) sensor module) system)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Decision
Unit (DEFD) lines.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connector
terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 520668
FMI 31.
SPN 520669 FMI 31 - Controller Adaptation Inner Limits Reached (Low Reductant Delivery)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor
is requesting more Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218 (NOx In) • SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFSLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFPLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5743 (SCR • SPN 520669 (AFT
(DEFD) Temperature Sensor System)
Module)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connector
terminals for: damaged or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent,
or broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 520669
FMI 31.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
When ACM commands DEFSMH On, it heats DEF supply module to prevent freezing. Diagnostics are run when
DEF Supply Module HTR Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is Off. DEFSMH is not serviceable individually, and is part of
DEF supply module.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 541
Figure 131 Power Distribution Module (PDM) Fuses and Relays (typical)
1. DEF line heater relay
2. DEFSMH Relay
3. Switched ignition relay
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 543
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
544 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5745 FMI 3 - DEF Dosing Unit Heater Out of Range HIGH
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) is active when not commanded ON. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled, and
engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4098.
548 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM, and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 549
SPN 5745 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Out of Range LOW
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
temperature is too low when heater is in ON position. DEF injection into aftertreatment system will be disabled,
and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5746 FMI 3, 4 • SPN 5798 FMI 2
(DEFSP Temp) (DEFSMH Relay) (DEFSMH Temp)
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEFSMH power circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 554). Use DMM to measure resistance of DEFSMH Relay Yes: Reinstall DEFSMH
10-amp fuse. Relay 10-amp fuse. Go to
Step 8.
Is resistance less than 1 ohm? No: Go to Step 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 551
Step 6 Check DEFSMH ground circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 554). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short to
GND between DEFSMH
Relay pin-30 and 4-pin
connector pin-1. Replace
fuse. After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.
Step 7 Check for blown fuse or open power circuit to DEFSMR Relay Decision
Perform Test 4(page 555). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace fuse. After
Harness 18-909-01 pin-5 and pin-6. repairs are complete,
perform the SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.
Is resistance between 1 and 5 ohms? No: Replace DEF
supply module and
replace DEFSMH Relay
fuse. After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5745
FMI 4.
552 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay 10-amp fuse.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 555
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
556 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 557
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
558 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave PDM connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 559
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
560 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and
DEF supply module.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM.
E. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-30 to pin-86.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 561
SPN 5745 FMI 18 - DEF Supply Module Heater below Warning Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply
module has failed to rise to greater than 25°F (-4°C) after a predetermined time. DEF injection into aftertreatment
system will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited period of time with fault
code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed will be limited after extended engine
operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
4 (AAT) (DEFSP) (DEFSP Temp) (DEFSMH)
• SPN 5746 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFSMH Relay)
Fault Facts
None
Step 7 Check for Open or high resistance in DEF Tank Harness. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 565). Use DMM to measure voltage between ZTSE4435C Yes: Go to Step 8.
pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
high resistance in PWR
circuit. When repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5745 FMI 18.
564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave module
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
566 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater Relay (DEFSMR).
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into Power Distribution Module (PDM), and leave relay
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF Tank harness 4-pin connector.
C. Insert terminal from ZTSE4435C into female side of pin-1 of 4-pin connector, leave 4-pin connector
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank harness 4-pin connector.
C. Install correct terminal from ZTSE4435C into male side of pin-1 of 4-pin connector, leave 4-pin
connector disconnected
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 567
SPN 5798 FMI 2 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH) temperature differs from Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) by
more than 72°F (22°C) at Key ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) 4 (IAT) 4 (DEF Supply Pump)
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 570). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to ground between
DEF supply module
pin-10 and ACM
connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI
2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 569
Step 5 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 570). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent
short to power between
DEF supply module
pin-10 and ACM
connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI
2.
Step 6 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3(page 571). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
open or high resistance
between DEF supply
module pin-10 and ACM
connector pin J2-48. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5798 FMI
2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF) supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 571
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
572 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module harness, and leave supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness
connector, and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 573
SPN 5798 FMI 10 - DEF Supply Module Heater Temperature abnormal rate of change
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DEF Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) is
not heating properly.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
4 (AAT) (DEFSP Signal) (DEFSP Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEFUHR) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH
Temp)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connectors.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connectors, harnesses, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5798 FMI 10.
Step 4 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 576). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure resistance Yes: Go to Step 5.
between Breakout Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
short to GND between
DEF supply module
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.
Step 5 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent short to PWR Decision
Perform Test 2(page 576). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 1 volt? No: Repair intermittent
short to PWR between
DEF supply module
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.
Step 6 Check DEFSP Temp/CTL circuit for intermittent Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3(page 577). Use a DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
Open or high resistance
between DEF supply
module connector pin-10
and ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5798 FMI 10.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
(DEF) supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 577
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
578 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness, and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and ACM Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness
connector, and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 579
Overview
Aftertreatment Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) is controlled by Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). When
ACM commands DEF dosing, it opens doser valve and allows DEF to be sprayed into exhaust stream.
580 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5394 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing below desired (Low NOx conversion across SCR)
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion rate of
aftertreatment system is less than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5
4 (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) (DEFSLH)
Fault Facts
Monitor for this fault code runs only during Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) filter regeneration procedure. This
fault is used to assist in troubleshooting following fault codes: SPN 4094 FMI 31 (AFT System), SPN 4364 FMI
18 (AFT System), and SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT System).
Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFD sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFD sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
Step 4 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines. Decision
Run KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2014). Inspect DEF tank and lines Yes: Go to Step 5.
for loose, leaking, frozen, or damaged DEF tank, dose valve, lines, and
connections .
Are DEF tank and lines free of loose, leaking, frozen, or damaged DEF? No: Repair or replace
failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 6 Check for failed Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) Decision
Perform Test 1(page 583). Use the Electronic Service Tool (EST) to perform Yes: Inspect
KOEO DEF Supply Pump Override Test(page 2020). decomposition tube
and SCR catalyst for
DEF crystallization
buildup. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5394 FMI 2.
Is the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD ) operating correctly? No: Replace DEF supply
module filter and clean
DEF supply module.
Repeat Test 1. If
DEFD still does not
operate correctly, replace
DEFD. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5394 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
C. Key-ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
584 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault codes sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD)
circuit is open or shorted. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced
if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser (DEFD) sensor Decision
module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFD sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFD sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFD sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair or replace
undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, perform SCR
Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
Step 6 Check DEFD CTL-H circuit for open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 588). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-77.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEFD connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J1-77. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 587
Step 7 Check DEFD CTL-L circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 588). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-53.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEFD connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J1-53. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
Step 8 Check for DEFD CTL-H circuit shorted to DEFD CTL-L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 5(page 589). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4828 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
DEFD connector pin-1
and pin-2. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 5394
FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser
(DEFD) disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave
module disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 589
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave
module disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to vehicle harness and leave DEFD disconnected.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
590 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5394 FMI 7 - DEF Dosing Unit - Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects mechanical failure of Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Doser (DEFD). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque
will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) dosing system Decision
for leaks.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Run KOEO DEF System Leak Test (page 2014).
C. Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank, DEF supply module, and DEF
Doser Valve (DEFD) lines and connections for: cracks and pitting; and
loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD sensor module connectors, No: Repair or replace
harnesses, and terminals clean and undamaged? failed line or connection.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
5394 FMI 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR) is used to control DEF Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH), DEF
Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) and DEF Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), which are wrapped around DEF
suction, pressure, and return lines. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns line heaters on by controlling
DEFLHR. This is done by sending power through DEF L-HTR Relay CTL circuit to DEFLHR. DEFLHR is
constantly grounded by ACM through DEF-L HTR Relay GND.
SPN 5491 FMI 3 - DEF Line Heater Relay Open or short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines voltage signal from DEFLHR is high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for a failed DEF Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR). Decision
Perform Test 1(page 598). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFLHR.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 3.
Step 4 Check DEF L-HTR Relay CTL circuit for a short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 599). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volt? No: Repair short to PWR
between DEFLHR pin-86
and ACM connector pin
J1-08. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 597
Step 5 Check DEF Line Heater Relay CTL circuit for an Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 3(page 600). Use DMM to measure resistance between 180-pin Yes: Repair Open or
Breakout Box pin J1-08 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86. high resistance in DEF
L-HTR Relay GND circuit
between DEFLHR pin-85
and ACM connector pin
J1-07. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance in DEF L-HTR
Relay CTL circuit between
DEFLHR pin-86 and ACM
pin J1-08. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08
• ACM Breakout Box Overlay 18-537-01-02
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 599
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLHR.
C. Install DEFLHR into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908. Leave Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
disconnected from PDM.
600 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave relay disconnected.
C. Disconnect ACM connector J1 and leave connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 601
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACM.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness
and leave ACM disconnected.
E. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM, and leave relay disconnected.
602 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal voltage from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR) is lower than expected for 3 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for a failed DEF Line Heater Relay (DEFLHR). Decision
Perform Test 1(page 604). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFLHR.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5491 FMI 4.
Step 3 Check for DEF L-HTR Relay CTL shorted to DEF L-HTR Relay Decision
GND.
Perform Test 2(page 605). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86. between DEF L-HTR
CTL and DEF L-HTR
Relay GND circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5491 FMI
4.
Is resistance less than 100 ohms? No: Repair short to GND
in DEF L-HTR Relay CTL
circuit between DEFLHR
pin-86 and ACM pin
J1-08. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5491 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 605
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFLHR.
C. Install DEFLHR into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908. Leave Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
disconnected from PDM.
606 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 into PDM and leave relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 607
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor measures Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) pressure from DEF
Supply Pump (DEFSP). When DEF pressure is high, signal from DEFLP sensor is high. DEFLP sensor is located
within DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component.
608 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module is unable to maintain commanded DEF
pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Doser Unit (DEFD) lines. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 5.
B. Disconnect DEFD.
C. Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections
for: cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition, not cracked, leaking, or damaged? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4334
FMI 2.
612 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from DEFLP sensor is greater than
4.75 volts for 8 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 617). Use DMM, to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-4 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J1-17. module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
DEF supply module pin-4
and ACM connector pin
J1-17. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between DEF supply module and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
618 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) with Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to ACM vehicle
harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 619
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute
Pressure (DEFLP) sensor is less than 0.25 volts for 8 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of
time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 622). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-2 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-57.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
supply module connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
pin J2-57. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.
Step 5 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 623). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-3 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-45. module. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between DEF
supply module connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
pin J2-45. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 4334
FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 623
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
624 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 625
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEFLP) sensor detects pressure in Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module is above 160 psi (1100 kPa) for more than 20 seconds. Engine torque will
be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle
speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEFTL) • SPN 3031 (DEFTT) • SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 3362 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 FMI • SPN 4376 (DEFRCV) • SPN 5394 (DEFD) • SPN 5491 (DEFRLH)
(DEFTHV)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Relay)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check DEF supply module return line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Clean DEF supply
module using DEF Doser
Cleaning Kit 18-200-01
and perform drive cycle
27. If SPN 4334 FMI
16 is still active, replace
DEF supply module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
16.
Does compressed air flow freely through return line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module return
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Absolute Pressure (DEFLP) sensor detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid
supply module is unable to build or maintain adequate pressure. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active
for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced, and vehicle speed limited if fault is active
for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 (DEFTL) • SPN 3031 (DEFTT) • SPN 3361 (DEFSP) • SPN 3362 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3363 FMI • SPN 4376 (DEFRCV) • SPN 5394 (DEFD) • SPN 5491 (DEFRLH)
(DEFTHV)
• SPN 5745 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5746 (DEFSMH • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH)
Relay)
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEF Doser Unit (DEFD) Decision
lines and connections.
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections for: Yes: Go to Step 5.
cracks and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module: and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or replace
condition, and free of cracks; leaks; and damage? failed line or connection.
After repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4334 FMI
18.
Step 5 Check DEF supply module suction line for restrictions. Decision
Disconnect both ends of suction line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Does compressed air flow freely through suction line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module suction
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 629
Step 6 Check DEF tank fluid pickup screen for restrictions. Decision
Remove DEF tank pickup assembly (see Exhaust Aftertreatment System with Yes: Replace DEF supply
DPF and SCR Service Manual). Inspect DEF tank fluid pickup screen for module. After repairs are
restrictions or buildup. complete, retest for SPN
4334 FMI 18.
Is DEF tank fluid pickup screen free of restrictions? No: Clean or replace
DEF tank fluid pickup
screen. Drain, clean, and
fill the DEF tank. Clean
DEF supply module using
DEF Doser Cleaning Kit -
18-200-01. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4334 FMI 18.
SPN 4337 FMI 2 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature - Data Erratic, Intermittent, or Incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
temperature differs from engine coolant temperature and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) by more than 72°F (40°C)
at Key ON.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) 4 (IAT) 4 (DEFSP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 634). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF supply
Harness 18-909-01 pin-10 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-48. module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair intermittent
Open or high resistance
between DEFSP
connector pin-10 and
ACM connector pin
J2-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4337 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
634 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
636 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 4337 FMI 10 - DEF Dosing Unit Temperature abnormal rate of change
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module
is not heating properly.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 171 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 3361 FMI 2 • SPN 4337 FMI 2 • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
(AAT) (DEFSP Signal) (DEFSP Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEFSMH • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH
Relay) Temperature)
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
640 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
642 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) is used to maintain proper DEF temperature during cold
conditions. DEFSLH is wrapped around supply line between DEF Doser Unit (DEFD) and DEF supply module.
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on DEF Line Heater Relay
(DEFLHR) allowing power to be sent to DEFSLH.
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
644 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is greater than 0.5 amps for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater Decision
(DEFSLH) connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are the DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4340 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
648 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFSLH
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 649
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
650 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from the Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply
Line Heater (DEFSLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
DEFSLH share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line heater fault is set, suspect a common power
circuit problem.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater Decision
(DEFSLH).
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFSLH connector.
C. Check DEFSLH and connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFSLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4340 FMI 5.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1(page 654). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-045-01 pin-1 and known good ground
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
652 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-045-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 655
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle
harness connector and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector(page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select the desired time delay, then select "Start Test".
Test 2
A. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to DEF Line Heater Relay location in PDM and leave DEF
Line Heater Relay disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove the DEF Line Heater 15 amp fuse.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay and leave disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select the desired time delay, then select "Start Test".
656 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to vehicle harness with Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line
Heater (DEFSLH) disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) vehicle harness.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-045-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) vehicle
harness connector, and leave DEFSLH disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 657
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) is used to prevent Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) freezing
during cold conditions. DEFRLH is wrapped around return line between DEF tank and DEF supply module.
When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on the DEF Line Heater Relay
allowing power to be sent to DEFRLH.
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with dimples toward top of
Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 659
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is greater than 0.5 amps for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-046-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
662 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFRLH vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFRLH
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 663
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
664 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return
Line Heater (DEFRLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Step 4 Measure voltage while DEF Line Heater Test is running. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 668). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness 18-046-01 pin-1 and known good GND while DEF Line Heater Test (page
2016) is running.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 5.
666 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-046-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFRLH
disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector(page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select desired time delay, then select "Start Test".
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 669
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove the DEF Line Heater 15 amp fuse.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
670 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector(page 1979).
E. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Line
Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select desired time delay, then select "Start Test".
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected..
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to vehicle harness with Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line
Heater (DEFRLH) disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) vehicle harness.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-046-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) vehicle
harness connector, and leave DEFRLH disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 671
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV) controls Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) flow through DEF supply
module. When DEFRV is energized DEF is returned to DEF tank through DEF return line. DEFRV is not
serviceable individually and is part of DEF supply module.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
(DEFRV) CTL voltage is more than expected for 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated
for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
DEFRV is internal to Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is
active, dosing system may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in lines. DEF remaining in lines can freeze
and cause Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV) Decision
sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Go to Step 3
B. Disconnect DEFRV sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFRV sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEFRV sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 between Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF) supply module and
vehicle harness.
C. Key ON.
676 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM) vehicle harness, and leave ACM disconnected.
C. Disconnect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 from Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module, and
leave connected to vehicle harness.
D. Key-ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 677
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid DEFRV voltage is less
than expected value for 1 second. DEF injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
DEFRV is internal to the DEF supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, dosing system
may not be able to purge and DEF may be left in lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve (DEFRV) Decision
sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFRV sensor module connector.
C. Check DEFRV sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEFRV sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 4376 FMI 4.
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 680). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-909-01 pin-11 and pin-12.
Is resistance greater than 5 ohms? No: Replace DEF
supply module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4376
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 679
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to Diesel Exhaust Fuel (DEF) supply module and leave
vehicle harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 681
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
682 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 4376 FMI 7 - DEF Reverting Control Valve - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Reverting Valve
(DEFRV) is commanded open, but DEF doser pressure does not drop as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Fact
DEFRV is internal to DEF supply module and is not serviceable individually. If fault is active, dosing system
may not be able to purge, and DEF may be left in lines. DEF lines can freeze and cause Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) system to become damaged in cold weather.
Step 2 Check Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module return line for Decision
restrictions.
Disconnect both ends of return line and blow compressed air through line. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Does compressed air flow freely through return line? No: Clean or replace DEF
supply module return
line. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4376 FMI 7.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) is used to maintain proper Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
temperature during cold conditions. DEFPLH is wrapped around supply line between DEF tank and DEF supply
module. When DEF temperature is too low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns on Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Return Line Heater (DEFRLH) allowing power to be sent to DEFPLH.
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with the dimples toward the
top of the Power Distribution Module (PDM). Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 687
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is greater than 0.5 amp for 3 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced, and vehicle speed
will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one DEF line
heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Possible Causes
• DEFPLH circuit short to PWR
• DEFPLH power circuit shorted to PWR between Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay pin-87 and DEFPLH
pin-1
• Failed DEF Line Heater Relay
688 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater Decision
(DEFPLH) sensor module connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFPLH connector.
C. Check DEFPLH and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFPLH connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4344 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-047-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 691
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects current from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure
Line Heater (DEFPLH) is less than 0.3 amps. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited
after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Return Line Heater (DEFRLH), Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH), and
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Line Heater (DEFSLH) share a common power circuit. If more than one Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF) line heater fault is set, suspect a common power circuit problem.
Step 6 Check for Open or high resistance between DEF Line Heater Relay Decision
15-amp fuse and vehicle PWR.
Perform Test 3(page 697). Using DMM check for voltage between vehicle side of Yes: Go to Step 7.
DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEF Line
Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and vehicle
PWR. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Step 7 Check for short to GND between DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse Decision
and DEF Line Heater Relay.
Perform Test 4(page 697). Replace DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse. Yes: Repair short
to ground (GND)
between DEF Line
Heater Relay 15-amp
fuse and DEF Line
Heater Relay pin-30.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Does DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow immediately when replaced? No: Go to Step 8.
Step 8 Check for short to GND between DEF Line Heater Relay and DEFPLH. Decision
Perform Test 5(page 698) . Inspect DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse, check to Yes: Repair short to
see if 15-amp fuse blows when DEF line heaters are actuated ON. GND between DEF
Line Heater Relay
pin-87 and DEFPLH.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Does DEF Line Heater Relay 15-amp fuse blow when DEF line heaters are No: Go to Step 9.
actuated ON?
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 695
Step 9 Measure resistance between DEFPLH and DEF Line Heater Relay. Decision
Perform Test 6(page 698). Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and Breakout Harness 18-047-01 pin-1. Line Heater Relay.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair open
or high resistance
between DEFPLH
pin-1 and DEF Line
Heater Relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Step 10 Check for Open or high resistance between ACM and DEFPLH. Decision
Perform Test 7(page 698). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness 18-047-01 pin-2 and known good B+.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between ACM pin
J1-28 and DEFPLH
pin-2. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 4344 FMI 5.
Step 11 Check for short to GND between ACM and DEFPLH. Decision
Perform Test 8(page 698). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness 18-047-01 pin-2 and known good B+. Pressure Line. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4344
FMI 5.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair short
to ground between
ACM pin J1-28 and
DEFPLH pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4344
FMI 5.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-047-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 697
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test > KOEO
DEF Line Heater Test (page 2016).
G. Select desired time delay, select “Start Test”.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
C. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater 15 amp fuse.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
698 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEF Line Heater Relay.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Install Diesel Exhaust Fluid Line Heater Relay.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software, select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test > KOEO
DEF Line Heater Test (page 2016).
F. Select desired time delay, select “Start Test”.
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) with DEF Line Heater
Relay disconnected.
E. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness with DEFPLH disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector.
C. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Pressure Line Heater (DEFPLH) connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-047-01 to vehicle harness connector, and leave DEFPLH
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 699
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) is controlled using a PWM signal from Aftertreatment Control
Module (ACM). DEFSP is installed in DEF Supply Module and is a non-serviceable component. DEF Supply
Module has an internal temperature sensor used to monitor DEFSP temperature. When DEFSP temperature is
too high, ACM will deactivate DEFSP.
700 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) temperature is not communicating with
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) or DEFSP temperature signal is erratic. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into exhaust system is disabled, and engine torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3361 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 707
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 and ACM vehicle harness
connector and leave module disconnected.
708 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 with Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 709
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Pump (DEFSP) is too high. DEF injection into the exhaust system is disabled and engine torque is
reduced if fault is active for 4 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check DEF supply module for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 713). Using DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DEF
Harness 18-909-01 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-02. supply module.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEF supply
module pin-8 and
ACM pin J2-02.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3361 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 713
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to DEF supply module vehicle harness connector and leave
DEF supply module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM and leave module
disconnected.
714 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects resistance between DEFSP motor driver
line and ground is over 500,000 ohms. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into exhaust system is disabled,
and engine torque is reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) supply module Decision
connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEF supply module connector.
C. Check DEF supply module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are DEF supply module connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
KOEO SCR Faults
Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025) and retest for
SPN 3361 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
718 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin Breakout Box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector
and leave module disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 719
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEF supply module
disconnected.
C. Connect 180-pin breakout box and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector
and leave module disconnected.
720 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) is unable to successfully build pressure or
prime after multiple attempts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 FMI 1, 17 • SPN 3363 FMI 7, 16, • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16,
and 18 (DEFTLT) and 18 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
Fault Facts
Fault may set if DEF supply module was not allowed to shut down and purge fully following a re-calibration of
Engine Control Module (ECM). A full key cycle that allows dosing unit to purge, followed by a priming cycle,
should correct this issue.
Possible Causes
• Empty or Frozen DEF Tank
• DEF System Leak
• Incorrectly routed DEF lines
• Restricted DEF filters, lines, or fittings
• Debris in DEF supply module or tank
• Failed DEF supply module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 721
Step 5 Check DEF supply module supply line for restrictions. Decision
• Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 6.
• Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4828 to DEFD Harness and leave valve
disconnected.
• Use DMM to measure resistance between breakout pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater then 100 kohms? No: Repair short
between DEFDV
pin-1 and pin-2.
Perform KOEO SCR
Faults Reset Request
Procedure (page
2025)After repairs are
complete, and retest
for SPN 3362 FMI 31.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 723
Step 6 Check DEF tank, DEF pick-up tube filter, and Supply Module (DEFSM). Decision
Check DEF tank, DEF pick-up tube filter, and DEF Supply Module (DEFSM) filter Yes: Go to Step 7.
for debris or contamination. Also check DEF tank vent for restrictions or fluid
crystallization.
Are DEF tank, DEF pick-up tube filter, DEFSM filter, and tank vent clean and free of No: Drain and clean
debris, restrictions, and fluid crystallization? DEF tank, flush with
distilled water, and
fill with new and /
or known good DEF.
Replace both DEF
filters. Perform KOEO
SCR Faults Reset
Request Procedure
(page 2025). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3362
FMI 31.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV) controls flow of coolant to DEF tank to thaw or prevent
freezing of DEF. When DEF temperature is low, Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands DEFTHV
open to allow coolant flow to DEF tank. ACM opens DEFTHV by sending power through DEFTHV CTL circuit.
DEFTHV GND circuit is constantly grounded through ACM.
726 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3363 FMI 3 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Control (DEFTHV) is high or Open circuit for 3 seconds. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV) valve.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTHV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 731
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTHV disconnected.
D. Connect 180-pin breakout box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness
and leave Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) disconnected.
732 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTHV disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 and Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness and
leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 733
SPN 3363 FMI 4 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Tank Heater Control (DEFTHV) is low for 3 seconds. DEF tank heating is disabled. Engine torque will be reduced
if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve Decision
(DEFTHV) control connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect DEFTHV connector.
C. Check DEFTHV and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are DEFTHV connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3363 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness connector and leave disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 737
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve (DEFTHV).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4827 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTHV
disconnected.
738 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 3363 FMI 7 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve Mechanical system not responding
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) commands Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater
Control (DEFTHV) ON and signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensors do not show
an increase in DEF temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3031 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5
4 (DEFTT) (DEFTHV) (DEFSLH) (DEFRLH)
• SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 5745 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFPLH) (DEFSMH)
Step 3 Check coolant line from Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve Decision
(DEFTHV) to DEF tank.
Check coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank for leaks or damage; kinks or Yes: Go to Step 4.
restrictions; loose connections; and leaking seals or gaskets.
Is coolant line from DEFTHV to DEF tank unrestricted and in good condition? No: Repair or replace
leaking or damaged
coolant line from
DEFTHV to DEF tank,
fittings, or seals. Check
engine coolant level and
add as necessary. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
7.
SPN 3363 FMI 16 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve stuck open fault
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve
(DEFTHV) is ON when commanded OFF due to DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) above 170°F (77°C). Engine
torque will be reduced if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If there is a problem with DEFTHV, such as valve stuck open, coolant leaking past valve seat, or valve is
incorrectly installed, it can take long periods of operation at high load before tank temperature gradually increases
to fault code threshold of 170°F (77°C). When temperature drops below 167°F (75°C) due to a stopped engine,
overnight parking, or reduced coolant temperature, fault code will go not active while root cause of the issue is
still present.
Step 2 Check for auxiliary Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank heater. Decision
Inspect vehicle for an auxiliary DEF tank heater. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is vehicle free of an auxiliary DEF tank heater? No: Remove auxiliary
DEF tank heater. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3363 FMI
16.
Step 3 Check for failed DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, load signals session and monitor Yes: Go to Step 4.
DEFTT signal. Measure DEFTT using Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799 from
bottom of DEF tank.
Is EST reading within 18°F (10°C) of Infrared Thermometer reading? No: Replace DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.
Step 4 Verify DEF Tank Heater Control (DEFTHV) is installed correctly. Decision
Verify DEFTHV is installed correctly (not missing, bypassed, or reversed). Yes: Replace DEFTHV.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.
Is DEFTHV installed correctly? No: Install DEFTHV
correctly (see Exhaust
System Service Manual).
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3363 FMI 16.
SPN 3363 FMI 18 - DEF Tank Heater Control Valve unable to thaw frozen DEF
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Heater Valve
(DEFTHV) has been on long enough to thaw Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF), but DEF dosing system is unable to
prime.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
DEFTL & DEFTT (Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature) Sensor Module
Overview of DEFTL & DEFTT Sensor Group
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) sensor is a combination sensor used to monitor DEF tank level and
DEF tank temperature. DEFTL and DEFTT sensor is installed inside DEF tank and is a smart sensor that
communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Private CAN.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 747
SPN 1569 FMI 31 - SCR Tamperproof Warning & Protection System Inducement Severe
Fault Overview
Fault sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open, disconnected, or bad DEF quality is detected for
at least one hour. After one hour (level 2) engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 4 hours (level 3 and 4) engine
will be de-rated by 40%, and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on
warning buzzer. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when
idling for 60 minutes while Level 3 is active. Repeated Offense event (second instance of activating any SCR
fault) will also trigger this DTC (Level 3).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect. Check
for any associated aftertreatment circuit faults. Once condition that caused original circuit fault has been
repaired, SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure will need to be performed to reset SCR Tamperproof Warning
and Protection Inducement. If no associated faults are present, check repair history for recent previous repair
to aftertreatment system. If there was recent repair SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure may just need to
be performed.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
is equal to 0%. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be
severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be
activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when idling for 60 minutes while DEF level equals 0%.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key Off
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers Off, and then turning the Key On will cause fault to go inactive. In order for
the DEF tank level to increase to actual level, at least 15% of the tank's total volume must be added. Simply
adding a gallon or two may not allow the level to change and the code will remain active. This fault may become
active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn Key Off for 60
seconds or until ECM powers Off.
Step 2 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines for damage and Decision
leaks.
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) tank and lines for damage and leaks. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DEF tank and lines free of damage and not leaking? No: Repair damaged
or leaking DEF tank
and lines. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1761 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited
period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) Decision
sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector.
After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL and DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for damaged complete, perform SCR
or pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or Maintenance Reset
broken connector housing. Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 3.
Are DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
sensor signal voltage is less than 0.25 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect connections at Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL) / Decision
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature (DEFTT) sensor.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Replace
DEFTL/DEFTT sensor.
B. Disconnect DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector.
After repairs are
C. Check DEFTL/DEFTT sensor and connector terminals for damaged or complete, perform SCR
pinched wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken Maintenance Reset
connector housing. Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 4.
Are DEFTL/DEFTT sensor connector, harness, and terminal clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 1761
FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1761 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3031 FMI 2 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and
19 (DEFTL) (DEFTL) 7 (DEFTHV)
Fault Facts
Very low or empty DEF level, or frozen DEF, can set this fault.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
signal is invalid for an extended period of time. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period
of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level
(DEFTL) is between greater than 2.2% and less than or equal to 5.6%.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key Off
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers Off, and then turning the Key On will cause fault to go inactive. In order for
the DEF tank level to increase to actual level, at least 15% of the tank's total volume must be added. Simply
adding a gallon or two may not allow the level to change and the code will remain active. This fault may become
active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn Key Off for 60
seconds or until ECM powers Off.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level (DEFTL)
is less than or equal to 2.2% and greater than 0% of being full. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active
for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) will illuminate after fault has been active for a set period of time.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault usually indicates there is no DEF in DEF tank. Refilling DEF tank with approved DEF, Turn Key Off
for 60 seconds or until ECM powers Off, and then turning the Key On will cause fault to go inactive. In order for
the DEF tank level to increase to actual level, at least 15% of the tank's total volume must be added. Simply
adding a gallon or two may not allow the level to change and the code will remain active. This fault may become
active during control module programming. To fix this occurrence, finish programming, then Turn Key Off for 60
seconds or until ECM powers Off.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Diesel
Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• SWBAT circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AL circuit Open or short to GND
• CAN-AH circuit short to PWR
• CAN-AL circuit short to PWR
• GND circuit Open or high resistance
• CAN-AH short to CAN-AL
• Failed DEFTLT sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 765
Step 1 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor Decision
module and connector.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 2.
B. Disconnect DEFTLT sensor module.
C. Check DEFTLT sensor module and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are DEFTLT sensor module connector, harness, and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1761 FMI 19.
Step 2 Check for voltage to Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature Decision
(DEFTLT) sensor module.
Perform Test 1 (page 769). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-124-01 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 between vehicle harness and DEFTLT sensor module.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
770 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 between vehicle harness connector and DEFTLT sensor
module.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 771
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
772 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 773
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
774 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 775
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DEFTLT sensor
module disconnected.
776 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) sensor is in range but not rational.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 105 (IMT) • SPN 110 (ECT1) • SPN 3031 FMI 3 and 4
(DEFTT)
Fault Facts
None.
Step 6 Check DEFTL and DEFTT sensor module for Open, high resistance, Decision
or short to GND.
Perform Test 2 (page 780). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-124-01 pin-4 and known good GND. or high resistance
between DEFTL and
DEFTT sensor module
pin-3 and GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3031
FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair high
resistance or short to
GND between DEFTL
and DEFTT sensor
module pin-4 and
switched ignition relay
pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3031 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTL and DEFTT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
780 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEFTL and DEFTT sensor connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-124-01 to vehicle harness and leave DEFTL and DEFTT
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 781
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) signal voltage is greater than 4.5 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault
is active for limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced after extended engine operation with
fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Temperature
(DEFTT) signal voltage is less than 0.2 volts for more than 1 second. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for a limited period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) is contaminated,
degraded, or incorrect.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxide (NOx) OUT is seeing
greater NOx than expected within calibrated time after Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) has been injected into
exhaust.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx IN) • SPN 3218 (NOxIN) • SPN 3226 (NOxOUT) • SPN 3228 (NOxOUT)
• SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16
4 (DEFSP) (DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP)
• SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFSLH) (DEFRLH) (DEFPLH) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4377 (NH3) • SPN 4380 (NH3) • SPN 4382 (NH3)
4 (SCROT)
• SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7 • SPN 5742 (DOC / DPF • SPN 5743 (SCR Temp) • SPN 5745 (DEFSMH)
(DEFD) Temp)
• SPN 5746 (DEFSMH) • SPN 5798 (DEFSMH • SPN 520668 (AFT • SPN 520669 (AFT
Relay) system) system)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when any aftertreatment sensor or actuator is Open, disconnected, or bad DEF quality is detected for
at least one hour. After one hour (level 2) engine will be de-rated by 25%. After 4 hours (level 3 and 4) engine
will be de-rated by 40%, and Engine Control Module (ECM) will illuminate Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and turn on
warning buzzer. Five MPH Vehicle Speed Limit will be activated on Key OFF/ON event OR Fuel Refill OR when
idling for 60 minutes while Level 3 is active. Repeated Offense event (second instance of activating any SCR
fault) will also trigger this DTC (Level 3).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is a notification indicating SCR Tamperproof Warning and Protection Inducement is in effect. Check
for any associated aftertreatment circuit faults. Once condition that caused original circuit fault has been
repaired, SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure will need to be performed to reset SCR Tamperproof Warning
and Protection Inducement. If no associated faults are present, check repair history for recent previous repair
to aftertreatment system. If there was recent repair KOEO SCR Faults Reset Request Procedure may just
need to be performed.
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module HTR Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is used to control DEF Supply Module Heater
(DEFSMH), which is installed in DEF supply module. Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) turns DEFSMH on
by controlling DEFSMH Relay PWR.
CAUTION: For correct diagnosis, Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 must be installed with installation dimples toward
top of PDM. Reversed installation will result in incorrect measurements.
794 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5746 FMI 3 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to PWR
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects voltage signal from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module Heater Relay (DEFSMH Relay) is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 797). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance less than 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFSMH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 3.
Step 5 Check DEFSMH Relay circuits for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 799). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and Breakout Box 00-00956-08 pin J2-33. or high resistance
between DEFSMH
Relay pin-85 and
ACM pin J1-63. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746
FMI 3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
or high resistance
between DEFSMH
Relay pin-86 and
ACM pin J2-33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5746
FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove DEFSMH Relay.
C. Install the DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
798 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to Power Distribution Module (PDM) and leave DEFSMH
Relay disconnected.
C. Disconnect connector J2 from Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 799
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to 180-pin Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to J2 vehicle harness connector and leave ACM disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM and leave DEFSMH Relay disconnected.
800 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5746 FMI 4 - DEF Supply Module Heater Relay short to GND
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects signal voltage from Diesel Exhaust Fluid
Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay is lower than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 802). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and pin-86.
Is resistance between 100 and 300 ohms? No: Replace DEFSMH
Relay. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 5746 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 803
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Module Heater (DEFSMH) Relay.
C. Install DEFSMH Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to PDM.
804 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) and Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) temperature. DOC/DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from DOC
Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensors, and communicates these signals to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) over Controller Area
Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed may be limited after extended engine
operation with faults active.
Fault Overview
The fault code sets when the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects the DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module supply voltage is high for a period of 3.8 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 807). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DOC
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. /DPF temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair incorrect
battery wiring. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
3.
Figure 232 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
808 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module supply voltage is low for a period of 3.8 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 810) (page 810). Use DMM to measure voltage between Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Check DOC/DPF temperature sensor module for Open or high Decision
resistance.
Perform Test 2 (page 810). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or
Harness 18-649-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance in GND
circuit between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to ground in Switch
Battery (SWBAT) circuit
between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-4
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 811
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
812 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5742 FMI 11 - DPF Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module power reset events within 300 second window is greater than or equal to 5 counts. Active and parked
regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Inspect for blockages or damage at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Decision
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
Check for air flow restrictions around DOC/DPF temperature sensor module Yes: Go to Step 2.
(mud, aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed.
Is DOC/DPF temperature sensor module free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 11.
Step 3 Check SWBAT circuit for intermittent Open or short to GND Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 815). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-4 and a known good GND (wiggle test may be
necessary).
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND in switched
battery circuit between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
11.
814 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Check GND circuit for intermittent Open or short to PWR Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 815). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4 (wiggle test may be necessary). temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 11.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair intermittent
Open or short to PWR
in GND circuit between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-1 and GND. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
11.
Figure 235 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
B. Key OFF.
C. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
E. Key ON.
816 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 236 Test 2 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 817
Fault Overview
Fault sets when DOC/DPF temperature sensor module has an internal error.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module signal is greater than 302°F (150°C) for 4.2 seconds. Active
and parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4765 FMI 16
and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DOC/DPF temperature sensor module temperature drops below warning limit,
and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and not active fault codes. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components, cracked exhaust system
welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect for debris build up at Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Decision
Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor.
A. Disconnect DOC/DPF temperature sensor module connector. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check for air flow restrictions around DOC/DPF temperature sensor
module (mud, aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed.
Is DOC/DPF temperature sensor module free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
The fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with the
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module during two events.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx OUT sensor module,
NOx IN sensor module, and DEFTLT sensor module.
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 825). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 823
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 826). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open or
Harness 18-649-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance in GND
circuit between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open or
short to GND in between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-4 and switched
ignition relay pin-87. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
19.
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 827). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or
short to GND in between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
pin J2-14. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.
Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 828). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to power
between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-3
and ACM connector pin
J2-14. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.
824 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 829). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair open or
short to GND between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
pin J2-15. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5742 FMI 19.
Step 8 Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 830). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to power
between DOC/DPF
temperature sensor
module connector pin-2
and ACM connector pin
J2-15. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.
Step 9 Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 831). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace DOC/DPF
Harness 18-649-01 pin-2 and pin-3. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5742 FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short between
DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module connector
pin-2 and pin-3. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5742 FMI
19.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
826 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 238 Test 1 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 827
Figure 239 Test 2 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
828 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 240 Test 3 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 829
Figure 241 Test 4 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
830 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 242 Test 5 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 831
Figure 243 Test 6 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
832 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 244 Test 7 DOC/DPF Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor
Module.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 to vehicle harness and leave DOC/DPF temperature sensor
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 833
Overview
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake of
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC). Diesel Oxidation Catalyst/Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC/DPF) temperature
sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller
Area Network (CAN). DOCIT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and is not serviceable
individually.
834 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet
Temperature(DOCIT) reading is greater than 1269°F (687°C) while regeneration is not active.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL), Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when
this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) 4, 15(DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before reinstalling. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will go inactive
after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these
diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 4 Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment Decision
system from engine.
Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel contamination.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or oil
leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 0.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). Decision
Perform KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure(page 2045) test. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Did test complete without any problems occurring? No: Repair DSI
system as indicated
by test. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 0.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 837
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects difference between Diesel Oxidation Catalyst
Intake Temperature (DOCIT) and Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) readings do not match
expected values for engine operating conditions for 300 seconds. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled. Active and parked regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be
disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (AFTFIS) (AFTFEC)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects DOCIT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled. Active and parked
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is
operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake
Temperature (DOCIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) will be disabled. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is
operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) reading is greater than Warning Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) 4 (DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is
in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
Step 4 Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel in aftertreatment Decision
system from engine.
Remove exhaust plumbing from turbocharger outlet (see Engine Service Manual). Yes: Go to Step 5.
Inspect turbocharger exhaust outlet for oil or fuel contamination.
Is turbocharger exhaust outlet free of oil and fuel contamination? No: Repair fuel or oil
leak to exhaust. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4765
FMI 15.
Step 5 Check for leaking or stuck open Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI). Decision
Perform KOER DSI Deaeration Procedure(page 2045) test. Yes: Go to Step 6.
Did test complete without any problems occurring? No: Repair DSI
system as indicated
by test. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4765 FMI 15.
846 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature
(DOCIT) reading is greater than Maximum Temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DOCIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DOCIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is
in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
Step 5 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4765 FMI
16.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
4765 FMI 16.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) system is used to reduce soot released into exhaust aftertreatment system. DPF
is used in conjunction with Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) to reduce soot. Process of reducing soot to ash is
called regeneration (regen). Regen can be active, stationary, or passive. Passive regen needs no input from
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) to work. Active happens when ACM commands vehicle to regen, and
vehicle goes into a regen strategy. Stationary regen is used when operator manually tells ACM to begin regen
process. This can be accomplished by either manually pushing an override button inside cab, or through use of
Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. DOC and DPF can be serviced separately.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects time between completion of actual active
regenerations is less than the estimated time between active regenerations.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate after this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 7 Inspect exhaust system for restrictions, leaks or physical damage. Decision
Perform Exhaust and Aftertreatment System Inspection (page 2233). Yes: Repair exhaust
system damage or
Are exhaust system components damaged or restricted?
restrictions. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5397 FMI 31.
No: Perform parked
regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5397 FMI
31.
DPFDP / DPFOP (Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure) Sensor
Overview of DPFDP / DPFOP Sensor
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
measures pressure difference between intake and outlet of DPF, and outlet pressure of DPF. Aftertreatment
regeneration will not run with DPFDP/DPFOP sensor fault codes present.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects engine is running and exhaust flow changes,
but corresponding differential pressure does not change.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at the Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
module.
Check sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module connections free of leaks, restrictions, and No: Repair leaking,
damage? restricted, or damaged
hoses and connections.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3251 FMI 2.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 (96-pin) to vehicle harness connector and leave ACM J1
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 859
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPFOP sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness connector and leave DPFDP/DPFOP
sensor module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
864 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure
(DPFDP) signal voltage is less than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 869
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM vehicle harness connector and leave ACM
disconnected.
870 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) is greater than 0.22 psi (1.51 kPa) or less than -0.22 psi (-1.51 kPa) at initial Key ON, stuck in-range,
in-range but not rational, or in-range but reading inappropriately high for 30 seconds. Engine torque will be
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3251 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3512 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3610 FMI 3 and 4
4 (DPFDP) 14 (VREF 4) (DPFOP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect hoses and tube connections at Diesel Particulate Filter Decision
Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) sensor.
Check DPFDP/DPFOP sensor, tubes, and passages for leaks, restrictions, and Yes: Go to Step 3.
damage.
Are DPFDP/DPFOP sensor connections free of leaks, restrictions, and damage? No: Repair leaking,
restricted, or damaged
hoses and connections.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3610 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to vehicle harness and leave DPFDP/DPFOP sensor
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to vehicle harness and leave Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 875
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure
(DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) /
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor module vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor module vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) connector and
leave ACM disconnected.
880 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects aftertreatment Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet
Pressure (DPFOP) signal voltage is greater than specification for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 12-575-01
• Breakout Harness 18-537-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Box 00-00956-08
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector and leave ACM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 885
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to DPFDP/DPFOP sensor vehicle harness connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to Breakout Box 00-00956-08.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 18-537-01 to ACM connector and leave ACM disconnected.
886 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake of DPF.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFIT sensor is part of the DOC/DPF temperature sensor module
and is not serviceable individually.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is above Critical. DPFIT is above 1472°F
(800°C) for a predetermined amount of time; or DPFIT - Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT)
> 1004°F (540°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC / DPF temp
sensor module)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that difference between Diesel Particulate
Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) OR Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst Inlet Temperature (DOCIT) sensor readings do not match expected values for engine
operating conditions within 500 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) (AFTFP1) 7 (AFT: FSV)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
(DOCIT) 11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFIT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected for 16 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFIT sensor signal voltage is less
than 1 volt for more than 2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is
greater than 1202°F (650°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) drops below warning limit,
and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and not active fault codes.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) is
greater than 1355°F (735°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lam (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor drops below
maximum limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and not active fault codes.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than warning temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after DPFIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
Step 5 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Compare Test (page 1960). Yes: Perform a Parked
Regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4766
FMI 15.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace
DPF/DOC
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature
(DPFIT) reading is greater than Maximum temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(CYL Balance) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Inlet Temperature (DPFIT) drops below warning limit,
and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both
active and not active fault codes.
Step 5 Check for failed Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Decision
Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Compare Test (page 1960). Yes: Perform a Parked
Regeneration. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4766
FMI 16.
Is DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace
DPF/DOC
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4766 FMI 16.
Overview
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at outlet of DPF.
DOC/DPF temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). DPFOT sensor is part of DOC/DPF temperature sensor module and
is not serviceable individually.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 909
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
is greater than 1490°F (810°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below critical
limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for
both active and not active fault codes.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature
(DPFOT) reading is not changing with engine operating conditions within 500 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3242 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3480 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 3482 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFIT) (DPFOT) 17 (AFTFP1) 7 (AFT: FSV)
• SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4,
(DOCIT) 11, and 16 (DOC / DPF
Temperature Sensor
Module)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFOT sensor signal voltage is greater
than expected for 16 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that DPFOT sensor signal voltage is less
than expected for 16 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is greater than 1202°F (650°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go Not Active after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below
warning limit, and will likely be Not Active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and Not Active fault codes.
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT)
sensor is greater than 1355°F (735°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(Engine) 4 (DPFIT) and 16 (DOC)
Fault Facts
This fault will go Not Active after Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor drops below
maximum limit, and will likely be Not Active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be
used for both active and Not Active fault codes.
Overview
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor measures exhaust back pressure that allows Engine Control Module
(ECM) to control Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system. EBP sensor is installed in a tube connected to
exhaust manifold at top right rear of engine.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 925
Fault Overview
Fault sets when absolute pressure difference between Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) and Barometric Pressure
(BARO) and absolute pressure difference between EBP and Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) are greater than
4.4 psi (30 kPa) for two seconds with Wastegate Actuator Position Command is less than 100%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4
(IMP) (BARO) (EBP) (VREF 1)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back-Pressure (EBP) sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.8 volts for 2.5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
A restricted exhaust system may set this fault.
Step 4 Check for Open or high resistance in SIG GND circuit. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 930). Use a DMM to measure voltage between ZTSE4850 Yes: Replace EBP
pin-1 and B+. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.
Is measure voltage B+? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
EBP pin-1 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin E-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 929
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 931
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to EBP vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected
C. Key ON.
932 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor voltage less than 0.2 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check EBP signal circuit for Open or high resistance Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 935). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1.0 volts? No: Repair Open
between EBP pin-2 and
Engine Control Module
pin E-35. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
1209 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
936 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 937
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
938 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 939
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) commands EBPV (Exhaust Back Pressure Valve) to control the exhaust brake.
EBPV is installed in exhaust pipe. In recent calibration releases EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of 140°F
(60°C).
940 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Function
Fault set when comparison of Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) to Intake Manifold Pressure
(IMP), Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO), or Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) has an absolute pressure value
difference of greater than 3.6 psi (25 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 1387 FMI 31 (ECM)
(IMP) (BARO) (EBP)
SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4
(VREF 1)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
signal is out of range HIGH.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 945
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP)
signal is out of range LOW.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EBPV control.
C. Check EBPV control and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are EBPV control connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5541 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 949
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 jumper between Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 pin-2 and pin-5.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
950 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) is
above desired pressure.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3695 (AFT) • SPN 3703 (AFT) • SPN 3713 (AFT) • SPN 3719 (AFT)
• SPN 3750 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 3936 (AFT) • SPN 5319 FMI 31 (AFT) • SPN 5397 FMI 31 (DPF)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for Stuck or Sticking Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). Decision
Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Test(page 2109). Yes: Perform exhaust
system inspection and
repair as indicated.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5542 FMI 15.
Does EBPV cycle fully open and closed three times when Key OFF? No: Repair EBPV as
indicated by EBPV
test. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 5542 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control circuit is
shorted to power.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Check ACT GND from 24-pin Engine to Chassis to EBPC. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 956). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair open in
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-1 and pin-12. ACT GND between
24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-12 and
EBPV pin-3. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5543 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open in
ACT GND between
24-pin engine to chassis
connector pin-12
and chassis ground
connection pin C-2, 4,
and 6. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5543 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
956 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 957
Figure 275 Test 424-Pin Engine to Chassis ACT GND Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-Pin Engine to Chassis Connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave engine side disconnected.
D. Key ON.
958 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Control circuit is
shorted to ground.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 961
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Exhaust Back Pressure Control (EBPC) is less than 25 mA for 100 microseconds when enabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4834
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Figure 278 Test 1 Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Circuit Voltage Check
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 965
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV connector disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 to vehicle harness and leave EBPV connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
966 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine compression brake is a compression release brake that works in conjunction with Injection Control
Pressure (ICP) system to keep exhaust valves partially open during engine braking.
Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM). ECM
monitors ECB1 and BCP signals during engine normal and braking operation to determine if compression
release brake system is working without fault.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 967
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Brake Control Pressure (BCP) signal is greater
than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 1, 3, 4, • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4287 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP) (IPR) (ECBP) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for leaking Engine Compression Brake (ECB1) valve assembly Decision
A. Start Engine. Yes: Replace ECB1
valve. After repairs are
B. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector. (page 1979)
complete, retest for SPN
C. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor BCP. 4287 FMI 0.
Is BCP greater than 145 psi (1.0 MPa) with engine running (engine compression No: Go to Step 4.
brake never commanded on)?
Fault Overview
Fault sets when engine Exhaust Valve Actuation System Oil Pressure is lower than expected. Injection control
pressure minus measured retarder pressure is greater than 580.3 psi (4.001 MPa) for greater than 20 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor signal is out of
range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 10 Check SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 981). Use a DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Go to Step 11.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-2
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Repair Open
between UVC1 pin-3
and BCP pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4287 FMI
3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4686
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 977
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC1) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Key ON.
978 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 979
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to pin-7
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
980 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC disconnected
D. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 to a known good GND
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 981
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Valve Cover (see engine service manual)
C. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
982 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Valve Cover (see engine service manual)
C. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 983
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Valve Cover (see engine service manual)
C. Disconnect UVC1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave and BCP sensor disconnected.
984 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor signal is out
of range low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 1.
C. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) connector 1.
C. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector disconnected.
988 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Function diagram for Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) circuit consists of the following:
• Engine Control Module (ECM) with Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO) Internal Sensor
• Starter
• Starter Relay
• ECI Circuit
• Drive line Disengagement Switch (DDS)
Function
Engine Crank Inhibit (ECI) circuit is controlled by ECM. It prevents starter engagement while engine is running
(above a set calibrated rpm). Starter engagement is also prevented when automatic transmission is in gear or
manual transmission clutch pedal is not depressed. Starter relay can also be disabled by an optional over crank
thermocouple.
Location
Relay and switches are vehicle-mounted parts. For additional supporting information, see Vehicle Chassis
Electrical Circuit Diagram Manual and Electrical System Troubleshooting Guide.
Tools
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 989
For additional circuit information see truck Chassis Electrical Circuit Diagram Manual and Electrical System
Troubleshooting Guide.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, always disconnect main negative battery cable
first. Always connect the main negative battery cable last.
Disconnect both battery GND cables. Disconnect ECI relay and VIGN. Use DMM to measure resistance.
86 to VIGN <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check circuit for OPEN.
86 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check for short to GND.
30 to B+ <5Ω If > 5 Ω, check circuit for OPEN or blown fuse.
battery post
30 to GND > 1 kΩ If < 1 kΩ, check for short to GND.
C-65 DDS See vehicle electrical diagrams. Check for OPEN or short to GND. Possible failed clutch
circuit switch or automatic transmission module circuit faults.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 993
DDS Circuit
ECM monitors DDS on Pin C-65. B+ indicates drivetrain is disengaged and engine is ready to start. Zero volts
indicates drivetrain is engaged and engine is not ready to start. Source of this signal depends on vehicle's
hardware configuration. See appropriate electrical diagrams when diagnosing this circuit.
Ignition Switch
VIGN is supplied to starter relay coil (Pin 86) when engine is cranked.
ECI Circuit
ECM controls starter disable with ECI circuit, pin C-7 to starter relay coil Pin 85. Open or B+ will disable relay.
A 0-volt (GND) will enable relay.
Starter Relay
Engine starter relay controls voltage to starter motor. Turning ignition switch to start position supplies current to
energize starter relay at Pin 86. If engine is not running and drive line is not engaged, ECM Pin C-7 will enable
relay by supplying a ground to Pin 85 of relay. When relay is closed, current passes through relay to starter
solenoid.
Clutch Switch
Manual transmissions use clutch switch to supply a signal to ECM indicating drive line is disengaged. A 12-volt
signal on DDS circuit indicates clutch is disengaged. A 0-volt signal indicates clutch is engaged.
Neutral Switch
Allison LCT transmissions use neutral position switch to supply power to starter relay and a signal to ECM that
drive line is disengaged. Vehicles programmed for Allison AT / MT transmissions receive a 12-volt signal on DDS
circuit indicating transmission is out of gear. A 0-volt signal indicates transmission is in gear. When transmission
is in gear, no power is available to starter relay.
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) requires battery power to operate Body Controller (BC) and perform maintenance
after ignition switch is turned off. To do this, ECM must control its own power supply. When ECM receives
Ignition (VIGN) signal from ignition switch, ECM will enable relay to power-up. When ignition switch is turned
off, ECM performs internal maintenance, then disables ECM relay.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Barometric Absolute Pressure (BARO)
sensor signal is erratic intermittent or incorrect
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
BARO sensor is located inside Engine Control Module (ECM). If there is a confirmed BARO failure, ECM must
be replaced.
Drive Cycles
Continuous
Possible Cause
• Failed ECM
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 997
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 2.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is above maximum threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
The BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Determines if Barometric Pressure (BARO) sensor is below minimum threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
The BARO sensor is installed inside Engine Control Module (ECM).
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 108 FMI 4.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) Switched voltage is too High.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Fault may set if vehicle is connected to a fast charger with key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) switched voltage is to low with battery voltage within normal
operating range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
Key OFF.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1009
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM PWR relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 between vehicle harness and ECM PWR relay.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ECM PWR relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ECM PWR relay connector
disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 9261 connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert correct terminal into connector 9261 pin-A battery side
and leave connector 9261 disconnected.
Test 5
Key OFF.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1011
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 9260 connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert correct terminal into connector 9260 pin-C battery side
and leave connector 9260 disconnected.
1012 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 9260 connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C insert correct terminal into connector 9260 pin-A battery side
and leave connector 9260 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1013
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal memory error within ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 628 FMI 12.
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects CPU load is excessively high.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Update ECM
calibration. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 629 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine OFF timer is not reading as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
ECM Timer Fuse may be an in-line fuse in engine compartment, see Truck Wiring Diagramfor more information.
Step 2 Check for active fault code after Engine Control Module (ECM) reset. Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software. Yes: Go to Step 3.
A. Key ON, clear codes.
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screens to clear.
C. Key ON, check DTC list for SPN 629 FMI 8.
Is EST DTC list SPN 629 FMI 8 active or pending? No: Repair is complete.
Step 3 Inspect connections at Keep Alive Power (KAPWR) fuse holder. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4
B. Disconnect KAPWR fuse holder harness connector.
C. Check KAPWR fuse holder connector terminals for damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are KAPWR fuse holder connector, harness and terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? connector, harness, or
terminal damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 629 FMI 8
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an internal chip error within ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Clear faults, reset ECM, see if faults remain cleared
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 629 FMI 12.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when over temperature is detected in ECM.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Obtain vehicle health report and check for current Engine Control Decision
Module (ECM) calibration.
Perform Obtain Vehicle Health Report(page 1962). Yes: Go to Step 2.
Is ECM calibration current? No: Ensure vehicle has
latest ECM calibration.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1136 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that it has exceeded 98% CPU load.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, • SPN 108 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 628 FMI 12 (ECM) • SPN 629 FMI 12 (ECM)
16, and 18 (IMP) 4 (BARO)
• SPN 1209 FMI 0 and 7 • SPN 1209 FMI 1, 3, and
(AMS) 4 (EBP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) and Intake Decision
Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor connectors.
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect EBP and IMP sensor connectors.
C. Check EBP and IMP sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins;
or broken connector housing.
Are EBP and IMP sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.
Step 5 Check for short to PWR, Open, or short to GND in EBP VREF 1 circuit.. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1030). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: If voltage is
greater than 5.5 volts,
repair short to PWR in
VREF 1 between EBP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-35. If voltage is less
than 4.5 volts, repair
Open or short to GND
in VREF 1 between
EBP pin-2 and ECM
pin E-35. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.
Step 6 Check for Open or short to GND in EBP signal circuit. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1030). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 7.
list for SPN 1209 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 1209 FMI 3? No: If SPN 1209 FMI 4
is active, repair Open
or short to GND in
EBP SIG pin-3 to ECM
pin E-20. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.
Step 9 Check for short to PWR, Open, or short to GND in IMP VREF 1 circuit.. Decision
Perform Test 6(page 1030). Using DMM measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 0.5 volts? No: If voltage is
greater than 5.5 volts,
repair short to PWR in
VREF 1 between IMP
pin-2 and ECM pin
E-35. If voltage is less
than 4.5 volts, repair
Open or short to GND
in VREF 1 between
IMP pin-2 and ECM
pin E-35. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1387 FMI 31.
Step 10 Check for Open or short to GND in IMP signal circuit. Decision
Perform Test 7(page 1031). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check DTC Yes: Go to Step 11.
list for SPN 102 FMI 3.
Is EST DTC list showing SPN 102 FMI 3? No: If SPN 102 FMI 4
is active, repair Open
or short to GND in IMP
SIG pin-3 to ECM pin
E-20. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1387 FMI 31.
1028 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
1030 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and pin-3.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave EBP sensor
disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1031
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and pin-3.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMP sensor
disconnected.
1032 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM)
indicating engine coolant temperature. During engine operation, ECM will monitor ECT1 signal to control
following features: Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS); Cold Ambient Protection (CAP); Idle
Shutdown Timer (IST); Cold idle advance; and Coolant compensation.
EWPS is an optional feature that can be enabled or disabled. When EWPS is enabled, operator is warned of
an overheat condition and, if programmed, will shutdown engine.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1033
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor to Intake Air Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger
2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), and Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors at Key ON after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave ECT1 sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1039
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects ECT1 signal is greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check ECT1 signal and SIG GND circuits for Opens. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1043). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open
between ECT1 pin-1
and ECM pin E-28. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
Does SPN 110 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between ECT1 pin-2
and ECM pin E-33. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 110 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM) ZTSE4357
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Coolant Temperature 1
(ECT1) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
1044 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness and leave ECT1 sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to ground.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1045
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
signal voltage is less than 0.17 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) electrical connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1048 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when signal from Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is not increasing as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651-656 FMI 4, 5, • SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4257 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4
(Engine) (CACOT) (INJ) (DOCIT)
• SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
(Engine)
Fault Facts
None
SPN 110 FMI 18 - Engine Coolant System below closed loop minimum Temperature
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects minimum closed-loop coolant temperature of less
than 68°F (20°C) is not reached.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651-656 FMI 4, 5, • SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4257 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4
(Engine) (CACOT) (INJ) (DOCIT)
• SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
(Engine)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1173 FMI 2
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) 5, and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4
31 (Engine) (CACOT) 18 (INJ) (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Decision
With engine running, using Digital IR Thermometer, ZTSE4799, measure upper Yes: Go to Step 5.
radiator hose temperature after thermostat has opened and compare to ECT1
sensor reading.
Is thermometer reading on upper radiator hose within 5°F (3°C) of ECT1 reading No: Replace thermostat.
after thermostat opens? After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1659 FMI 20.
1054 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan
Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1056 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Fuel Pump (EFP) supplies fuel to engine at approximately 90 psi (620 kPa). Engine Control Module
(ECM) drives fuel supply pump directly, using H-Bridge driver.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even
though fuel pressure normally operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1057
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is greater than 120 psi (827 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp Reaction.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is used to detect installation of a 2010 [0 to 75 psi (0 to 517 kPa)] FDP sensor in a 2013+ [0 to 135
psi (0 to 931 kPa)] engine.
Step 2 Monitor FDP sensor value using EST with ServiceMaxx™. Decision
A. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER). Yes: Replace FDP sensor
with correct part number
B. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software,
for engine. After repairs
monitor FDP sensor value.
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 0.
Is FDP steady and above 120 psi (827 kPa)? No: Retest for SPN 94
FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is below 30
psi (207 kPa).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
ICP is limited with this fault.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when B+ is on EFP PWR circuit when Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) is commanded off.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 to vehicle harness and leave EFP disconnected.
C. Key ON, wait 30 seconds.
D. Unplug Fuel Pump Relay.
1066 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove Fuel Pump Relay
C. Insert Fuel Pump Relay into Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 and leave harness disconnect from
vehicle.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1067
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Fuel Pump (EFP) circuit voltage is 0 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check for Open in SWBAT circuit to Fuel Pump Relay. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1073). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 6.
Harness ZTSE4908 pin-86 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
between B+ and
Fuel Pump Relay
pin-86. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 931 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 between vehicle harness and Electric Fuel Pump (EFP).
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON, log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1072 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1073
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Key ON
1074 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 between vehicle harness and Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector.
D. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1075
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to vehicle harness and leave Fuel Pump Relay disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 to GND (manually
commanding EFP ON).
D. Key ON.
1076 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) in atmosphere contribute to production of smog. NOx is formed in engines when
temperatures in combustion chamber get too hot.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system is used to reduce amount of NOx created by the engine. EGR
valve directs some exhaust into intake stream to dilute air-fuel mixture in the combustion chamber. This slows
combustion and reduces formation of NOx.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1077
Figure 316 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Actuator Sensor Group Location
1. EGR Valve
1078 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve Position (EGRP)
temperature is too high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Perform Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Operational Test Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software. Yes: System OK. After
repairs are complete,
A. Key ON, clear codes.
retest for SPN 27 FMI
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screens to clear. 0.
C. Key ON, perform Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve Operational
Test(page 2126).
Did EGR pass operational test with no fault codes?
No: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 27 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) can not
control valve position.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) fails to detect rising edge of a response pulse on Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) position signal line within 0.0057 seconds following commanded position change.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 7 Check ACT PWR circuit for Open or blown fuse. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1087). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4948 pin-4 and known good ground.
Is voltage greater than 9 volts? No: Go to Step 8.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4948
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1087
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) vehicle harness connector and leave wastegate
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) vehicle harness connector and leave wastegate
disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGR valve
disconnected.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect TC2WG vehicle harness connector to wastegate.
C. Connect EGR valve vehicle harness connector to EGR valve.
D. Connect EST to Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1088 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valves (EGRV) voltage supply is greater than 18 volts for 5
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Fault sets when power supply to Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is greater than 18 volts. This is NOT
an EGR valve problem; it is a voltage supply problem.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve receives a voltage supply of less than 8 volts for
13 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
Fault sets when power supply to Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) receives a voltage value that is less
than 8 volts. This is NOT an EGR valve problem; it is a voltage supply problem.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4948
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1093
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
D. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER)
1094 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is Not
functioning properly when commanded.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault is also used to detect EGR valve positive and negative deviation faults.
Step 3 Test for proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 2791 FMI 7.
Is SPN 2791 FMI 7 Pending or Active in DTC list? No: Fault no longer
present at this time.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 2791 FMI 7.
SPN 2791 FMI 8 - EGR valve not receiving ECM PWM signal
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a failure of EGRVC circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Figure 320 Test 1 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Recirculation Valve (EGRV) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1101
Figure 321 Test 2 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
Figure 322 Test 3 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector Circuit Voltage Check
1102 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Figure 323 Test 4 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) connector % Duty Cycle
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EGRV connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 to vehicle harness and leave EGRV disconnected.
D. Use DMM set to % duty cycle to measure duty cycle.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1103
Figure 324 Test 5 ACT PWR relay connector Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACT PWR Relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ACT PWR Relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Figure 325 Test 6 ACT PWR Relay Connector Circuit Voltage Check
1104 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect ACT PWR Relay connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 to vehicle harness and leave ACT PWR relay disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1105
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects seated Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve
position has increased by 2 mm during a single drive cycle.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Fault
None
Fault Facts
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve seat position is recorded during initial Key OFF.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not
functioning properly when initialized.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive trips.
Associated Fault
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Test for proper Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation. Decision
Perform EGR Valve Operation Verification Test (page 2126). Yes: Replace EGR
valve. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
2791 FMI 14.
Is SPN 2791 FMI 14 active or pending? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).
SPN 4752 FMI 4 - EGR Cooler Efficiency: EGR Outlet Temp above expected
Fault Overview
Fault sets when the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines the EGR outlet temperature is above normal
operating range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 0, 2, 3, 4, • SPN 110 FMI 15 and 16 • SPN 111 FMI 1 and 2
(BARO) and 18 (ECT1) (EWPS) (EWPS)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 1209 FMI 0 (AMS) • SPN 2630 FMI 2 and 16 • SPN 2659 FMI 20
4 (MAF) (CACOT) (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV)
7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for leaks. Decision
Inspect Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for any external coolant or exhaust Yes: Go to Step 5.
gas leaks.
Are there no external leaks? No: Repair external
coolant and/or exhaust
leak(s). After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4752 FMI 4.
Overview
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
exhaust gas temperature.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1113
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects difference between estimated Exhaust Gas Temperature
(EGT) and actual EGT is greater than 540°F (300°C) for 25.5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
ECM estimates EGT based on engine speed and torque, engine coolant temperature, and barometric pressure.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4946
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness connector and leave EGT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1119
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is above maximum
threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor for damage. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect EGT sensor connector.
C. Inspect EGT connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals,
loose, bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
Is EGT connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
173 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4946
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness and leave Exhaust Gas Temperature
(EGT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor connector and
leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
F. Start engine. Run estimated exhaust temperature up to greater than 437°F (225°C).
1124 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to vehicle harness and leave EGT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 to known good
ground.
D. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
F. Start engine. Run estimated exhaust temperature up to greater than 437°F (225°C).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1125
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is below minimum
allowable threshold for a predetermined amount of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1128 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Engine
Overview of Engine Sensor
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is greater than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect for airborne combustibles (such as propane saturated air or Decision
ether) near engine.
Inspect air filter and intake system for stains, concentrations of contaminants, Yes: Go to Step 3.
odors / smells from external fuel sources, and modifications.
Is engine intake system intact and free from any external fuel sources? No: Repair source of
airborne combustibles.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 0.
Step 4 Inspect for contaminated fuel (alternate fuels other than diesel fuel). Decision
Perform Fuel Quality Inspection(page 2215). Yes: Diagnostics
complete.
Is diesel fuel in good condition and not contaminated? No: Drain fuel tank,
and fill with clean and
/ or known good diesel
fuel. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when vehicle is stationary and engine speed is less than what is requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 651 - 656 (INJ) • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 5395 FMI 1
31 (ENG) (EWPS)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check intake air system for restrictions, leaks, or damage. Decision
Perform Intake Air Inspection(page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Are air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, physical damage, No: Repair restrictions,
and contamination? air leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 1
Step 5 Check that Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is within specification. Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, Key-On Yes: Go to Step 6.
Engine-Running (KOER) monitor FDP sensor.
Is FDP within specification? No: Go to Fuel Delivery
Pressure(page 121)
symptoms diagnostics.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1133
Step 6 Determine if the engine has a mechanical cylinder balance problem Decision
(compression loss).
Perform Crankcase Pressure Test.(page 2156) Yes: Repair base
engine compression
imbalance. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 188 FMI 1.
Does engine have excessive crankcase pressure? No: Go to Step 7.
Step 7 Check for Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command. Decision
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER), monitor PTO output shaft rotation. Yes: Repair PTO
unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
188 FMI 1.
Is PTO output shaft rotating without being commanded on? No: Go to Step 8.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
• Aerated fuel
• High-pressure oil system repairs (misfire after repairs)
1136 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 3 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
air leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness. Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor for dirt and Yes: Go to Step 4.
oil residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFI) valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and No: Repair restrictions,
physical damage? air leaks, fuel leaks, or
physical damage. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1322 FMI
31.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 6 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1140 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Test injector 1 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1323 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 2.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1143
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 6 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1145
Step 7 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Test injector 2 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 2. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1324 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 2.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 2 disconnected.
1148 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 6 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1150 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Test injector 3 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1325 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 3.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 3 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1153
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 6 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1155
Step 7 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Test injector 4 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 3. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1326 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 3.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 3 disconnected.
1158 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 6 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1160 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 7 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Test injector 5 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-4 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1327 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 4.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 4 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1163
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines there is a balance difference between cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 15, 16, 17, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 6.
ZTSE4793 pin-5 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 6 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 7.
ZTSE4793 pin-6 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1165
Step 7 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Go to Step 8.
ZTSE4793 pin-7 and known good GND.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Step 8 Test injector 6 circuit resistance through valve cover connector 4. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1142). Using DMM measure resistance between UVC Yes: Diagnostics
ZTSE4793 pin-8 and known good GND. complete. Retest for
SPN 1328 FMI 31.
Is resistance greater than 1 kΩ? No: Go to Step 9.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shut engine down before doing voltage checks for
injector solenoids. When the engine is running, injector circuits have high voltage and amperage.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, turn the ignition switch OFF before disconnecting connectors. Failure
to turn the ignition switch OFF will cause a voltage spike and damage to electrical components.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect UVC connector 4.
C. Connect Under Valve Cover (UVC) ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness connector and leave UVC
connector 4 disconnected.
1168 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 5395 FMI 0 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too high)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitoring idle fueling is greater than 199 mg/stroke for 60
seconds or more.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3,
(FDP) 4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
4 (ICP) 4 (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP)
• SPN 651-656 FMI 4, 5, • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2659 FMI 20
and 7 (INJ) (TC2WG) 31 (Engine) (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
7, 8, and 14 (EGR) (Engine)
Fault Facts
None
Step 6 Check for correctly programmed Power Take Off (PTO). Decision
Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Programmable Features Yes: Go to Step 7.
PP75270(page 1963). Verify aftermarket PTO system was programed correctly.
Was Aftermarket PTO system programmed correctly? No: After inspection
is complete, notify
supervisor with results
for further action. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5395 FMI
0.
Step 7 Check for Power Take Off (PTO) engagement without command. Decision
A. Key ON Engine Running (KOER) Yes: Repair PTO
unit. After repairs are
B. Monitor PTO output shaft for rotation.
complete, retest for SPN
5395 FMI 0.
Is PTO output shaft rotating without throttle? No: Retest for SPN
5395 FMI 0.
SPN 5395 FMI 1 Engine unable to achieve desired idle torque (too low)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitoring idle fueling is less than 1 mg/stroke for 60 seconds
or more.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, and
(FDP) (ECT1) 4 (MAF)
SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and 4 SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and 4 SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
(ICP) (EOT) (TOSS) (CMP)
• SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI SPN 2659 FMI 20;
5, and 7 (INJ) (TC2WG) 31 (Engine)
SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, 7, SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
8, and 14 (EGR) (Engine)
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating engine
oil pressure. During engine operation, ECM will monitor EOP signal to determine if oil pressure is satisfactory.
If oil pressure is below desired pressure, ECM will turn on red engine lamp.
An optional feature, Engine Warning and Protection System (EWPS), can be enabled to warn engine operator
and shut engine down when low engine oil pressure condition occurs.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1175
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor vehicle harness
connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1180 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) signal is out of range
low.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave Engine Oil Pressure (EOP)
sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1185
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EOP sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1186 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine oil temperature. ECM monitors EOT signal to control fuel quantity and timing throughout operating range
of engine. EOT signal allows ECM to compensate for oil viscosity variations due to temperature changes in
operating environment, ensuring adequate power and torque are available for all operating conditions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1187
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor to Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT), Intake Air
Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet
Temperature (CACOT), and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensors at Key-On after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1193
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, be careful to avoid rotating parts (belts and fan)
and hot engine surfaces.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 SCR Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• 180-pin Breakout Box
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) vehicle harness connector
and leave EOT sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) vehicle harness connector
and leave EOT sensor disconnected. Use Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 to short pin-1 to pin-2.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON and log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1198 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4498 to Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector
and short pin-2 to ground.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON and log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1199
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) signal is lower than
expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EOT sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1202 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects the difference between Engine Oil Temperature
(EOT) and Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensors is greater than 27°F (15°C) after a cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1207
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EOT sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to EOT sensor and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1208 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) is used to control air/fuel mixture during a regeneration process of
Aftertreatment (AFT) system. ETP is also used to insure smooth engine shutdown by restricting airflow to
engine at shutdown.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1209
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) signal is
greater than 4.902 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ETP connector.
C. Check ETP connector and terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; or loose, bent, or broken connector housing.
Are ETP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
51 FMI 3.
Step 4 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) sensor. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Repair short to PWR
between ETP pin-5 and
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector and leave
Engine Control Module
ETP disconnected.
(ECM) pin-68. After
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979). repairs are completed,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 3.
D. Key ON.
E. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
F. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list.
Does SPN 51 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Replace ETP. After
repairs are completed,
retest for SPN 51 FMI 3.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) circuit
reading is less than 0.352 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect ETP connector.
C. Check ETP and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are ETP connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 51 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP-1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1216 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness
connector and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1217
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness
connector and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-5 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1218 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) vehicle harness
connector and leave ETP disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-5 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A
together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1219
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses an error in Engine Throttle Position (ETP) sensor
based on actual throttle position minus desired throttle position after 25 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Vehicles that chronically experience this fault condition in cold weather may require use of winter fronts to help
with issue.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects short circuit on Engine Throttle Actuator Control
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3510 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3511 FMI 3 and 4
(VREF) (VREF) (VREF)
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1225
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Control (ETC) connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A to vehicle harness and leave ETC connector disconnected.
1226 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS), warns operator of conditions that can damage engine.
Standard Warning System is base system in which all engines are equipped. If one of these faults are detected,
Engine Control Module (ECM) illuminates red engine lamp and sets corresponding Diagnostic Trouble Codes
(DTC).
Following optional features to this base system provide added warning or protection.
Standard Warning
No engine shutdown available.
• ECT - Engine overheat warning
• EOP - Low engine oil pressure warning
3-way Warning
No engine shutdown available.
• ECT - Engine overheat warning
• EOP - Low engine oil pressure warning
• ECL - Low engine coolant level warning
3-way Protection
Engine shutdown is available if critical condition is detected.
• ECT, EOP, ECL - Same as 3-way Warning
• ECT - Engine overheat critical protection
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1227
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Critical Pressure.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
RPM values can be found in PP 77031, 77041, and 77051.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) is below Warning Pressure.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
RPM values can be found in PP 77031, 77041, and 77051.
Fault Overview
Fault is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) exceeds value of
Programmable Parameter (PP) 77021.
Lamp Reaction
Engine shutdown is commanded and Red Stop Lamp (RSL) active if feature is enabled.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects that engine coolant temperature at Engine
Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above Programmable Parameter (PP) 77011.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp and Warning buzzer turned ON.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault may be set by incorrect value in Programmable parameters in ServiceMaxx™ software.
Step 1 Decision
Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, check Diagnostic Yes: Go to Step 2.
Trouble Code (DTC) list for Associated Faults(page 1235).
Is EST DTC list free of Associated Faults? No: Repair Associated
Faults. After repairs
are complete, retest
SPN 110 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECT1 signal is stuck in range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4,
(BARO) 17, and 18 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 16, and 18 (ICP)
• SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16
4 (MAF) 4 (EOT) 5, and 14 (INJ) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 4765 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1
31 (Engine) (CACOT) (DOCIT) (Engine)
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) detects Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1)
has risen above a critical set point. Fault may be caused by actual high coolant temperature or by a fault in
ECT1 sensor circuit.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor signal detects
that coolant level is below minimum level
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Check if SPN 111 FMI 1 is active with ECL disconnected. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1241). Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with Yes: Repair short
ServiceMaxx™ software: between ECL and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
A. Key ON, clear codes.
pin C2-49. After repairs
B. Key OFF, wait for EST screen to clear. are complete, retest for
SPN 111 FMI 1.
C. Key ON, check Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) list for SPN 111 FMI 1.
Is EST DTC list SPN 111 FMI 1 still active? No: Replace ECL
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 111 FMI 1.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor.
1242 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECL signal is between greater than 3.5 volts and less than 4.4 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor.
C. Connect International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into terminal D in vehicle
harness connector and leave ECL sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1245
Fault Overview
This fault is set by Engine Control Module (ECM) when Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) is above 261°F (127°C).
ECM illuminates red lamp (OWL). When temperature drops below 261°F (127°C) SPN/FMI will become not
active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
This fault sets when Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) detects Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) has
risen above a desired set point. Fault may be caused by actual high oil temperature or by a fault in EOT sensor
circuit.
Step 5 Check for failed oil system module thermal valve assembly. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1249). Using DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace oil
Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2. system module
thermal valve
assembly. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 175
FMI 15.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Replace EOT
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 175 FMI 15.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1250 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 to vehicle harness connector and leave EOT sensor
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1251
Fault Overview
Fault sets only when engine speed is greater than 3200 rpm with no fuel being requested by Engine Control
Module (ECM).
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) may illuminate when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: State and local regulations may limit engine idle time. Vehicle
owner or operator is responsible for compliance with those regulations.
Engine Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) for California ESS Compliant Engines
Navistar® engines certified for sale in state of California (CA) conform to mandatory California Air Resources
Board (CARB) Engine Shutdown System (ESS) regulations. Prior function of IST is available on CA ESS-exempt
and federally-certified engines (school buses, emergency, and military vehicles).
Engine idle duration is limited for ESS-compliant engines as follows:
• When vehicle parking brake is set, idle shutdown time is limited to CARB requirement of 5 minutes.
• When vehicle parking brake is released, idle shutdown time is limited to CARB requirement of 15 minutes.
Duration of CARB-mandated values can be reduced by programming customer IST programmable parameter
to value lower than 15 minutes. Adjusting this parameter reduces overall system shutdown time as follows:
• Adjusting parameter value between 5 and 15 minutes reduces idle shutdown time with vehicle parking brake
released. Default value of 5 minutes for vehicle parking brake set condition remains unaffected.
• Adjusting parameter value between 2 and 5 minutes reduces idle time for both vehicle parking brake released
and set conditions.
While IST is installed, idle shutdown time is factory-defaulted to 60 minutes and cannot be adjusted. If IST is
enabled, Cold Ambient Protection (CAP) will not function.
CARB IST feature is factory-programmed. Customers cannot turn IST off for ESS-compliant engines.
1254 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects change engine oil service interval is erratic,
intermittent, or incorrect.
Lamp Reaction
None
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not extend recommended oil change intervals.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects soot load of Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
has exceeded maximum operating limits for an extended period of time. Torque output of engine will be reduced
as soot load increases. Active regeneration of aftertreatment system will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Red Stop Lamp (RSL) Active.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 (FDP) • SPN 102 (IMP) • SPN 157 (FRP) • SPN 651-656 (INJ /
CYL)
• SPN 3242 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3246 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 3480 (AFTFP1) • SPN 3482 (AFTFSO)
4 (DPFIT) 4 (DPFOT)
• SPN 3556 (AFT) • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 5541 (TC1TOP)
4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
This fault code indicates regeneration has been unable to occur (by inhibit switch, active faults, driving conditions,
and etc.), or an engine problem has caused a large amount of soot to be generated, for a long enough time to
cause an excessive buildup of soot on DPF. Once condition is corrected, if a parked regeneration can not fully
clean DPF, it will need to be removed for service.
Step 5 Check DPFDP sensor hoses for correct routing and Decision
restrictions.
Inspect DPFDP sensor hoses for kinks, improper hose routing, Yes: Replace DPF Differential
restrictions, or damage. Pressure / Outlet Pressure
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.
Are DPFDP sensor hoses routed correctly, free of damage, and No: Repair or replace DPFDP
unrestricted? sensor hose(s). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN 3936
FMI 0.
Overview
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
engine fuel pressure. During engine operation, if pressure is not satisfactory, ECM will turn on amber FUEL
lamp to alert operator when fuel filter needs servicing.
FDP sensor is only capable of measuring up to 75 psi (517 kPa) of pressure, even though fuel pressure normally
operates at 90 psi (621 kPa).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1263
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor signal voltage is greater than 4.912 volts (152 psi {1049
kPa}) for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1978).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1268 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness connector and leave FDP disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1269
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor signal voltage is less than 0.093 volts for 5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1273). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Replace FDP
DTC list. sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 4.
Does SPN 94 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1271
Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1273). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
DTC list. GND between FDP
pin-3 and ECM pin
E-32. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 94 FMI 4.
Does SPN 3509 FMI 4 set in DTC list? No: Repair Open
between FDP pin-3 and
ECM pin E-32. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 94 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1274 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1275
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Wrench lamp will illuminate when this fault is active.
Associated Faults
• SPN 94 FMI 1 (EFP) • SPN 94 FMI 18 (FDP) • SPN 931 FMI 4 (EFP)
Fault Facts
Fault is normally caused by fuel filter needing to be changed.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) is below 45 psi for 8 seconds while engine is cranking.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault may set due to fuel gelling, low fuel level, or recent engine service.
Drive Cycles
Engine Cranking
Possible Causes
• Recent fuel system service that required priming
• Diesel fuel waxing or icing in cold temperatures
• Low fuel level in either fuel tank
• Vehicle unused for long period of time
• Unseated fuel filter that causes fuel to drain back to tank
• High resistance in fuel pump circuits
• High resistance in FP GND circuit
• Stuck Open fuel pressure regulator
• Damaged fuel filter
• Completely plugged strainer
• Failed fuel pump
1278 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Fuel level is broadcast on J1939 public Controller Area Network (CAN) bus. This signal is sent from Body
Controller (BC) which is where fuel level signal is received. If BC is not located on J1939 many other CAN
networks may be affected.
1280 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Body Controller detects high signal voltage on fuel level sensor circuit.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when the Body Controller detects low signal voltage from the fuel level sensor circuit.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• Fuel level sensor signal circuit short to GND
• Failed fuel level sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1283
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) does not receive fuel level message from Body Controller
(BC).
Lamp Reaction
None.
Associated Faults
None.
Fault Facts
None.
Overview
Intake Air Heater (IAH) system warms incoming air supply before cranking to aid cold engine starting during
warm-up. IAH system also helps load engine during a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1287
Fault Overview
Fault sets when ATIC chip that drives Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay indicates relay is shorted to battery.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) relay and connector inspection. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC relay.
C. Check IAHC relay and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched wires;
wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are IAHC relay connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect IAHC relay.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave IAHC relay disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1290 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when inlet air heater driver relay is shorted to GND.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor and connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect IAHC sensor.
C. Check IAHC sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are IAHC sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 729 FMI 4.
Step 4 Check Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) circuit for short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1292). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace Intake
Harness ZTSE6025 pin-2 and PWR. Air Heater Relay (IAH
Relay).
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Repair short to
GND between ECM
pin E-59 and IAH
Relay pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 729
FMI 4.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Heater Control (IAHC) sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave IAHC sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1293
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHR)
control circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two trips.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6025 to vehicle harness and leave Intake Air Heater Relay (IAHC)
disconnected
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1297
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6025 to IAHC and leave vehicle harness disconnected
1298 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 729 FMI 18 - IAH Monitor fault: Lack of Heat in the Intake Manifold
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Intake Air Heater (IAH) monitor fault, lack of heat in
the intake air manifold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 105 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 729 FMI 3, 4, and
(IMP) (IMT) 5 (IAHC)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for open circuit Intake Air Heater (IAH) monitor. Decision
Using DMM measure voltage between Junction Post and known good GND. Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair open circuit
from battery to Junction
Post (see Truck Wiring
Schematic). After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 18.
Step 5 Measure voltage drop across IAH Relay when energized. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1301). Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) System Test(page Yes: Replace IAH
2138). Using DMM measure voltage drop between heater grid supply terminal Relay. After repairs
and Junction Post during Test. are complete, retest for
SPN 729 FMI 18.
Is voltage drop greater than 0.2 volts? No: Replace IAH heater
grid (see Engine Service
Manual). After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
729 FMI 18.
1300 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM to heater grid supply terminal.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM to heater grid supply terminal.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect DMM to junction post and heater grid supply terminal.
C. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
1302 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM), indicating
injection control pressure. ECM monitors ICP as engine is operating, to modulate Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR). This is a closed loop function in which ECM continuously monitors and adjusts for ideal ICP determined
by conditions such as load, speed, and temperature.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1303
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor is offset during
check at Key OFF condition.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Injection Control Pressure (ICP) is lower than 3.5 MPa while engine is cranking for 2.5
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Must perform Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) procedure Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset (page 1972)in
ServiceMaxx™ after repairs are complete. Make sure to remove and clean the High-Pressure (HP) oil rail and
HP oil hose and fittings to remove contamination or debris if High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) is replaced due
to pump failure.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Control Pressure (ICP) signal greater than
4.9 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Locking tabs on Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor connector fully seated.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of rotating parts (belts and fan) and hot
engine surfaces.
Step 7 Inspect Under Valve Cover (UVC) under valve connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 8.
B. Disconnect UVC valve harness connector.
C. Remove valve cover.
D. Check UVC harness connector terminals for damaged or pinched wires;
corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken connector
housing.
Are UVC harness connector, harness, and terminal clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.
Step 8 Check SIG GND circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1314). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear Diagnostic Yes: Repair Open
Trouble Code (DTC) list. between UVC pin-7 and
ECM pin D-14. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
3.
Does SPN 164 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open
between UVC pin-6
and ECM pin D-15. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 164 FMI
3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1311
Step 9 Check for broken locking tab on or damage to harness connector. Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1315). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-6 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-3.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.
Step 10 Check for broken Locking tab on or damage to harness connector. Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 1316). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 pin-2.
Is resistance less than 5 ohms? No: Replace UVC
harness. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4686
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1314 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Using breakout harness ZTSE4498, short pin-6 and pin-7 of breakout harness ZTSE4793 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979)
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1315
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave Under Valve Cover (UVC)
harness disconnected.
C. Using breakout harness ZTSE4793, short pin-6 to known good GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979)
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1316 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover (See Engine Service Manual).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1317
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover (See Engine Service Manual).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness and leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor disconnected.
1318 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover (See Engine Service Manual).
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4686 to UVC harness leave Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
sensor disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1319
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor signal is less than 0.1 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness connector Decision
for ICP sensor.
A. Key OFF. No: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect UVC harness connector for ICP.
C. Check UVC harness and connector terminals for: damaged or pinched
wires; corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or broken
connector housing.
Are UVC harness connector for ICP and connector terminals clean and No: Repair connector,
undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 (UVC)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
• Key OFF.
• Disconnect Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness for ICP sensor connector and leave disconnected.
• Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
• Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1323
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness connector that leads under valve
cover and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1324 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for high-pressure oil system repairs Decision
Determine if vehicle history included high-pressure oil system repairs. Yes: Perform Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972).
Were high-pressure oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 4 Test High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) IPR electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Repair IPR
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 15.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 5.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when measure Injection Control Pressure (ICP) value exceeds set point by threshold value of speed
verses torque.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4
(FDP) and 17 (ECT1) (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 646 FMI 4
and 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT) (CMP) and 5 (INJ)
• SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(IPR) (TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for High-Pressure (HP) oil system repairs Decision
Determine if vehicle history included HP oil system repairs. Yes: Perform Key-On
Engine-Off (KOEO)
Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972).
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 4 Test HPOP Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - HPOP(page 2082) Test. Yes: Repair IPR
circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 16.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 5.
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
4 (ICP) (IPR)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
None
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 164 FMI 1, 3, and • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
4 (ICP) (IPR)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect vehicle history for High-Pressure (HP) oil system repairs Decision
Determine if the vehicle history included HP oil system repairs. Yes: Perform the
Key-On Engine-Off
(KOEO) Procedure Fuel
Pressure Adaptation
Reset (page 1972)
procedure.
Were HP oil system repairs recently performed? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 5 Test HPOP Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) electrical circuit. Decision
Perform Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) - High-Pressure Oil Pump Yes: Repair IPR
(HPOP)(page 2082) Test. circuit. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 164 FMI 18.
Does HPOP Test detect a problem with the IPR valve electrical circuit? No: Go to Step 6.
1336 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) uses Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor signal to assist in calculation of
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) percentage. ECM monitors IMP signal to determine intake manifold (boost)
pressure. From this information, CM can optimize fuel rate and injection timing for all engine operating conditions.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when absolute pressure difference between Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) and Barometric
Absolute Pressure (BARO), IMP and Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP), EBP and BARO are greater than 4.4 psi
(30 kPa) for two seconds with Wastegate Actuator Position Command is less than 100%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1209 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3509 FMI 3 and 4
(IMP) (BARO) (EBP) (VREF 1)
Fault Facts
IMP sensor cannot be compared to other similar sensors in SMX, because IMP values cannot be negative, and
IMP value is in gauge units.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is greater than 4.8 volts (89 psi {613.3 kPa}) for 2.55
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check IMP sensor signal circuit for short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1344). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™ software, clear Yes: Repair short to
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) list. PWR between IMP pin-3
and Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-48. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
102 FMI 3.
Does SPN 102 FMI 3 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Go to Step 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1345
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) voltage is less than 0.1899 volts (4 psi {31 kPa}) for 2.55
seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check IMP signal circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1348). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage within 5 ± 1 volts? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
IMP pin-2 and Engine
Control Module (ECM)
pin E-35. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4850
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1350 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 to Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) vehicle harness connector
and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-2 and pin-3 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 together.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1351
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) is stuck in range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines engine intake manifold pressure is slow to respond
to monitor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) and 18 (IMP) 4 (IMT) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (MAF) (CMP)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV)
(TC2CIT) (TC2WG) (CACOT)
Fault Facts
Step 4 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decisions
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage, blockage, or Yes: Go to Step 5.
anything that could prevent proper air flow through the CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through No: Repair damage or
properly? blockage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 10.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines engine intake manifold pressure is too High.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, and
(ETV) (FDP) 7 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 132 FMI 3, and 4
4 (IMT) (BARO) and 17 (ECT1) (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
(ICP) 4 (MAF) (CMP) 5, and 14 (INJ)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(TC2CIT) (TC2WG) (CACOT) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines engine intake manifold pressure is too Low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7,
(ETV) (FDP) and 10 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3,
4 (IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF)
• SPN 164 FMI 16 and 18 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4,
(ICP) 4 (MAF) (CMP) 5, and 14 (INJ)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2 and 16 • SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2630 FMI 2 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(TC2CIT) (TC2WG) (CACOT) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 16 and • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
18 (INJ) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decisions
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage, blockage, or Yes: Go to Step 5.
anything that could prevent proper air flow through the CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through No: Repair damage or
properly? blockage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 102 FMI 18.
Overview
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) indicating
manifold air temperature. ECM controls Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system based on air temperature in
intake manifold. This aids in cold engine starting and warm-ups, and also reduces exhaust emissions.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1367
Fault Overview
ECM Compares Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor to Intake Air Temperature (IAT), Turbocharger 2
Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT), Engine Coolant
Temperature 1 (ECT1), and Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensors at initial Key-On after an 8-hour cold soak.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave IMT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1372 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal is
greater than 4.80 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Breakout Harness 3-Banana Plug ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1377
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave IMT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 circuit to known
good GND.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software
1378 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) signal is less
than 0.16 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1381
Overview
Injectors inject fuel into cylinders. Engine Control Module (ECM) controls timing and amount of fuel being
sprayed from each injector. ECM also controls Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system to regulate fuel spray
pressure.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1383
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1387). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Open H and
Open L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI
4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1388 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 2 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1391). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Open H and
Open L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI
4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1392 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1395). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
Open H and Open L
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1396 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 2 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1399). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
Open H and Open L
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1400 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1403). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and pin-4.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Open H and
Open L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI
4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1404 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short circuit on fuel injector 6 Open coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate immediately when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 3 Check for short between Open H circuit and Open L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1407). Using DMM measure resistance between Yes: Go to step 4.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short between
Open H and Open L
circuits. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1408 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 1 Open coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1412). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 1 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-3 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
651 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-4 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1413). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and ECM pin D-1. between UVC harness
pin-4 and ECM pin D-2.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 651 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-3 and
ECM pin D-1. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 651 FMI 5.
Figure 407 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1412 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1413
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1414 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1415
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 2 Open coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1419). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 2 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-7 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-8 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1420). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and ECM pin D-5. between UVC harness
pin-8 and ECM pin
D-6. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
652 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-7 and
ECM pin D-5. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 652 FMI 5.
Figure 411 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1419
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1420 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1421
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1422 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 3 Open coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1426). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 3 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-3 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
653 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-4 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1427). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and ECM pin D-3. between UVC harness
pin-4 and ECM pin D-4.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 653 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-3 and
ECM pin D-3. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 653 FMI 5.
Figure 415 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1426 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1427
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 3.
1428 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1429
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 4 Open coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1433). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 4 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-7 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
654 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-8 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1434). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and ECM pin D-29. between UVC harness
pin-8 and ECM pin D-30.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-7 and
ECM pin D-29. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 654 FMI 5.
Figure 419 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 harness and leave vehicle harness
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1433
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1434 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1435
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1436 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 5 Open coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1440). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-4 and fuel injector 5 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-3 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-4 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1441). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-3 and ECM pin D-25. between UVC harness
pin-4 and ECM pin
D-26. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
655 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-3 and
ECM pin D-25. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 655 FMI 5.
Figure 423 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1440 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1441
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1442 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1443
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit on fuel injector 6 Open coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1447). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-8 and fuel injector 6 pin-2. between UVC harness
pin-7 and fuel injector
pin-3. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-8 and
fuel injector pin-2. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1448). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-7 and ECM pin D-27. between UVC harness
pin-8 and ECM pin
D-28. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
656 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-7 and
ECM pin D-27. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 656 FMI 5.
Figure 427 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1447
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2 and pin 3.
1448 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin 2.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1449
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1450 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 651 - 656 FMI 7 - Injector 1 (through 6) Spool Motion Compensation Max Authority Reached
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines fuel injector spool motion compensation has
reached its maximum allowable time limit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Final number of Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™
software identifies cylinder in which the injector is installed.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.
Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 651 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.
Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 652 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.
Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 653 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.
Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 654 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.
Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 655 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector timing is off when comparing cylinder balance
difference between two consecutive cylinders.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4
(ETV) (FDP) (BARO)
• SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 FMI 0, 1, 3, • SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, and • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
4 (ECT1) and 4 (MAF) 4 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 636 FMI 2 and 7 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4, • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI
(TOSS) (CMP) 5, and 7 (INJ) 31 (INJ)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2659 FMI 20 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ)
(TC2WG) (AMS) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
• SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETV) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect connections at injector circuits outside valve cover connector. Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 4.
B. Disconnect injector circuits outside valve cover connector.
C. Check injector circuits outside valve cover and connector terminals for:
damaged or pinched wires; moisture or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or
broken pins; or broken connector housing.
Are injector circuits outside valve cover connector, harness, and terminals clean No: Repair connector,
and undamaged? harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.
Step 7 Inspect air intake system, exhaust system, and air filter for restrictions, Decision
leaks, or physical damage.
Inspect air cleaner cleanliness and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor or dirt and oil Yes: Go to Step 8.
residue. Inspect fuel system from fuel tank to Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFTFI)
valve for leaks or physical damage.
Are air intake system, exhaust system, fuel system, and air filter free of restrictions, No: Repair
leaks, and physical damage? restrictions, air leaks,
fuel leaks, or physical
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 656 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when short circuit is detected on Bank 0 (Injectors 1, 2, and 3) Open or Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 2
disconnected.
1492 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1493
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1494 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1495
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1496 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 2
disconnected.
Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1497
Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
1498 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 15
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 16
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1499
Test 17
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 18
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1500 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 19
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 20
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1501
Test 21
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 3
disconnected.
Test 22
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
1502 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 23
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 24
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1503
Test 25
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 26
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1504 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 27
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 28
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1505
Test 29
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 30
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1506 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when short circuit is detected on Bank 1 (Injectors 4, 5, and 6) Open or Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 3
disconnected.
1516 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1517
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1518 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1519
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1520 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 4
disconnected.
Test 12
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1521
Test 13
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 14
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1522 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 15
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 16
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1523
Test 17
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 18
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1524 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 19
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 20
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1525
Test 21
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave UVC engine connector 4
disconnected.
Test 22
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1526 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 23
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 24
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1527
Test 25
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 26
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1528 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 27
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
Test 28
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1529
Test 29
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
Test 30
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Disconnect 36-pin ECM driver.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC engine harness and leave 36-pin ECM driver
disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1530 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when ECM detects IPR adaptation value exceeds threshold values immediately.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 1 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1536). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H
and Close L circuits.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1535
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1537
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 2 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1540). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-5.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H
and Close L circuits.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3660 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1539
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1541
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 3 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1544). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H and
Close L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3661
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1543
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1545
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 4 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1548). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H and
Close L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3662
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1547
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1549
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 5 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1552). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H
and Close L circuits.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3663 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1551
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1553
Fault Overview
Fault is set when short circuit is detected on injector 6 Close coil.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Final number of SPN identifies affected injector, and name in ServiceMaxx™ identifies cylinder in which injector
is installed.
Step 4 Check for short between Close H circuit and Close L circuit. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1556). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-5 and pin-6.
Is resistance greater than 1000 ohms? No: Repair short
between Close H and
Close L circuits. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3664
FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1555
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to engine harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Remove Valve Cover.
D. Disconnect Injector.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC harness and leave engine harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1557
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 1 Close coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check for Open in Open H or Open L circuit under valve cover. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1561). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-1 and fuel injector 1 pin-1. between UVC harness
pin-2 and fuel injector
pin-4. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3659 FMI 5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-1 and
fuel injector pin-1. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI
5.
Step 6 Check for Open in Open H or Open L in engine harness circuit. Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1562). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness ZTSE4793 pin-2 and ECM pin D-7. between UVC harness
pin-1 and ECM pin D-8.
After repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3659 FMI
5.
Is resistance less than 0.5 ohms? No: Repair Open between
UVC harness pin-2 and
ECM pin D-7. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3659 FMI 5.
Figure 479 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1561
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1562 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 1.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1563
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1564 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 2 Close coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 483 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1568 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1569
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 2.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 2 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1570 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 2.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 2 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1571
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 3 Close coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 487 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1575
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1576 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 3.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1577
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1578 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 4 Close coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 491 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1582 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1583
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 4.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 3 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1584 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 3.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 3 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1585
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 5 Close coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 495 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1589
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1590 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 5.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1591
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1592 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault is set when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects an Open circuit in fuel injector 6 Close coil circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 499 Test 1 Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4 Circuit Resistance Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
1596 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1 and pin-4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1597
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect fuel injector 6.
D. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
E. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to UVC connector 4 and leave vehicle harness disconnected.
F. Connect correct terminals from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C to fuel injector pin-1.
1598 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Under Valve Connector (UVC) connector 4.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4793 to vehicle harness and leave UVC connector 4 disconnected.
D. Connect 180-Pin Breakout Box to Breakout Harness 00-00990-01.
E. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00990-01 to Engine Control Module (ECM) Driver harness and
leave ECM disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1599
SPN 4257 FMI 7 - Injector Coking Compensation Factor Reached Maximum Authority
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines injector coking compensation has reached
its maximum level. Cumulative coking compensation value estimated by injector coking compensation factor
accumulator model greater than 16%.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Coking is buildup of deposits on the tip of the fuel injector.
Step 1 Decision
Remove fuel injectors. Inspect injectors for coking on tip of fuel injectors. Yes: Replace all
fuel injectors. Reset
programmable
parameter for coking
compensation (Mode
1, 2, and 3 - Time
Factor for Coking
Accumulation). After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4257 FMI
7.
Are fuel injector tips coked? No: Retest for SPN
4257 FMI 7.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) temperature
is higher than expected more than 162°F (72°C)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7,
(ETP) (FDP) 16, and 18 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, 4 • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 (MAF)
(IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4, • SPN 172 (IAT) • SPN 173 (EGT) • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
16, and 18 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 188 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 16
(Engine) and 5 (INJ) (IPR) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 (CACOT) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and
(TC2WC) 31 (Engine) 21 (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETP) • SPN 3471 FMI 1 and 7
7, 8, and 14 (EGR) (AFTPC)
• SPN 3479 (AFTPC) • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 1 and 7
(AFTFIS) (AFTFSV) (AFTFP2)
• SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect intake air system for leaks, restrictions, and damage. Decision
Perform Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to step 4.
Is intake air system free of leaks, restrictions, and damage? No: Repair leaks,
restrictions, and
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 4257 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) temperature
is lower than expected more than 169°F (76°C)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 14 (EGR) • SPN 51 FMI 3, 4, and 7 • SPN 94 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7,
(ETP) (FDP) 16, and 18 (IMP)
• SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 132 (MAF)
4 (IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT)
• SPN 164 FMI 0, 3, 4, • SPN 172 (IAT) • SPN 173 (EGT) • SPN 175 FMI 2, 3, and
16, and 18 (ICP) 4 (EOT)
• SPN 188 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4 • SPN 679 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1173 FMI 16
(Engine) and 5 (INJ) (IPR) (TC2CIT)
• SPN 1189 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 1322 - 1328 FMI • SPN 2630 (CACOT) • SPN 2659 FMI 20 and
(TC2WC) 31 (Engine) 21 (AMS)
• SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4, • SPN 3055 FMI 2 (INJ) • SPN 3464 FMI 31 (ETP) • SPN 3471 FMI 1 and 7
7, 8, and 14 (EGR) (AFTPC)
• SPN 3479 (AFTPC) • SPN 3480 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3482 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 3556 FMI 1 and 7
(AFTFIS) (AFTFSV) (AFTFP2)
• SPN 3936 (DPF) • SPN 4257 FMI 7 (INJ) • SPN 5395 FMI 0 and 1 • SPN 5543 FMI 3, 4, and
(Engine) 5 (EBPV)
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve regulates oil pressure in high-pressure injection control pressure
system. Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system intensifies fuel pressure in injectors. Engine Control Module
(ECM) uses ICP sensor to monitor system pressure and adjusts IPR valve duty cycle to match engine
requirements (starting, engine load, speed, and temperature).
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve
frequency is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness 12-800-02
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1611
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR) valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1612 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Injection Pressure Regulation (IPR) valve frequency
is less than 100 Hz.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1617). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-800-02 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 0.5 volts? No: Replace IPR
valve. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.
1614 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1617). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness 12-800-02 pin-2 and PWR. GND between IPR
valve pin-2 and ECM
pin E-43. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
circuit between IPR
valve pin-2 and ECM
pin E-43. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 679 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness 12-800-02
1616 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulator
(IPR) valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1617
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave IPR valve disconnected.
C. Key ON
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 12-800-02 to vehicle harness and leave Injection Pressure Regulation
(IPR) valve disconnected.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1619
Overview
J1939 data link provides a communications link with all connecting modules. Electronic Service Tool (EST) uses
this network system to communicate with Engine Control Module (ECM).
1620 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 639 FMI 14 - J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when ECM is unable to transmit; J1939 data link error.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH between ECM and Decision
24-pin Engine to Chassis connectors.
Perform Test 1(page 1623). Using DMM measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 3.
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-22 and pin-24.
Is resistance within 120 ± 10 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH between
ECM and 24-pin
Engine to Chassis
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 639
FMI 14.
Step 3 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in SCR harness. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-250-01 pin-7 and pin-8.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL
and CAN-AH in SCR
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.
Step 4 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in DOC/DPF harness. Decision
Perform Test 3(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 12-574-01 pin-1 and pin-2.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH in DOC/DPF
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.
1622 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in DEF Tank harness. Decision
Perform Test 4(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-500-01 pin-9 and pin-10.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH in DEF Tank
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.
Step 6 Check for short between CAN-AL and CAN-AH in 14-pin and 24-pin Decision
Engine to Chassis harnesses.
Perform Test 5(page 1623). Using a DMM, measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE6020 pin-21 and pin-22. between CAN-AL
and CAN-AH in
aftertreatment harness
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 639
FMI 14.
Is resistance less than 1,000 ohms? No: Repair short
between CAN-AL and
CAN-AH in chassis
harness connector.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 639 FMI 14.
Pin-Point Tests
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Breakout Harness 18-250-01
• Breakout Harness 12-574-01
• Breakout Harness 18-500-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to engine harness and leave chassis side disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect SCR Harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-250-01 to SCR Harness and leave Aftertreatment Harness
disconnected.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DOC and DPF Harness connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-574-01 to DOC/DPF Harness, and leave Aftertreatment Harness
disconnected.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF Tank Harness 12-pin connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-500-01 to DEF Tank Harness, and leave Aftertreatment Harness
disconnected.
1624 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 14-pin connector and 24-pin Engine to Chassis connectors.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to chassis side, leave engine side disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1625
Overview
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor directly monitors air entering engine. MAF sensor also houses Air Intake
Temperature (AIT) sensor, which is used with MAF to calculate amount and density of incoming air. Engine
Control Module (ECM) uses this information to calculate correct amount of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR)
during engine operation.
SPN 132 FMI 0 - Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate High
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine intake air mass flow rate is high, by comparing
modeled engine intake air mass flow rate with actual engine intake air mass flow rate.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 27 FMI 0 and 14 • SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 2791 FMI 2, 3, 4,
(EGR) (MAF) 7, 8, and 14 (EGR)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect intake air system and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System for Decision
leaks or physical damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2230)and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection (page 2228).
Is air intake system and CAC System free of leaks or physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 0.
SPN 132 FMI 1 - Engine Intake Air Mass Flow Rate Low
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects engine intake air mass flow rate is low, by comparing
modeled engine intake air mass flow rate with actual engine intake air mass flow rate.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 SPN 1209 FMI 0 and 3 • SPN 2791 (EGR)
(MAF) (EBP)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or Decision
physical damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2230). Yes: Go to Step 3.
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 1.
Step 3 Inspect CAC system for restrictions, air leaks, or physical damage. Decision
Do Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Inspection (page 2228). Yes: Go to Step 4.
Is CAC system free of restrictions, leaks, and physical damage? No: Repair CAC
system. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 132 FMI 1.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Mass Air Flow (MAF) frequency is out of range.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect air intake system and CAC for air leaks or physical damage. Decision
Do Intake Air Inspection(page 2230) and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection(page 2228).
Is air intake system and CAC free of leaks and physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or CAC system as
required. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1634 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
SPN 132 FMI 11 - MAF Sensor Calibration – Insufficient number of data points
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects MAF sensor did not successfully complete an
auto-calibration routine.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminates when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
When MAF auto-calibration routine does not successfully complete, MAF sensor will need to be re-calibrated.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) has been reprogrammed and Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
needs to be re-calibrated.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) illuminates when this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Run MAF sensor calibration and check for fault code. Decision
Perform MAF Sensor Calibration (page 2123) and clear fault code. Cycle Yes: Replace MAF
ignition to Key OFF, then back to Key ON. sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest MAF
sensor.
Does SPN 132 FMI 13 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Diagnostics
complete, retest MAF
sensor.
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
MAF auto-calibration failed.
Step 2 Inspect air intake system and air filter for restrictions, air leaks, or Decision
physical damage.
Do Intake Air Inspection (page 2230)and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) System Yes: Go to Step 3.
Inspection (page 2228).
Is air intake system and air filter free of restrictions, leaks, and physical damage? No: Repair intake air
system or replace air
filter. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
132 FMI 14.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a short to PWR, short to GND, or an Open circuit in Mass
Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6020
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1646 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1647
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1649
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1650 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1651
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave MAF sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 24-pin Engine to Chassis connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 to vehicle harness and leave 24-pin Engine to Chassis
connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1653
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between Intake Air Temperature
(IAT) sensor reading and other temperature sensor reading is greater than 27°F (-3°C)
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1657
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave IAT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 pin-A and pin-B.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1658 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness connector and leave IAT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 pin-B and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1659
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage is
greater than 4.8 volts for 2.5 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
• IAT circuit Open
• IAT circuit shorted to PWR
• SIG GND circuit Open
• Failed IAT sensor
1660 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 2 Inspect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor connector for damage. Decision
A. Key-On Key-Off (KOEO. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect MAF sensor connector.
C. Inspect MAF connector for: damage, pinched wires, corroded terminals,
loose, bent or broken pins, or broken connector housing.
Is MAF connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
172 FMI 3.
Figure 526 Mass Air Flow (MAF) / Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4960
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1663
Figure 527 Test 1 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1664 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin A and pin B of Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1665
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to vehicle harness and leave Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin A of Breakout Harness ZTSE4960 to known good
GND.
D. Connect EST to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1666 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module detects Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor voltage signal is
less than expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1669
Overview
Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) and Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensors
are smart device used to measure NOx emissions at intake of aftertreatment system and measure the NOx
emissions at outlet of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Catalyst. NOx In and NOx Out sensors perform
internal diagnostics and reports malfunctions back to ACM using J1939 data link. NOx In and NOx Out sensors
are permanently attached to NOx control module. They are serviced as a single component and can not be
replaced individually.
1670 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 531 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Location
1. NOx In module 2. NOx In sensor
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1671
Figure 532 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Location
1. NOx Out module 2. NOx Out sensor
1672 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects an internal circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides
Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is
disabled, and engine torque is severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor reading is invalid.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects a mismatch between engine's electrical system
voltage and Nitrogen Oxide In (NOx In) sensor voltage rating.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Drive Cycle
Continuous
Possible Causes
• Incorrect NOx In sensor
1678 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system
is disabled and engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor module
• Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module
• Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3) sensor module
• Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor
• Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1684). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1681
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1685). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In Yes: Repair Open or
sensor pin-1 and known good GND. high resistance between
NOx In sensor pin-4
and GND. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between NOx In
sensor connector pin-1
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
3216 FMI 19.
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1686). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx In Yes: Go to Step 6.
sensor pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
NOx In sensor connector
pin-3 and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
1682 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1687). Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature Yes: Go to Step 7.
sensor pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between NOx In
sensor connector pin-3
and ACM connector
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1688). Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature Yes: Go to Step 8.
sensor pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
NOx In sensor connector
pin-2 and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
Step 8 Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 1689). Use DMM to measure voltage between temperature Yes: Go to Step 9.
sensor pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short to
PWR between NOx In
sensor connector pin-2
and ACM connector
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1683
Step 9 Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 1690). Use DMM to measure resistance between Yes: Replace NOx In
temperature sensor pin-2 and pin-3. sensor. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance Reset
Procedure (page 2025)
and retest for SPN 3216
FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short
between NOx In sensor
connector pin-2 and
pin-3. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure (page
2025)and retest for SPN
3216 FMI 19.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1685
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
D. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1686 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1687
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1688 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1689
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1690 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1691
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
harness connector and vehicle harness.
1692 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is high compared to its modeled value for conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into aftertreatment system is disabled and engine torque will be severely reduced. Vehicle speed will
be limited if code is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
Possible Causes
None
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1693
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is low compared to it's modeled value for conditions. Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be severely reduced. Vehicle speed will
be limited if code is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
When fault is active, Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will not illuminate.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3218 FMI 2 - NOxIN power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) sensor is to high or to low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Step 6 Check for incorrect Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Decision
sensor installed.
Check for incorrect NOx In sensor installed. Yes: Replace NOx In
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.
Is correct NOx In sensor installed? No: Install correct NOx In
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3218 FMI 2.
Figure 542 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1700 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 543 Test 1 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) module connector.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1701
Figure 544 Test 2 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between vehicle harness and Nitrogen Oxides Intake
Concentration (NOx In) module connector.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1702 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor module is not reading zero, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Inspect Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s). Decision
Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or intermittent Yes: Go to Step 3.
connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or
relay(s) to PDM
connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 2.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1706). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace NOx
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and pin-4. Out sensor. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Go to Step 5.
1704 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1707). Using DMM, measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and known good ground. or high resistance
between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3226 FMI 2.
Figure 545 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1706 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1707
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1708 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when NOx OUT sensor module detects circuit error in Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor for 10 seconds. Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for limited period of time
with fault code active. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after extended
engine operation with fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor signal is invalid for 300 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration
(NOx Out) sensor voltage rating does not match engine's electrical system voltage.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 1 Check for correct Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor module.
Verify correct NOx Out sensor module is installed. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor module. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3226
FMI 13.
Is correct NOx Out sensor module installed? No: Install correct
NOx Out sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 13.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 data link communications with Nitrogen
Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor. Diesel exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system
is disabled, and engine torque will be severely reduced.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of the following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. The following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF
temperature sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, Ammonia Sensor Module, NOx OUT sensor
module, NOx IN sensor module, and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level / Temperature (DEFTLT) sensor module.
Step 2 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1719). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 3.
Step 3 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1720). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and known good GND. or high resistance
between NOx Out
sensor pin-4 and
ground. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-1 and switched
ignition relay pin-87.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1716 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1720). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open
or short to ground
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-3 and ACM
connector pin J2-14.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Step 5 Decision
Perform Test 4 (page 1721). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 6.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-3 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short
to PWR between
NOx Out sensor
connector pin-3 and
ACM connector pin
J2-14. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 5 (page 1722). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 7.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and known good ground.
Is voltage greater than 1 volt? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
NOx Out sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1717
Step 7 Decision
Perform Test 6 (page 1723). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4 volts? No: Repair short
to power between
NOx Out sensor
connector pin-2 and
ACM connector pin
J2-15. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Step 8 Decision
Perform Test 7 (page 1724). Use DMM to measure resistance between Breakout Yes: Replace NOx Out
Harness 18–648–01 pin-2 and pin-3. sensor. After repairs
are complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Is resistance greater than 50 ohms? No: Repair short
between NOx Out
sensor connector
pin-2 and pin-3.
After repairs are
complete, perform
SCR Maintenance
Reset Procedure
(page 2025)and retest
for SPN 3226 FMI 19.
Figure 548 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 and Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481
for additional circuit information.
Verify batteries are fully charged and connections are clean.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1719
Figure 549 Test 1 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1720 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 550 Test 2 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
Figure 551 Test 3 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1721
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
Figure 552 Test 4 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1722 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 553 Test 5 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1723
Figure 554 Test 6 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
C. Key ON.
1724 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 555 Test 7 NOx Out Sensor Module Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7
A. Disconnect batteries.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between NOx Out sensor module and vehicle harness
connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1725
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) determines signal from Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is high during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects reading from Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is low during monitoring conditions, or is not changing with engine conditions.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 5031 FMI 10 (NOx
Out) Out) Out)
Fault Facts
None
SPN 3228 FMI 2 - NOxOUT power supply signal erratic, intermittent or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects power supply to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet
Concentration (NOx Out) sensor is above or below a calibration adjustable threshold.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Check Power Distribution Module (PDM) fuse(s) and relay(s) Decision
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Check PDM fuse(s) and relay(s) for blown fuses; loose, missing, or
intermittent connections.
Are all fuses and relays securely attached and in good condition? No: Secure or replace
failed fuse(s) or relay(s)
to PDM connector. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3228 FMI
2.
Step 4 Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1733). Use DMM to measure voltage between 18-649-01 Yes: Go to Step 5.
pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 6.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1731
Step 5 Check for incorrect Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Decision
sensor installed.
Check for incorrect NOx Out sensor installed. Yes: Replace NOx Out
sensor. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
Is correct NOx Out sensor installed? No: Install correct NOx
Out sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3228 FMI 2.
Step 6 Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1734). Use DMM to measure voltage between NOx Out Yes: Repair Open or high
sensor pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NOx
Out sensor pin-4 and
GND. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
3228 FMI 2.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or short
to GND between NOx Out
sensor connector pin-1
and power. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 3228 FMI 2.
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1733
Test 1
A. Key OFF
B. Connect breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON
1734 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF
B. Connect breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor and vehicle harness connector.
C. Key ON
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1735
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx
In) sensor heater was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 FMI 4 and 9 • SPN 3218 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 4765 FMI 2, 3, and
(NOx In) In) 4 (DOCIT)
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect a common power circuit, ground circuit,
or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with the NOx In
sensor: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor; Nitrogen Oxides
Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor; Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor; Aftertreatment
Ammonia (NH3) sensor; SCR Temp Sensor Module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature
(DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor.
Figure 559 Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1739
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In)
sensor module harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1740 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Nitrogen Oxides Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor
module harness connector and leave sensor disconnected.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to switched ignition relay and leave disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1741
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx
Out) sensor heater was unable to maintain its normal operating temperature.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 FMI 4 (NOx • SPN 3228 FMI 2 (NOx • SPN 4360 FMI 2 • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
Out) Out) (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail or set a fault, suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with NOx
Out sensor module: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor
module; Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module; Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
sensor module; Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and
Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor.
Step 4 Check NOx OUT circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2(page 1745). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or high
Harness 18-649-01 pin-1 and known good GND. resistance between NOx
Out sensor module pin-4
and ground. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5031 FMI 10.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or high
resistance between NOx
Out sensor module pin-1
and switched ignition relay
pin-87. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5031 FMI 10.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1743
Figure 562 Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-649-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1745
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor module harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1746 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-649-01 between Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out)
sensor module harness connector and vehicle harness.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1747
Overview
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) feature allows operator to set and maintain a constant engine speed
from outside vehicle cab. This feature may also be know as Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC). Control
over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on RAPP and select desired
engine speed.
1748 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) signal
is greater than expected.
Lamp Reaction
No Lamp.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) signal is provided at Body Builder cut wires. Diagnosing this fault
will involve aftermarket equipment attached to these wires.
Pin-Point Tests
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4435C
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1751
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Body Builder connector 2.
C. Insert correct pin from Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C into Body Builder connector 2 pin-A.
D. Key ON.
1752 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module monitors signals from SCR Intake Temperature
(SCRIT), and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensors, and communicates to Aftertreatment Control Module
(ACM) over Controller Area Network (CAN). Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for a limited
period of time with this fault code active. Engine torque will be reduced and vehicle speed will be limited after
extended engine operation with fault active.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1753
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors time for exhaust system to warm up, and time exceeds
threshold. Threshold time is a function of engine operation, altitude, coolant temperature, vehicle speed and
ambient temperature
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) reading is used as reference in determining pass/fail for this fault. Moving vehicle
from cold to warm ambient temperature may set this fault.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is less than expected. Engine torque will be reduced if fault is
active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3216 (NOx In) • SPN 3218, SPN 3226 • SPN 3228 (NOx Out) • SPN 3361 FMI 2, 3, and
(NOx Out) 4 (DEFSP)
• SPN 3362 FMI 31 • SPN 3363 FMI 3, 4, and • SPN 4334 FMI 2, 16 • SPN 4340 FMI 3 and 5
(DEFSP) 7 (DEFTHV) and 18 (DEFLP) (DEFPLH)
• SPN 4342 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4344 FMI 3 and 5 • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
(DEFRLH) (DEFSMH) 4 (SCRIT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 4377 (Ammonia) • SPN 4380 (Ammonia) • SPN 4382 (Ammonia) • SPN 5394 FMI 5 and 7
(DEFD)
• SPN 5743 (SCR temp • SPN 520668 (AFT • SPN 520669 (AFT
sensor module) system) system)
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) lines and connections. Decision
Check DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections for: cracks Yes: Go to step 4.
and pitting; loose, leaking, or damaged connections; and restrictions.
Are DEF tank, DEF supply module, and DEFD lines and connections in good No: Repair or
condition and unrestricted? replace failed line
or connection. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4364
FMI 18.
Step 6 Verify correct Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing (DEFD) Unit operation. Decision
Using EST, perform (Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Doser Yes: Replace
Pump Override Test(page 2020). Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR)
catalyst. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4364 FMI 18.
Is DEFD operating correctly? No: Perform DEF
Supply Module Flush
procedure (see Diesel
Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
System Contamination
in Exhaust
Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR
Service Manual). If
DEFD still does not
operate correctly,
replace DEFD. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 4364
FMI 18.
SPN 4792 FMI 7 - SCR Catalyst System - Mechanical system not responding or out of adjustment
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects that Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion
across Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is lower than expected during one event, indicating a
malfunctioning SCR catalyst.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 4094 FMI • SPN 4364 FMI 18 (low • SPN 4794 FMI 31
31 (contaminated or NOx conversion) (missing SCR catalyst)
degraded DEF)
Fault Facts
This fault code is only used to assist in troubleshooting fault codes SPN 4094 FMI 31 (AFT system), SPN 4364
FMI 18 (AFT system), and SPN 4794 FMI 31 (AFT system). One of these associated fault codes being active
while SPN 4792 FMI 7 is active indicates following conditions must be present: Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF)
uncontaminated and in good condition; Properly functioning DEF dosing system (no leaks, restrictions, or failed
components); No exhaust system leaks; Decomposition reactor tube free of DEF crystallization and deposits;
Properly installed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
Diagnostics for this fault code only runs during Electronic Service Tool (EST) Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF)
Regeneration procedure.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when part number reported by Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module does not match what is expected, or part number is not reported. Active and parked regeneration of
aftertreatment system is disabled, and Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is closed.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) conversion efficiency
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst is critically low for 7 seconds. ACM compares Nitrogen Oxides
Intake Concentration (NOx In) sensor value, to Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor value.
Engine torque will be reduced if fault is active for a limited period of time. Engine torque will be severely reduced
and vehicle speed limited if fault is active for an extended period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3226 (NOx Out) • SPN 3228 (NOx Out) • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3,
4 (SCRIT) and 4 (SCROT)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is high for a period of 4.2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module
Perform Test 1 (page 1769). Use DMM to measure voltage between breakout Yes: Replace SCR
harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair incorrect
battery wiring. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 5743 FMI 3
Figure 568 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Verify charging system is charging at specified voltage.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1770 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1771
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module supply voltage is low for a period of 4.2 seconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check for failed Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module
Perform Test 1 (page 1774). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Replace SCR
Harness 18-684-01 pin-1 and pin-4. temperature sensor
module. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1773
Step 4 Check SCR temperature sensor circuit for Open or high Resistance. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1775). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Open or
Harness 18-684-01 pin-4 and known good GND. high resistance between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-1
and GND. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair Open or
short to GND between
SCR temperature sensor
module connector pin-4
and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1775
Figure 571 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-684-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1776 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 572 Test 2 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-684-01 to Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor
module vehicle harness connector and leave sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1777
SPN 5743 FMI 11 - SCR Thermocouple Controller signal erratic, intermittent, or incorrect
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects number of Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module power reset events within 300 second window is ≥ 5 counts. Active and
parked regeneration is disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail or set a fault, suspect a common power circuit, ground
circuit, or switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits with NOx
Out sensor module: Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) temperature sensor
module; Nitrogen Oxides Outlet Concentration (NOx Out) sensor module; Aftertreatment Ammonia (NH3)
sensor module; Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) sensor module; and Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and
Temperature (DEFTL and DEFTT) sensor.
Step 2 Inspect for air flow restrictions around Selective Catalyst Reduction Decision
(SCR) temperature sensor module.
Check for air flow restrictions around SCR temperature sensor module (mud, Yes: Go to Step 3.
aftermarket shields, flaps, or brackets installed).
Is SCR temperature sensor module free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 11.
Step 4 Check SWBAT circuit for intermittent open or short to GND. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1780). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-4 and known good GND (wiggle if necessary).
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Repair intermittent,
open or short to GND in
between SCR temperature
sensor module connector
pin-4 and switched ignition
relay pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 5743 FMI 11.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1779
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1781
Figure 574 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1782 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 575 Test 2 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 to vehicle harness and leave Selective Catalyst Reduction
(SCR) temperature sensor module disconnected.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1783
Fault Overview
Fault sets when SCR temperature sensor module has an internal error.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR)
temperature sensor module is greater than 302°F (150°C) for 3.8 seconds. Active and parked regeneration is
disabled. Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve operation will be disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module temperature
drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics
must be used for both active and not active fault codes. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage.
Step 2 Inspect for damaged or missing Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Decision
temperature sensor module mounting.
Check for proper mounting of the SCR temperature sensor module. Also, check Yes: Go to Step 3.
for air flow restrictions surrounding the sensor module.
Is SCR temperature sensor module mounted properly and free of air restrictions? No: Remove air
restriction and ensure
module is mounted
properly. After repairs are
complete, retest for SPN
5743 FMI 16.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) loses J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) data
link communications with Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module during two events.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
If more than one of following sensor modules fail (or set a fault), suspect common power circuit, ground circuit, or
switched ignition relay problem. Following components share power and ground circuits: DOC/DPF temperature
sensor module, SCR temperature sensor module, NH3 sensor module, NOx Out sensor module, NOx In sensor
module, and DEFTL and DEFTT sensor module.
Step 3 Check switched battery circuit for short to ground or open. Decision
Perform Test 1(page 1792). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 5.
Harness 18-648-01 pin-1 and pin-4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to Step 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1789
Figure 576 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® Engine N9 and N10 and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness 18-648-01
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1793
Figure 577 Test 1 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1794 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 578 Test 2 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1795
Figure 579 Test 3 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1796 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 580 Test 4 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1797
Figure 581 Test 5 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1798 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 582 Test 6 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Voltage Check
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1799
Figure 583 Test 7 SCR Temperature Sensor Module Circuit Resistance Check
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness 18-648-01 between SCR temperature sensor module and vehicle
harness connector.
C. Key ON.
1800 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) sensor measures exhaust temperature at intake
of Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) catalyst. SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that
communicates with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCRIT sensor is
part of SCR temperature sensor module, and is not serviceable individually.
Figure 584 Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1801
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor reading is greater than 1292°F (700°C). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled and engine can possibly be shut down.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage following guidelines in
Aftertreatment Service Manual. This fault will go not active after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will
likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics should be used for both active
and pending fault codes.
Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 0.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has determined Selective Catalytic Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. Diesel
exhaust fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if the
engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 3246 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5742 FMI 3, 4, and
(DPFOT) (SCRIT) (SCROT) 11 (DPF)
• SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or Open for a period of 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled, and engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period
of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor signal voltage is less than 1 volt for a period of 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled and engine torque reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time
with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) sensor reading is greater than 1157°F (625°C). Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into
aftertreatment system is disabled and engine can possibly be shut down.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4360 FMI 0, 2, 3,
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) and 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination; inspect entire
aftertreatment system for damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment components,
cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage following guidelines in
Aftertreatment Service Manual. This fault will go not active after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will
likely be not active when vehicle is in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics should be used for both active
and pending fault codes.
Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 15.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Intake
Temperature (SCRIT) reading is greater than 1202°F (650°C) for more than 60 seconds. Engine may shut down
and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4360 FMI 2, 3, and
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4 (SCRIT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Fact
This fault will go not active after SCRIT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is in
shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Perform a Parked
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Regeneration. After
repairs are complete
retest for SPN 4360
FMI 16.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4360 FMI 16.
Overview
Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) measures exhaust temperature at outlet of
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR). SCR temperature sensor module is a smart device that communicates
with Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) via Controller Area Network (CAN). SCROT sensor is part of SCR
temperature sensor module, and is not serviceable individually.
Figure 585 Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module Location
1. SCR temperature sensor module
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1817
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects a large temperature difference over Selective
Catalytic Reduction (SCR) catalyst for a sustained period of time.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4363 FMI 2, 3, and
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4 (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
This fault will go not active after SCROT drops below warning limit, and will likely be not active when vehicle is
in shop. For this reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and not active fault codes.
Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Reinstall Diesel
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) and perform a
Parked Regeneration.
After repairs are
complete retest for
SPN 4363 FMI 0.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 0.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor does not match engine operating conditions for more than 5 minutes. A default
value for SCROT is used and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) injection into aftertreatment system is disabled.
Engine torque will be reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 4360 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 4363 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
(SCRIT) (SCROT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) sensor circuit is shorted to battery or open for 16 seconds. Active and parked
regeneration will be disabled and engine torque reduced. Engine torque will be severely reduced and vehicle
speed will be limited after extended engine operation with this fault code active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) has detected an internal circuit error in Selective
Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module, and SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor signal
voltage is less than 1 volt for 16 seconds. Active and parked regeneration will be disabled and engine torque
reduced if engine is operated for an extended period of time with this fault active.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1157°F (625°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3,
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4, and 16 (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Reinstall Diesel
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) and perform a
Parked Regeneration.
After repairs are
complete retest for
SPN 4363 FMI 15.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 15.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) detects Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet
Temperature (SCROT) signal value is greater than 1202°F (650°C) when not in regeneration mode.
Lamp Reaction
Amber Warning Lamp (AWL), Red Stop Lamp (RSL) and Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when
this fault is detected.
Associated Faults
• SPN 1322-1328 FMI 31 • SPN 3242 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 3246 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 4363 FMI 0, 2, 3,
(CYL) and 16 (DPFIT) and 16 (DPFOT) 4, and 15 (SCROT)
• SPN 4765 FMI 0, 15, • SPN 5743 FMI 3, 4, 11,
and 16 (DOCIT) and 16 (SCR)
Fault Facts
If aftertreatment system has had excess fuel, oil, coolant, metal, or other contamination, inspect entire
aftertreatment system for causal damage before re-installing. Inspect for overheated aftertreatment
components, cracked exhaust system welds, leaking exhaust system seams, or other damage. This fault will
go inactive after SCROT drops below maximum limit, and will likely be inactive when vehicle is in shop. For this
reason, these diagnostics must be used for both active and inactive fault codes.
Step 6 Check for failed Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) temperature Decision
sensor module.
Perform Hot Run Sensor Test(page 1960). Compare SCR Intake Temperature Yes: Reinstall Diesel
(SCRIT) to SCR Outlet Temperature (SCROT). Oxidation Catalyst
(DOC) and perform a
Parked Regeneration.
After repairs are
complete retest for
SPN 4363 FMI 16.
Is SCRIT and SCROT difference within 77°F (43°C) of each other? No: Replace SCR
temperature sensor
module. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 4363 FMI 16.
Overview
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor provides feedback signal to Engine Control
Module (ECM) indicating temperature of charge air leaving compressor of high-pressure turbocharger.
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that difference between Turbocharger 2 Compressor
Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor reading and other temperature sensor reading is greater than 27°F (15°C).
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
None
Figure 587 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• 500 Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Compressor Inlet Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave TC2CIT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-1 and pin-2.
E. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TC2CIT sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave TC2CIT sensor
disconnected.
D. Connect Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 between Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 and known
good GND.
E. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
F. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1838 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault Code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake
Temperature (TC2CIT) signal is greater than 4.8 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 5 Check TC2CIT SIG circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1842). Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, clear DTC list. Yes: Repair Open or
high resistance between
TC2CIT pin-1 and ECM
pin E-28. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 3.
Does SPN 1173 FMI 4 set after DTC list is cleared? No: Repair Open or
high resistance between
TC2CIT pin-2 and ECM
pin E-72. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 3.
NOTE: See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form
0000003481 for additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4993
• Breakout Harness Banana Plug ZTSE4498
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness connector and leave Turbocharger 2
Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor disconnected.
C. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short pin-1 and pin-2 of Breakout Harness ZTSE4493 together.
D. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1843
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 to vehicle harness and leave TC2CIT sensor disconnected.
C. Using Breakout Harness ZTSE4498, short Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 pin-2 to ground.
D. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
E. Key ON, log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1844 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature
(TC2CIT) signal is less than 0.195 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 594 Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) Sensor Circuit Diagram
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting, J1939 and J1708)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor.
C. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
D. Key ON. Log in to Servicemaxx™ software.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1847
SPN 1173 FMI 16 - TC2CIT signal above desired (Low Pressure CAC Interstage under cooling)
Fault Overview
Fault sets when TC2CIT signal is above desired, due to Low Pressure CAC Interstage under cooling.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
• SPN 102 FMI 3, 4, 7, • SPN 105 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 108 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 110 FMI 2, 3, and
and 16 (IMP) 4 (IMT) (BARO) 4 (ECT1)
• SPN 132 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 172 FMI 2, 3, and • SPN 191 FMI 3 and 4 • SPN 651 - 656 FMI 4
(MAF) 4 (MAF) (TOSS) and 5 (INJ)
• SPN 1173 FMI 2
(TC2CIT)
Fault Facts
None
Possible Causes
1848 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 4 Inspect vehicle grille and Charge Air Cooler (CAC) for damage or Decision
blockage.
Inspect vehicle grille and CAC for damage, blockage, or anything that could Yes: Go to Step 5.
prevent proper air flow through CAC.
Is grille and CAC undamaged, not blocked, and is air able to flow through No: Repair damage or
properly? blockage. After repairs
are complete, retest for
SPN 1173 FMI 16.
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) commands Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG) to control turbocharger
pneumatic actuator.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1851
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) determines that Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) circuit is shorted to a power source for 25.5 seconds. TC2WG circuit current is greater than 1 amp
for 20 microseconds or greater than 2 amps for 2 microseconds.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during one drive cycle.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check TC2WG ground side switch circuit for short to PWR. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1853). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short
Harness ZTSE4831 pin-2 and known good GND. to PWR between
TC2WG pin-2 and
Engine Control
Module (ECM) pin
E-73. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 1189 FMI 3.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Replace TC2WG
Actuator valve. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 1189
FMI 3.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness (TC2WG) ZTSE4831
1854 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate
(TC2WG) actuator valve disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1855
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position
(TC2WG) circuit is shorted to ground or open.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Check ACT PWR circuit for Open or high resistance. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1859). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 4.
Harness ZTSE4831 pin-1 and known good GND.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volt? No: Repair Open
circuit between
TC2WG pin-1 and
ACT PWR Relay
pin-87. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 1189 FMI 4.
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine and Aftertreatment Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for
additional circuit information.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• TC2WG Breakout Harness ZTSE4831
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1859
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave Turbocharger 2 Wastegate
(TC2WG) disconnected.
C. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
1860 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave TC2WG disconnected.
C. KOEO.
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 to vehicle harness and leave TC2WG disconnected.
C. KOEO.
1862 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Overview
Transmission tail shaft speed is detected by a magnetic pickup mounted on the transmission that senses
rotation of a 16 toothed gear installed on rear of the transmission. Alternating Current (AC) sine wave signal
is received by Engine Control Module (ECM) and is utilized along with tire size and axle ratio, to calculate
vehicle speed. Calculated vehicle speed is transmitted to instrument cluster through Drive Train Data Link to
operate speedometer within instrument cluster. Calculated vehicle speed is also utilized in control strategies
that control features such as Cruise Control, PTO operation and Road Speed Limiting.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1863
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range high.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) Decision
sensor and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1867
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) signal is out of range low.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) Decision
sensor and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1870 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle
Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) has an open circuit.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Transmission Output Shaft Speed / Vehicle Speed Sensor (TOSS/VSS) Decision
sensor and connector inspection
A. Key OFF. Yes: Go to Step 3.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor.
C. Check TOSS/VSS sensor and connector terminals for: damaged or
pinched wires; wet or corroded terminals; loose, bent, or broken pins; or
broken connector housing.
Are TOSS/VSS sensor connector, harness, and terminals clean and undamaged? No: Repair connector,
harness, or terminal
damage. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 191 FMI 5.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect TOSS/VSS sensor connector.
C. Using Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C, insert correct terminal into TOSS/VSS vehicle harness and
leave TOSS/VSS disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1874 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Electronic Control Module (ECM) detects an invalid vehicle speed value from Transmission
Output Shaft Speed (TOSS) sensor.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Overview
Reference voltage (VREF) is a 5 volt reference supplied by Engine Control Module (ECM) to operate engine
sensors.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1877
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects VREF 1 voltage is greater than 5.5 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 2 Measure VREF voltage at Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) Decision
sensor.
Perform Test 1 (page 1881). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 3.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace EBPV.
Step 3 Measure VREF 1 voltage at EBPV sensor with Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) disconnected.
Perform Test 2 (page 1882). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 5.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Go to step 4.
Step 4 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Under Valve Cover 1 (UVC1) harness Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 3 . Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness Yes: Repair short to
ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND. PWR between ECM
pin D-13 and UVC1
pin-8. After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3509 FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Repair short
between UVC1 pin-5
and pin-8 OR pin-5
and pin-3. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3509
FMI 3.
Step 5 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure Decision
(TC1TOP) sensor disconnected.
Perform Test 4 (page 1884). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 6.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace TC1TOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 3.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1879
Step 6 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 5 (page 1885). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair Short to
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND. PWR on ECM pin E-35
VREF 1 circuit. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3509
FMI 3.
Is voltage greater than 5.5 volts? No: Replace ETV
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 3.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
D. Key ON.
1882 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1883
Figure 604 Test 3 Under Valve Connector (UVC) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect ECM 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC1) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC1 connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1884 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
C. Disconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1885
Test 5 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Connect TC1TOP connector.
C. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) connector.
D. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
E. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 between vehicle harness and EBP sensor connector.
F. Key ON.
1886 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 1 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.5 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Wiring harness routing to all sensors is very important. Make sure that wiring harnesses are routed properly to
avoid contact with serpentine belt or pulleys.
Step 2 Measure VREF 1 voltage at Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1891). Use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage Yes: Go to Test 2.
between Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to Intermittent
or Not Active Fault
Diagnostic Procedure
(page 1978).
Step 3 Measure VREF 1 voltage at EBP sensor with Engine Control Module Decision
(ECM) driver harness disconnected.
Perform Test 2 (page 1892). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 7.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Go to step 4.
Step 5 Measure VREF 1 voltage at UVC 1 with Injector Control Pressure Decision
(ICP) disconnected.
Perform Test 4 (page 1894). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 6.
Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace ICP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
1888 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Step 6 Measure VREF 1 voltage at UVC 1 with Brake Control Pressure (BCP) Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 5 (page 1895). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair UVC
Harness ZTSE4952 pin-8 and known good GND. harness. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace BCP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Step 7 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure Decision
(TC1TOP) sensor disconnected.
Perform Test 6 (page 1896). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 8.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace TC1TOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Step 8 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 7 (page 1897). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 9.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace ETV
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Step 9 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 8 (page 1898). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 10.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace FDP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1889
Step 10 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 9 (page 1899). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 11.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace EOP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Step 11 Measure VREF 1 voltage with Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor Decision
disconnected.
Perform Test 10 (page 1900). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to Step 12.
Harness ZTSE4850 pin-2 and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace IMP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3509 FMI 4.
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Key ON.
1892 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Control Module (ECM) 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and reconnect EBP sensor connector.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1893
Figure 609 Test 3 Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC 1) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Reconnect ECM 36-pin driver connector.
C. Disconnect Under Valve Connector 1 (UVC 1) connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC1 connector disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1894 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 4
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover.
C. Disconnect UVC 1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC 1 connector disconnected.
E. Disconnect Injection Control Pressure (ICP) connector.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1895
Test 5
A. Key OFF.
B. Remove valve cover
C. Disconnect UVC 1 connector.
D. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 to vehicle harness and leave UVC 1 connector disconnected.
E. Reconnect ICP connector. Disconnect Brake Control Pressure (BCP) connector.
F. Key ON.
1896 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 6
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave TC1TOP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1897
Test 7
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) connector. Reconnect TC1TOP connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave ETP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1898 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 8
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) connector. Reconnect ETV connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave FDP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1899
Test 9
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) connector. Reconnect FDP connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave EOP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1900 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 10
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) connector. Reconnect EOP connector.
C. Disconnect EBP sensor connector.
D. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness, reconnect EBP sensor connector, and
leave IMP disconnected.
E. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1901
Test 11
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect EBP sensor connector. Reconnect IMP connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE4850 to vehicle harness and leave EBP sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 2 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 2 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 618 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and reconnect APP connector.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1907
Figure 619 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
Figure 620 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
1908 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3 Setup
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1909
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 3 sensor supply voltage is greater than 5.498 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Figure 621 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1912 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Figure 622 Test 2 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 42-Pin IP / Engine connector.
C. Connect Breakout Box 00-00956-08 to Breakout Harness 00-00979-01.
D. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness (ECM side of connector) and leave
Vehicle side disconnected.
E. Disconnect ECM 76-pin Chassis connector.
F. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1913
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) senses VREF 3 sensor supply voltage is less than 4.502 volts.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Step 3 Measure VREF voltage for Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor. Decision
Perform Test 1 (page 1917). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Go to step 4.
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-D and known good GND.
Is voltage less than 4.5 volts? No: Replace APP
sensor. After repairs
are complete, retest
for SPN 3511 FMI 4.
Step 5 Check for short to GND between 42-pin connector and APP. Decision
Perform Test 2 (page 1918). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness ZTSE4485A pin-D and PWR. GND between APP
pin-D and 42-pin
IP/Engine pin-30.
After repairs are
complete, retest for
SPN 3511 FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 6
Step 6 Check for short to GND between ECM and 42-pin connector. Decision
Perform Test 3 (page 1919). Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Yes: Repair short to
Harness 00-00979-01 pin-30 and PWR. GND between 42-pin
IP/Engine pin-30 and
ECM pin C-9. After
repairs are complete,
retest for SPN 3511
FMI 4.
Is voltage within B+ ± 0.5 volts? No: Go to step 7.
Figure 623 Test 1 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1918 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect APP sensor.
C. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A to vehicle harness and leave APP connector disconnected.
D. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1919
Figure 624 Test 3 Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Circuit Voltage Check
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 42-pin IP/Engine connector between engine and chassis.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 00-00979-01 to vehicle harness ECM side of connector and leave 42-pin
IP/Engine chassis side of connector disconnected.
1920 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1921
Fault Overview
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
Fault Facts
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects VREF 8 sensor supply voltage is above or below normal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DEF Supply Module 12-pin connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 18-909-01 to harness connector and leave supply module disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1926 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault sets when Engine Control Module detects VREF 9 sensor supply voltage is above or below normal.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect DPF Differential Pressure/DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFDP/DPFOP) Sensor connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-575-01 to the harness connector and leave the sensor disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1930 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect 8-pin DPF Jumper connector.
C. Connect Breakout Harness 12-574-01 to the harness connector and leave the sensor side
disconnected.
D. Key ON.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1931
Overview
Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor provides a feedback signal to Engine Control Module (ECM) when water is detected
in fuel supply. If water is detected, ECM will alert the operator by illuminating WATER IN FUEL lamp. If a circuit
fault is detected, a code will set and ENGINE lamp will illuminate.
1932 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Water In Fuel (WIF) signal is greater than
expected
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1936 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) detects that Water In Fuel (WIF) signal is less than expected
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1939
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module detects Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor is not reading as expected.
Lamp Reaction
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) will illuminate when this fault is detected during two consecutive drive cycles.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
None
See latest version of Navistar® N9 and N10 Engine Wiring Schematic Form 0000003481 for additional circuit
information.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6002
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Test 1
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
Test 2
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1944 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Test 3
A. Key OFF.
B. Disconnect WIF sensor connector.
C. Connect breakout harness ZTSE6002 to engine harness and leave WIF disconnected.
1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 1945
Fault Overview
Fault code sets when Engine Control Module (ECM) receives indication water in fuel is detected.
Lamp Reaction
No lamp reaction.
Associated Faults
None
Fault Facts
Water In Fuel (WIF) text message in instrument cluster is displayed and remains on when water in fuel is
detected. During initial Key ON, WIF text message may be briefly flash. WIF text message may remain on
for approximately 10 seconds at Key OFF.
Possible Causes
• Water detected in primary fuel filter housing.
1946 1 DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
Table of Contents
Aftertreatment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2259
Snap Acceleration Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2259
Downstream Injection System Operation Test. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2260
1950 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1951
Overview
ServiceMaxx™ is an Engine Electronic Control System Diagnostic Tool. It is used to run Service Bay Test,
Procedures and Program engine features. It can also monitor and record signals from the Engine Control
Module (ECM), Doser Control Unit (DCU), and Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM).
Engine Auto-Detection
Pre 2007 engines can only Auto-Detect at Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO). The N9-N10 Selective Catalytic
Reduction (SCR) engine is able to auto-connect at KOEO or engine running. The only difference when
connecting with a running engine is most of the parameters will not load. You will notice lot of missing values
in the Vehicle Information window.
Connection (Sniffer)
This area will display all the modules communicating on the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) Network.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
1952 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
NOTE: If ServiceMaxx™ displays the Engine selection window (Figure 637), it was unable to Auto- Detect. The
Engine Control Module (ECM) or the Public Controller Area Network (CAN) to the Data Link connector maybe
at fault.
Test Procedure
2. Click on the Stop Logging Watched Signals button (Figure 639) to stop the recording.
3. Snapshot recording will be saved in the Snapshot folder (Figure 640) located on your computers desktop.
1. Open previously recorded snapshot, Click on the Open Snapshot Recording File (Figure 641) from the File
Menu.
2. Select the desired recording you wish to open.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1955
3. Once the recording is open (Figure 642), you can select any signal you wish to show up in the graph.
1956 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
DTC Type:
Pending DTC
Pending Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)s are possible faults that were detected on the first drive cycle. On
Heavy Duty Onboard Diagnostic (HD-OBD) faults can be set as Pending. Pending HD-OBD faults do not turn
on the Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)
Active DTC
There are 3 types of Active DTCs: Non-HD-OBD faults, 1 drive cycle and 2 drive cycle HD-OBD.
• Active Non HD-OBD faults go active on the first drive cycle and do not turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 1 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
• Active HD-OBD 2 drive cycle faults turn on the MIL.
Healing DTC
Healing DTCs are HD-OBD faults that were active on the previous drive cycle, but were not detected on the
current drive cycle. Healing faults do turn on the MIL. If the Healing fault is not detected within the next three
consecutive drive cycles, then the fault becomes Previously Active and turns off the MIL.
DTC Count
DTC Count logs the amount of times the fault was detected.
Freeze Frame
Freeze Frame data is a snapshot of the engines operating condition at the time the fault was detected.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1957
Procedure:
ServiceMaxx™ software will update DTC status every 10 seconds and will check for DTCs as soon as the
Refresh DTC/Vehicle Events button (Figure 644) is pressed.
1958 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Session Files
Overview
ServiceMaxx™ software has a variety of Sessions; Signal Monitoring, Engine Programming and Service Bay
Testing.
Service Bay Tests and Procedures will automatically load pre-made default sessions. Users are not limited to
using pre-made default sessions. Sessions (Figure 645) can be built or modified, saved and loaded (Figure 646)
at any time. The operator can use their own saved session to run a Service Bay test as long as the check mark
is removed from the Load Test Specific Session (Figure 647) before running the test.
Purpose
Check for failed aftertreatment system temperature sensor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
This test is not dependent on engine temperature.
1. Turn ignition switch to ON position.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to vehicle’s diagnostic connector.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, shift transmission to park or neutral, set parking
brake, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
4. Start and run engine at 1400 to 1500 rpm for 10 minutes.
5. Monitor the following signals in the All Signals tab:
Compare the following three signals:
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) Inlet Temperature
• Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Inlet Temperature
• DPF Outlet Temperature
After 10 minutes, if any of these three aftertreatment temperature sensors are not within 77°F (25°C) of each
other, diagnose appropriate sensor and / or circuit.
Compare the following two signals:
• SCR Inlet Temp
• SCR Outlet Temp
After 10 minutes, if either of the two SCR temperature sensors are not within 77°F (25°C) of each other,
diagnose appropriate sensor and / or circuit.
1962 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle and generate a Health Report of current vehicle information:
• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) validation
• Vehicle mileage
• Engine hours
• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC)
• Engine Control Module (ECM) calibration
• Fuel economy data
Tools Required
• PocketMaxx™, EST with International Graphical User Interface, or Navistar® EZ-Tech Launcher
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
Test Procedure
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher and to vehicle Diagnostic
Connector (page 1979).
3. Use PocketMaxx™, EST, or EZ-tech Launcher to retrieve a vehicle Health Report.
4. Connect to internet and upload Health Report to International® Service Portal.
5. Verify Health Report is visible on Navistar® Service Portal. Select Write Up > Vehicle Information.
Expected Outcome
Current vehicle Health Report is viewable on Navistar® Service Portal.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1963
Programmable Features
Overview
Many features can be programmed into the Engine Control Module (ECM) to fit many different applications. To
make programming changes using ServiceMaxx™ software, load the Programming session.
Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
1964 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1965
Test Procedure
4. Turn Key OFF for 15 seconds, so new value change be saved into the module (Figure 653).
5. Turn Key ON.
6. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)s, if any.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1967
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
1968 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Record Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) data to be referenced now, and in the future.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
1. Do not crank or run engine for 3 minutes or more. This will allow Injection Control Pressure (ICP) to bleed
off.
Test Setup
1. Key-ON.
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Select Sessions > Performance.
2. Cycle key OFF, then cycle key ON.
NOTE: Fuel pump will run for 10 seconds after the ignition key is cycled.
3. Select Tools > Start Recording Snapshot.
4. Wiggle harness connections on the Under Valve Cover (UVC) harness for ICP connector, ICP harness, and
36-pin Engine Control Module (ECM) connector.
5. Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot.
Expected Outcome
KOEO values will be within specification.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1969
Overview
Injector Coil End Of Motion (CEOM) corrects aging effect of fuel injector on fuel quantity. Over time injectors
inject less fuel due to injectors wearing. CEOM measures this wear and adds fuel back in to make it work like
new. When a new injector is installed in the engine, CEOM should be reset so it does not add too much fuel to
engine.
NOTE: Only reset CEOM of injector being replaced.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
1970 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Select Injector CEOM Reset (Figure 655) from the KOEO Procedures drop-down menu.
2. Only reset the injector (Figure 656) that was replaced to prevent any injection imbalance.
1972 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Engine Control Module (ECM) maintains reliability of Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) system as parts age by storing
Fuel Pressure Adaptation (FPA) values.
When any fuel system part is replaced: [Engine Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve, Injection Control
Pressure (ICP) sensor, high-pressure pump, high-pressure rail, or ECM], this parameter must be reset.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (J1939 - compliant)
Equipment Condition
One of the following components was replaced:
• Engine Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
• High-pressure pump
• High-pressure rail
• Engine Control Module (ECM)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1973
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Replace failed part.
1974 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Select Fuel Pressure Adaptation Reset from KOEO Procedure (Figure 658) drop down menu.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1975
Overview
The Aftertreatment (AFT) maintenance provides the ability for a technician to install/reset maintenance
components. An example would be a new or clean Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) or Diesel Particulate Filter
(DPF). Once a DOC is considered by the Engine Control Module (ECM) to be “Face Plugged”, AFT dosing is
disabled. After the DOC is replaced, the technician would need to reset the value to clean in order to enable
dosing and re-initiate active regeneration. In order to prevent the misuse of this feature, the reset shall only be
available when most severe fault conditions exist on the particular AFT component that is being reset.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
1976 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Condition
One of the following active faults:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect interface cable between Electronic Service Tool (EST) and 9-pin Vehicle Data Connector (VDC)
(see Connecting EST with ServiceMaxx™ software to engine (page 1979)).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Verify that one of the active faults is present:
• SPN 3556 FMI 18
• SPN 5298 FMI 17
• SPN 5298 FMI 18
2. Replace the failed part.
3. Select DOC / DPF Replacement Reset from the KOEO Aftertreatment Procedures (Figure 662)drop-down
menu.
Overview
Use this test to diagnose inactive and/or intermittent faults. Inactive and/or intermittent faults are currently
healing, previously active, or inactive.
NOTE: For component faults that are pending or active, follow specific step based diagnostics for fault.
NOTE: Permanent faults are historic faults and are used for reporting purposes only. They should never be
treated as a current issue or used for diagnostics.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939–compliant interface cable
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Verify health report was saved. Clear fault codes.
2. Perform Continuous Monitor Test (page 2001)and view voltage signal for suspect sensor.
• The continuous monitor test will have you watch voltage signals for voltage spikes while wiggling affected
harness and connections.
• A voltage spike while performing continuous monitor wiggle test indicates a damaged harness and/or
connector pin.
NOTE: During continuous monitor wiggle test, if a fault code sets (high or low), voltage will latch high or low. To
continue performing continuous monitor wiggle test, faults will need to be cleared.
3. If a voltage spike or fault occurs during continuous monitor wiggle test start from the point the voltage spike
occurred and inspect harness for rubbing, and inspect nearby connectors for pin damage, corrosion, fretting,
etc.
Expected Outcome
The source of the intermittent / inactive fault will be isolated.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1979
If cable is not at fault, see J1939 Data Link Error (ECM unable to transmit) (page 1620) .
1982 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
NOTE: If software has connected to the ECM, active signals will populate startup screen, and ECM
connected icon in bottom right corner will show connected.
NOTE: When software is unable to connect to ECM, signals and vehicle information will not be displayed,
and ECM disconnected icon in bottom right corner will show disconnected.
If software is unable to connect to ECM, go to Interface Device Selection (page 1979) section, above.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1983
Figure 673 ECM (Engine Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1989
Figure 674 ACM (Aftertreatment Control Module) 180 Pin Breakout Harness Overlay
1990 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-On, Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test will command all Engine Control Module (ECM) actuators to their
high state and then back to their normal, low state. This test allows the user to diagnose actuator movement by
commanding the actuators high and low while using a multi-meter to measure circuits. This test also enables
the visual monitoring of movement on some of the actuators.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
NOTE: All actuators default at their low state.
NOTE: Actuators cycled during this test are as follows:
• Engine Throttle Position (ETP)
• Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR)
• Intake Air Heater (IAH)
• Radiator Shutter (optional)
• Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Valve
• Fuel Delivery Pump (FDP)
• Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Position (TC2WG)
1992 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1993
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Standard Test. (Figure 677).
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete when finished.
1994 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Off test will complete without any problems occurring.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1995
Overview
This test is used to validate engine performance throughout its full rpm range. By monitoring specific signals,
this test helps identify which systems are not performing as expected. Using information gathered, it assists
with further diagnostics.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
1996 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
8. Select Tools > Stop Recording (Figure 681) and check the following signals against specifications:
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP)
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP)
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP)
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP)
9. If any signal does not meet specifications, diagnose that system in appropriate section or manual.
Expected Outcome
Engine will accelerate smoothly, all signals will be within specifications, and no imbalance or misfire will be
detected.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 1999
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Output State Test High or Low will command all actuators to their high or low
position. This test allows users to diagnose actuator movement by commanding actuators high or low and
monitoring signals in ServiceMaxx™ or using a multimeter to measure circuits and also to visually monitor
movement on some actuators. This test does not display pass or fail results and user will need to cancel test
before running any other test. The KOEO Standard Test must be performed before this test is allowed to run.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Perform KOEO Standard test (Figure 677).
2000 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Once test is complete, select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (Figure 683) or select Tests >
KOEO Tests > Output State Low Test (Figure 682).
3. Monitor signals, verify visual movement or make measurements as needed.
4. Allow test to run for a minimum of 30 seconds before stopping testing.
Expected Outcome
Actuators will cycle to their high or low state as commanded; signals will show the command to high or low state
and remain steady while test is active.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2001
Continuous Monitor
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Continuous Monitoring – Intermittence Sensor Diagnostics test is used to detect
sensor intermittent faults. During this test, sensor voltages are continuously monitored. This test provides a
graphical view of all signals and allows the technician to detect intermittent spiking or monetary loss of signal.
Perform this test while wiggling connectors, wiring, and harnesses of the suspected faulty component.
NOTE: A sensor fault that goes out of range high or low will cause the voltage signal to display Error. The
Continuous Monitor Test will force all sensor voltage to display actual voltages.
NOTE: This test does not work on early calibrations. Out of Range HIGH and Out of Range LOW faults will
display during this test until early 2015.
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2003
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Continuous Monitor Test (Figure 685) from drop down menu.
2. Monitor suspect voltage signal while wiggling the wiring harness and connectors. If the circuit is interrupted,
the signal will spike.
3. Test will run until cancelled by pressing the Stop test button (Figure 687).
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2005
Overview
The Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Tank Heater Test is used to command the DEF
tank heater on, allowing a service technician to measure the voltage output to the DEF tank heater control valve
confirming the system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Conditions
None
2006 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2007
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator > DEF Tank Heater (Figure 689).
2. The DEF tank heater session will load on the screen.
3. Adjust the desired test delay amount (Figure 690), if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 690) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2008 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify all 6 injectors are being electronically activated by the Engine Control Module (ECM). This test will activate
all injectors at the same time, then active each individual injector in order (1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6) for 2 seconds with
a 1 second pause in between. This is an audible test only (audible buzz sound) and will not activate any other
codes.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
• None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
NOTE: The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test must be run before running this test.
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Standard Test (Figure 691) .
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2009
NOTE: This is an audible test only and does not load a special session.
2. Select: KOEO Injector Test (Figure 692) from drop-down menu.
3. Check fuel injectors for the following while test is active:
• Do not rapidly cycle (buzz)
• Make a single or few “clicks” and stop
• Are faint in sound as compared to other 5 injectors
• Exhibit an irregular or inconsistent rhythm
• Are activated out of order (correct order is 1 through 6 sequentially)
If any of the above conditions are present, go to next step.
If none of the above conditions are present, end diagnostic steps.
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete (Figure 693) when finished.
4. Remove valve cover (see Engine Service Manual).
5. Unplug first injector of suspect bank.
2010 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Cycle key, and then select KOEO Injector Test from drop-down menu to repeat test.
• If two remaining injectors in suspect bank buzz, the unplugged injector has failed.
• If no injectors buzz, go to next step.
7. Reconnect first injector and disconnect next injector in same bank.
8. Cycle key, and then select KOEO Injector Test from drop-down menu to repeat test.
• Repeat steps 7 through 8 until failed injector is found.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully, and audible buzz will be heard from each injector.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2011
KOEO DCU Actuator Test – Actuator Output High and Low Diagnostics
Overview
The Key-On Engine OFF (KOEO) Doser Control Unit (DCU) Actuator test will enable the technician to cycle
any actuator high or low. Some actuators have variable positions. A technician can use a Digital Multimeter
(DMM) to measure changes in voltage or duty cycle, or visually monitor actuator movement while actuator is
commanded.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator > DCU Actuators (Figure 695).
7. Actuator will cycle to commanded position for 5 seconds, before the Test Completed Successful (Figure
697) notification is displayed.
NOTE: This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2014 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) System Leak Test is used to prime DEF system and hold pressure so the system
can be checked for leaks. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF System Leak (Figure 698).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2015
Expected Outcome
DEF System Leak Test will prime and hold pressure on the system allowing for leaks to be detected visually.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2016 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Line Heater Test is used to command DEF Line
Heaters ON, allowing a service technician to measure voltage output to DEF Line heaters while confirming
system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test > Actuator – DEF Line Heater (Figure 700).
2. DEF Line Heater session will load on the screen.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2017
3. Adjust desired test delay amount, if any delay is needed (Figure 701).
4. Press Begin Test button to begin test (Figure 701).
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
2018 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO) Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Reverting Control Valve Test is used to command
the DEF reverting valve on, allowing a service technician to measure the voltage output to the valve, which
confirms the system is working correctly.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-ON Engine-OFF (KOEO).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2019
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Test, Actuator > DEF Reverting Valve (Figure 703).
2. The DEF Reverting Valve test session will load on the screen.
3. Adjust the desired test delay (Figure 704) amount, if any delay is needed.
4. Press the Begin Test button (Figure 704) to begin the test.
5. This test does not display pass or fail results.
Expected Outcome
The test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2020 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO), Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Supply Pump Override Test is used to measure DEF
flow rate for a fixed amount of time to ensure proper operation.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) from exhaust pipe and place it into a clean, graduated
cylinder or jar.
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > DEF Supply Pump Override.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2021
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, injecting 100 ml of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) into measuring container.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2022 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Measures cylinder balance to determine cylinder integrity. Test results are presented in graphical or numerical
displays. Graphs or numbers should be approximately the same, indicating well balanced and equal cylinders.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2023
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Batteries must be charged (Use Battery charger if necessary).
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Relative Compression Test (Figure 708).
3. Results are measured on the down travel of each cylinder's power stroke (Figure 710). A cylinder with low
compression will be significantly lower then the others.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2025
Overview
After diagnosing and repairing Selective Catalytic Reduction (SCR) faults, SCR Faults Reset Parameter will
have to be reprogrammed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-compliant interface cable
Equipment Condition
• None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Clear Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTCs) if any are displayed.
4. Change value on 95461 SCR Faults Reset Request from No to Yes (Figure 713).
Expected Outcome
Engine will program successfully and SCR faults will be reset.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2027
Overview
Monitors engine systems as engine is cranked to determine if systems are able to meet minimum starting
requirements.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2028 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Procedure
Expected Outcome
All signal values meet specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2030 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Tests performance of the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve by measuring changes in Mass Air Flow (MAF)
through the MAF sensor and sets fault codes as necessary.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Run engine until Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) is above 158°F (70°C).
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOER Tests > Standard Test (page 2036).
2. After test is complete, select Tests > KOER Tests > Air Management Test.
3. Follow on screen instructions.
Expected Outcome
Test runs successfully, and no fault codes are set.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2032 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows normal operation of the Air Management System (AMS) during the Air Management Test
(AMT). The AMT gives pass or fail results. It allows the user to validate the AMS by monitoring the effects each
actuator has on Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). IMP is normally between 2 psi (14 kPa) to 6 psi (41 kPa) on
engine ramp up during AMT. If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not operating as designed, IMP will
not respond to changes in EGR valve position. When this occurs, excess soot will be generated by the engine
causing frequent regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value drops. When EGR valve
is commanded ON, verify Mass Air Flow (MAF) Mean Value (MMV) drops. Calculate the difference between
MMV at a high point and a low point, then compare to the table below.
NOTE: EGR valve position will never read less than 35% and is considered closed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
A properly operating air management system graph will be very similar to the above graph.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2034 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows an Air Management System (AMS) not operating as designed during the Air Management
Test (AMT). The AMT gives pass or fail results. It allows the user to validate the AMS by monitoring the effects
each actuator has on Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). IMP is normally between 2 psi (14 kPa) to 6 psi (41 kPa)
on engine ramp up during AMT. If the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve is not operating as designed, IMP
will not respond to changes in EGR valve position. Excess soot will then be generated by the engine causing
frequent regeneration of the aftertreatment system.
When EGR valve is commanded ON, verify Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value drops. In this graph,
IMP does not drop when EGR valve is commanded ON.
NOTE: EGR valve position will never read less than 35 percent and is considered closed.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform Air Management Test (AMT) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2035
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
An improperly-operating AMS graph will match this graph.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2036 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key On, Engine Running (KOER) Standard Test verifies performance of the Injection Control Pressure
(ICP) System. During this test, engine speed increases to 1500 RPM and the Engine Control Module (ECM)
commands the Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve to control ICP. The ICP Desired signal is the pressure
the ECM commanding. The ECM will command 4000 psi, then 1000 psi. The ECM monitors the ICP sensor
(Actual pressure) to validate the system’s ability to meet ICP desired.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Conditions
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (above 158°F 70°C)
• Vehicle Not Moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (Released)
• Clutch Pedal (Released)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2037
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOER Tests > Standard Test (Figure 722).
2. This test does not display pass or fail results and will display test complete (Figure 723) when finished.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2039
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Cylinder Cutout Test is an audible test only. This test can be used to help
pin-point cylinder imbalance issues, by disabling one injector at a time while monitoring effects on engine idle
quality. This test must not be used to validate performance of injectors. The Cylinder Performance Analyzer
(CPA) Tools is the required tool for Misfire Diagnostics. This test does not display pass or fail results and will
display test complete each time an injector is enabled.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Condition
• Engine Speed (below 700 RPM)
• Vehicle Not Moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (0%)
• Brake Pedal (released)
• Clutch Pedal (released)
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2040 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2041
2. Select Tests > KOER Tests > Cylinder Cutout Test (Figure 725).
3. Injectors are disabled by clicking on desired injector from control panel (Figure 725).
Expected Outcome
The engine will lose RPM and an audible change will be heard every time an injector is disabled.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2042 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Down Stream Injection (DSI) System Test can be used to validate
performance of the DSI system.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2043
Equipment Conditions
NOTE: The conditions below are shown how they should be displayed on ServiceMaxx™ software screen.
1. Engine speed (below 700 RPM).
2. Vehicle not moving.
3. Accelerator pedal position (0%).
4. Brake pedal (Release).
5. Clutch pedal (Release).
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Start and log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Select: KOER Aftertreatment Tests > DSI System Test (Figure 729).
2. The test will validate the performance of DSI system (Figure 730), by cycling AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO)
and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC), while monitoring the effects on Aftertreatment Fuel
Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensors (Figure 730).
3. The test will display test results listed in result window during session (Figure 730).
4. Test complete popup is also displayed indicating test has completed successfully (Figure 731).
Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) test will complete without any problems occurring.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2045
Overview
The Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Down Stream Injection (DSI) Deaeration Procedure can be used to purge
air from the system after the fuel system was opened from a previous repair.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
NOTE: The conditions below are shown as they should be displayed on the ServiceMaxx™ software screen.
1. Engine speed (below 700 RPM)
2. Vehicle not moving
3. Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) (0%)
4. Brake pedal released
5. Clutch pedal released
2046 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2047
Test Procedure
1. Select: KOER Aftertreatment Procedures > DSI System De-Aeration (Figure 733) .
2. The procedure will cycle the AFT Fuel Shutoff (AFTFSO) and Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure CTL (AFTFPC)
to purge air from the system.
3. This procedure does not display pass or fail results and will display Test Completed, Successful (Figure 734)
when finished.
Expected Outcome
Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) test will complete without any problems occurring.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2048 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This procedure is used to heat and clean the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), and is helpful to monitor components
in the aftertreatment system.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, make sure parking brake is set, shift transmission
to neutral or park, and block wheels before doing diagnostic or service procedures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• J1939-Compliant Interface Cable
Equipment Condition
1. Engine Speed (below 700 RPM).
2. Engine Coolant Temperature (above 150°F 66°C).
3. No Inhibitors (Figure 737).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2049
Test Setup
Test Procedure
3. Verify DPF Regeneration entry conditions are met and procedure is not inhibited (Figure 737).
Expected Outcome
None
Follow-On Procedure
None
2052 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool is a four-channel oscilloscope used to detect faults in various
electronically controlled components. When used with the proper software, the CPA tool helps technicians
diagnose engine systems by monitoring electrical signals from various engine-mounted sensors.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, never allow the metal sensor tee harness
connectors (BNC Connector) or the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool ports to contact metal,
other sensor tee harness connectors, or ground.
CAUTION: To prevent damage, do not store the CPA tool in the engine compartment. Any exterior damage may
adversely affect the functionality of the tool and cause flawed test results.
CAUTION: Secure the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool and test cables away from hot or moving parts
and any sources of radio frequency interference with cable ties while performing tests.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2053
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
2054 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Connect Yellow Tee Harness 12-999-01-02 between Camshaft Position (CMP) (Figure 740) (Item 1) and
engine harness, making sure to tie it back from hot or moving parts.
2. Securely connect metal end to connector on Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool labeled Cam Sensor.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2055
3. Connect Black Tee Harness 12-999-01-03 between Crankshaft Position (CKP) (Figure 741) (Item 1) and
engine harness, making sure to tie it back from hot or moving parts.
4. Securely connect metal end to connector on CPA Tool labeled Crank Sensor.
5. Connect USB cable from CPA Tool to Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Ensure light on CPA Tool (Figure 739) is flashing.
6. If doing CPA High Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test, connect HPOP Test Harness 12–999–01–04 between
engine harness and CPA Tool.
7. Recheck your test cable connections and routing to ensure they do not come in contact with hot or moving
parts or unnecessary radio frequency interference.
Expected Outcome
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) tool test harnesses will be properly connected to perform standard tests.
Follow-on Procedure
Perform CPA Tool tests.
2056 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Cold Idle Test detects faults with cylinder combustion during idle speed,
and is usually performed if customer complaint includes a misfire during cold idle. When required, the CPA Cold
Idle Test should be performed before the Signal Check.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) (page 2052) tool.
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 742).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2057
5. Fill in Dealer location, operator / technician Information and Customer Complaint text fields (Figure 743).
6. Verify Vehicle Data matches the information in text fields (Figure 743).
2058 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 744).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2059
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, return to step based diagnostics with test information, or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2061
Overview
Signal check ensures information from Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor and Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
are being read properly by the Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) program and are not distorted. Signal
check must be performed before the full load to highway speed test, or any other test involving the vehicle being
driven. CPA software will only recognize, for a limited time, that Signal Check has been completed before it
resets and inhibits any test involving the vehicle being driven.
Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit (Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA)
Tool, page 2052).
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 747).
5. Fill in dealer location, operator/technician information and customer complaint text fields (Figure 748).
6. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 748).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2063
7. Enter information into brief test description (item 2) and detailed test description/test comments (item 1) text
fields (Figure 749).
Test Procedure
Later generations of the CPA tool do not have adjusting knobs. If using a tool with adjusting knobs, proper
calibration is rotated fully to the right (clockwise) (Figure 750).
2064 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, signal adjustment will be made, and any road test can be performed after test is run.
Return to step based diagnostics or continue with Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2067
Overview
Detects faults with cylinder combustion during idle speed with engine at or above operating temperature, and
is usually performed if customer complaint includes a misfire during hot idle. CPA Signal Check should be
performed before CPA Hot Idle Test.
Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fender and / or
passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool 12-999-01 (page 2052).
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 754).
2068 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
5. Input dealer location, operator / technician and customer complaints in appropriate text fields (Figure 755).
6. Verify Vehicle Data (Figure 755) matches information in text fields.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2069
7. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields that describe what and why you are testing (Figure 756).
8. Ensure engine coolant temperature is above 180°F (82°C), if not, run engine to reach operating temperature.
9. If necessary, perform CPA Signal Check (page 2061).
2070 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully. Return to step based diagnostics with test information or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2072 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The Full Load to Highway Speed Test is used to detect faults with cylinder combustion during acceleration,
under a load. The signal check must be performed before this test. Testing will stop automatically once vehicle
reaches highway speed and/or all necessary data has been collected. The Cylinder Performance Analyzer
(CPA) software will only recognize for a limited time that signal check has been completed before it will reset
and inhibit any test that involves vehicle being driven.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limits, disobey traffic
laws or drive too fast for conditions while performing this test.
Tools Required
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
Depending on the truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders
and/or passenger side inner fender in order to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit (page 2052) 12-999-01.
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 760).
5. Fill in dealer location, operator/technician information and customer complaint in text fields (Figure 761).
6. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 761).
2074 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. Enter information into brief test description (item 2) and detailed test description/test comments (item 1) text
fields (Figure 762).
8. If necessary, perform CPA Signal Check (CPA Signal Check, page 2061).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2075
Test Procedure
1. Select Full Load to Highway Speed test from Test List (Figure 763).
2. Start engine.
2076 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Click button on the bottom left corner to start test (Figure 764).
4. Follow on-screen instructions to complete test.
5. When End of Test text field appears, enter any final details about test.
6. Click Return button to return to home screen and view test results.
Expected Outcome
Test will complete successfully and will automatically stop when necessary data has been recorded. Review
test results and return to step-based diagnostics or continue with Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) testing
as needed.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2077
Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) advanced testing can be used with or without the guidance of Navistar®
Technical Services. This allows the user to test other sensor signals to perform a wider variety of diagnostics.
Technician can not view data taken on sensor ports 3 and 4 without contacting tech central support.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit 12-999-01
Equipment Condition
Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders and/or
passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into the cab.
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Key ON. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1951).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) (page 2052) tool.
4. Connect Extension Harness 12-999-01-05 and 2-Pin Banana Plug 12-999-01-06 to sensor(s) you wish to
monitor and to CPA tool, ensuring to route them away from hot or moving parts.
5. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 765).
2078 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Fill in dealer location, operator / technician information and customer complaint text fields (Figure 766).
7. Verify vehicle data matches information in text fields (Figure 766).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2079
8. Enter information into Brief Test Description (item 2) and Detailed Test Description / Test Comments (item
1) text fields (Figure 767).
Test Procedure
1. Add data for sensor(s) connected in the field for Sensor 3 and Sensor 4 (Figure 768), if needed.
2080 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully, return to step based diagnostics with test information, or continue Cylinder
Performance Analyzer (CPA) diagnostics as needed. Green cylinders indicate no defects were found; a red
cylinder indicates a problem with that cylinder (may or may not be an injector); and light blue cylinders indicates
high engine speed fluctuations, but no problem with a particular cylinder.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2082 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) – High-Pressure Oil Pump (HPOP) Test is a group of tests used to
diagnose defects in the high-pressure oil system consisting of the Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) Engine
Control Module (ECM) Powered test, IPR (Full Fielded) test, IPR Block Off Adaptor Installed test, and Pump
Deadheaded test. It may not be necessary to perform all tests in the CPA HPOP Test. If software detects a
fault in the high-pressure oil system during any test, a Warranty Authorization Code (WAC) will be generated.
Other faults will be displayed in the Summary Text Box. If no fault is found, the software will recommend
performing the next test in the series.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool Kit – 12-999-01
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4602
• IPR Blockoff Adaptor with Integrated ICP Sensor Kit
NOTE: Avoid using laptop chargers, vehicle chargers, power supplies, or power inverters during test as these
may cause interference with the CPA tool.
Equipment Condition
1. Charge Electronic Service Tool (EST) and vehicle batteries.
2. Depending on truck model, it may be necessary to remove operator’s side inner fender, quarter fenders
and/or passenger side inner fender to properly connect and safely route test cables into cab.
3. If new IPR valve was recently installed, a 20+ mile break-in drive is recommended before running the CPA
HPOP Test.
Test Setup
1. Disconnect battery charger and EST power cord.
2. Connect EST to vehicle Diagnostic Connector and log in. (page 1979).
3. Connect Cylinder Performance Analyzer (CPA) Tool 12-999-01 (page 2052).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2083
4. Start CPA software in ServiceMaxx™ by selecting Tests > Cylinder Performance Analyzer (Figure 771).
2084 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
NOTE: Hold down Shift key and click the summary text box for instructions and setup pictures.
5. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 775) to prepare to run this group of tests.
6. Click Start Test button on bottom left corner.
7. Follow on-screen instructions (Figure 775) to complete this test.
8. When End of Test text field appears, enter details about the test.
9. Follow on screen instructions.
Expected Outcome
Tests will run successfully, identifying a failed component or sending the user to the next test in the sequence.
When this series is complete, return to step-based diagnostics.
Follow-on Procedure
CPA software automatically records completed HPOP tests to a .zip file starting with the last 8 digits of VIN.
Files are located in: C:\Engine Cylinder Performance Analyzer\
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2087
Overview
Record engine running data to be referenced now and in the future. Recreate engine running problem during
the test if possible.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2088 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Engine running values will be within specification. Save Snapshot for reference later in diagnostic procedures.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2091
Road Test
0 to 60 MPH Test
Overview
This test checks for unacceptable performance under a load at rated speed, and requires operation of the vehicle.
Use record feature in ServiceMaxx™ while driving on an open stretch of road trying to reproduce complaint.
Signals are recorded so they can be analyzed to determine which system is causing faults.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not exceed local speed limit laws or drive too
fast for conditions when performing 0 to 60 MPH Test.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Run engine until Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is above 158°F (70°C).
Test Procedure
1. Drive vehicle to a suitable and safe location to perform test.
2. Pull over to side of road.
2092 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
7. After test is complete, Select Tools > Stop Recording Snapshot (Figure 781) and save snapshot in EST.
8. Return to shop and review snapshot data.
Expected Outcome
Safely perform road test and record data for analysis.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2095
Overview
This graph shows an Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system operating as designed, and is a representation only,
no two graphs will be exactly alike. This test does not give pass or fail results, it only allows the user to validate
ICP and Injection Control Pressure Desired (ICPD) signal values under load. As engine rpm increases, ICP
should steadily increase. Low ICP will cause low Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP). Diagnose low ICP concerns
before diagnosing low IMP concerns.
NOTE: Analyze 0 to 60 MPH test signal values only during acceleration, and not during deceleration or shifting.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. If not done previously, perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091) and save recording.
2096 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Figure 782 Injection Control Pressure and Injection Control Pressure Desired Graph
1. Injection Pressure Regulator 2. Injection Control Pressure 4. Injection Control Pressure (ICP)
(IPR) Valve control (percent) Desired (ICPD) [Green] [Purple]
[Blue] 3. Engine Speed (RPM) [Orange]
1. Verify if ICP is within 150 psi (1,034 kPa) of ICPD signal value during acceleration.
2. Verify if Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve control is less than 80 percent.
3. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.
Expected Outcome
A properly-operating ICP system will closely resemble this graph.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2097
Overview
This graph shows the Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) signal value operating as designed, and is a representation
only, no two graphs will be exactly alike. This test does not give pass or fail results, it only allows the user to
validate the IMP signal value under load. Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) signal value must be 99.6%
to successfully reach peak boost during this test. Low IMP can be the result of low Injection Control Pressure
(ICP). Diagnose low ICP concerns before diagnosing low IMP concerns. IMP can vary based on ECM calibration
and vehicle weight. Using Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software, monitor turbocharger
wastegate operation to verify low boost; IMP signal value may be as low as 29 psi (200 kPa) on lower horsepower
configurations; Analyze 0 to 60 MPH Test signal values only during acceleration, not deceleration or shifting.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
4. If not done previously, perform 0 to 60 MPH Test (page 2091) and save recording.
2098 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Verify IMP signal value is between 29 psi (200 kPa) to 42 psi (289 kPa), with APP1 signal value at 99.6 %,
and engine speed between 1800 rpm to 2200 rpm.
2. Verify Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) is less than 70 psi (482 kPa), with APP1 signal value at 99.6 %, and
engine speed between 1800 rpm to 2200 rpm.
3. Compare graph information with recorded data from test.
Expected Outcome
Properly operating system signals will closely resemble this graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2099
Follow-On Procedure
None
2100 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows an aftertreatment system operating as designed, and does not give pass or fail results. It only
allows the user to validate operation of the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
NOTE: It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values fluctuate at the
beginning and end of the Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT). A snapshot is recorded below with Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) soot load level 1.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ (page 1951).
4. Perform Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT) (page 2048) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2101
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
An aftertreatment system that is working properly will have signals that will be close to this graph.
2102 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2103
Overview
This graph shows erratic exhaust gas temperatures. Erratic temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when
the Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) becomes contaminated, or an issue with the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector
(AFI) is present. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate operation of the
aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ (page 1951).
4. Perform Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT) (page 2048) if not already done and saved.
2104 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Exhaust gas temperatures that fluctuate more than specified will have signal values that match this graph.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2105
Follow-On Procedure
None
2106 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This graph shows low exhaust gas temperatures indicating a restricted Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI). Low
temperatures in the exhaust stream occur when fuel flow from the AFI is restricted, resulting in less fuel burning
in the exhaust stream. This test does not give pass or fail results. It only allows the user to validate operation of
the aftertreatment system by monitoring exhaust gas temperatures.
NOTE: It is normal to see Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) signal values fluctuate at the
beginning and end of the Onboard Filter Cleanliness Test (OBFCT). A snapshot is recorded below with Diesel
Particulate Filter (DPF) soot load level 1.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
4. Perform OBFCT (page 2048) if not already done and saved.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2107
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
An aftertreatment system with low exhaust gas temperatures indicative of a restricted AFI, will have signal values
that match this graph .
2108 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2109
Overview
This test measures the performance of the Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV). This visual and functional test
uses pre-programmed actions of the Engine Control Module (ECM) to cycle the EBPV three times after the key
is turned off. In recent calibration releases EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of 140°F (60°C).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove truck-mounted components as necessary to have a clear view, and to allow access to EBPV.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Ensure air tanks are full.
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
The EBPV will cycle fully open and closed three times when the key is turned off. In recent calibration releases
EBPV only cycles at or above an ECT of 140°F (60° C).
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2111
Overview
Verify operation and condition of boost control system. This test is made up of multiple inspections and tests
to determine root cause of boost control system failures. All tests may not need to be performed. If any test
identifies a failed component, replace that component and retest for original symptom.
CAUTION: Limit supply air pressure to 21.5 psi (148 kPa) to prevent damage to system lines, hoses, and
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid.
Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
2112 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
Figure 788 Boost Control System Lines - Shown with Interstage Cooler (ISC) Removed for Clarity
1. Supply line 2. Dump line 3. Wastegate actuator line
1. Perform visual inspection of Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) solenoid supply line, Wastegate Actuator
and dump lines (Figure 788).
2. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Operational Test (page 2114). If test passes, got to step 5.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2113
3. Check electrical connector (Figure 789) (Item 2) for bent, loose, damaged, or corroded pins and repair as
needed.
4. Start Engine and blow air pressure (22 psi or 150 kPa) through supply line. Air should not pass through
solenoid. If air passes through, replace TC2WG solenoid.
5. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Solenoid Test (page 2118). If test passes, got to step 6.
6. Perform Turbocharger 2 Wastegate (TC2WG) Isolated Actuator Test (page 2119). If test passes, go to Step
7.
7. Perform Exhaust Back Pressure Valve Operation Test (page 2109).
Expected Outcome
Testing will diagnose faulty component causing failure of boost control system.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2114 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify turbocharger wastegate is operating properly. This test verifies appropriate travel of wastegate actuator
rod. Actuator rod travel should match specification.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Measuring tool (ruler)
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view of and to reach turbocharger wastegate
actuator.
Test Setup
1. Install Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4409 (Figure 791) (Item 1) to wastegate actuator air supply, and then
connect to regulated air pressure.
2116 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Apply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) of regulated air pressure to actuator.
2. Measure actuator rod movement.
Expected Outcome
Turbocharger wastegate actuator rod will travel its full range of motion and stop in a seated position without
sticking or shuddering. Length of travel will match specification.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2117
Follow-On Procedure
None
2118 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Test for proper operation of turbocharger Wastegate Position system. This test verifies air and electrical controls
of turbocharger wastegate. ServiceMaxx™ software commands system on and off.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit - ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view and reach to turbocharger wastegate actuator
and control valve.
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Attach pressure test kit to Supply hose to TC2WG solenoid.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
4. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
Test Procedure
1. Perform KOEO Standard Test (Figure 677)
2. Supply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) to TC2WG solenoid.
3. After test is complete, perform KOEO Output State Low Test (Figure 682) and visually monitor turbocharger
wastegate actuator.
4. Perform KOEO Output State High Test (Figure 683) and visually monitor turbocharger wastegate actuator.
5. Supply 8 psi (55 kPa) to TC2WG solenoid.
6. Perform KOEO Output State Low Test (Figure 682), actuator should NOT move.
7. Perform KOEO Output State High Test (Figure 683), actuator should NOT move.
Expected Outcome
The turbocharger wastegate actuator will cycle fully open and closed during Output State Low and High Tests
with 21.5 psi (148 kPa) supplied to it, indicating it is working properly.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2119
Overview
This test checks for which part of wastegate system not functioning correctly by isolating and checking primary
components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
• Measuring tool (ruler)
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck components to achieve a clear view of and to reach turbocharger wastegate
actuator.
2120 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Install Pressure Test Gauge (ZTSE4409) directly to wastegate actuator (Figure 793) (Item 1), and connect
to regulated air pressure.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2121
Test Procedure
1. Apply 21.5 psi (148 kPa) of regulated air pressure to actuator.
2. Measure actuator rod movement.
3. Relieve regulated air pressure from actuator.
2122 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
4. If rod does not move, remove actuator rod (Figure 795) from turbocharger wastegate arm (see Engine
Service Manual).
5. Move turbocharger wastegate lever by hand.
Expected Outcome
Turbocharger wastegate actuator moves without sticking or shuddering. Turbocharger wastegate lever moves
freely by hand.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2123
Overview
The Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor directly monitors the air entering the engine. The MAF sensor is used to
calculate the amount and density of the incoming air. The Engine Control Module (ECM) uses this information
to calculate the correct amount of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) during engine operation. This test displays
pass, fail or abort results.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software.
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
• Engine speed below 700 RPM
• Key-On Engine-Running (KOER) Standard Test run.
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) at or above 158°F (70°C)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) above 176°F (80°C)
• Vehicle not moving
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) at 0%
• Brake pedal released
• Clutch pedal released
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector (page 1979).
3. Start ServiceMaxx™ software (page 1979).
4. Perform KOEO Standard Test (page 1991).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2125
Test Procedure
3. Click OK (Figure 799) when the test is complete to return to ServiceMaxx™ homescreen.
Expected Outcome
Test will run successfully and give pass results.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2126 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test commands the Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve to perform a self-diagnostic routine and
broadcast a fault code if there is a problem. The test commands the EGR valve completely open, waits for
a significant dwell time, commands the EGR valve completely closed, waits for a significant dwell time, and
repeats the test multiple times. The long dwell times and repeating tests are important. A stuck EGR valve
will broadcast an SPN 2791 FMI 7 fault code. Allowing at least 30 seconds between Output State tests in
step 3 is critical. Output State tests will not finish without a minimum of 30 seconds between them. This is a
manually-controlled test.
Tool Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Perform KOEO Standard Test (page 1991).
Test Procedure
1. Key OFF for minimum of 45 seconds before testing.
2. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State Low Test (Figure 800) and wait 30 seconds for test to run.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2127
3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (Figure 801) and wait 30 seconds for test to run.
4. Repeat step 2 and step 3 in sequence three more times, waiting 30 seconds for each test to run.
Expected Outcome
A free-moving Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve will not broadcast SPN 2971 FMI 7 during the EGRV
Operation Test. A stuck EGR valve will broadcast SPN 2971 FMI 7 fault code.
Follow-On Maintenance
None
2128 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verifies proper operation of the Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) system. FDP must be within specification to ensure
proper performance of engine.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flame and
sparks.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: Engine fluid (oil, fuel, and coolant) may be a hazard to human
health and the environment. Handle all fluid and other contaminated materials (e.g. filters rags)
in accordance with applicable regulations. Recycle or dispose of engine fluids, filters, and other
contaminated materials according to applicable regulations.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681
• Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler (Compucheck) ZTSE4526
• Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2129
Test Setup
1. Key OFF.
2. Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 (Figure 802) (Item 1) connected to Fuel Filter Module test port.
3. Valve closed on fuel gauge.
4. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
5. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2130 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Turn Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO) to energize fuel pump (pump will run for 10 to 20 seconds).
2. Monitor and record fuel pressure displayed on gauge.
3. Turn key Off for a minimum of 30 seconds, allowing Engine Control Module (ECM) to reset.
4. Electric Fuel Pump can also be commanded on by using Output State High Test in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Perform Output State High Test (page 1999) and monitor gauge and sensor signal in ServiceMaxx™
software.
6. Repeat as necessary to get an accurate and steady pressure reading.
Expected Outcome
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) will be within specifications (page 2266).
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2131
Overview
This test is used to determine if the Engine Control Module (ECM) is commanding the Electric Fuel Pump (EFP)
by measuring supply voltage to the EFP.
NOTE: Output state high test can be used to activate fuel pump.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) Breakout Harness ZTSE6023
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key OFF.
2. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 between Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) and EFP harness connector.
3. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
4. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software.
2132 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Use ServiceMaxx™ and the Output State Test HIGH (page 1999) to command fuel pump On.
2. While Electric Fuel Pump (EFP) is energized, use Digital Multimeter (DMM) to measure voltage between
Breakout Harness ZTSE6023, pin-6, and pin-1. Record measurement.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2133
3. While EFP is energized, use Digital DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE6023, pin-4,
and pin-1. Record measurement.
4. Repeat steps 1–3 as necessary.
Expected Outcome
Voltage reading between pin-6 and pin-1 and voltage reading between pin-4 and pin-1 are within specifications.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2134 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Test verifies fuel supply system is not restricted (fuel tank, lines, and chassis-mounted filter (if equipped)), by
providing a clean unrestricted fuel source.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ Software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Clean Fuel Source Tool – 15–637–01
• Fuel Pressure Gauge – ZTSE4681
• Fuel Pressure Test Kit – ZTSE4657
• Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler (Compucheck) – ZTSE4526
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO)
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log into ServiceMaxx™ software
4. Disconnect fuel inlet dry-break fitting from the fuel filter module.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2135
5. Connect Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 (item 1) to fuel inlet (item 2) of fuel filter module (item 3) (Figure
806) and prime using primer bulb
2136 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
6. Connect Fuel Pressure Gauge (Item 1) to Fuel Filter Module test port using Fuel Pressure Test Kit (item 2)
and Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler (item 3).
Test Procedure
1. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Output State High Test (page 1999) to energize Electric Fuel Pump (EFP).
2. Observe fuel pressure reading while EFP is energized.
3. Activate EFP as many times as needed to record a consistent and accurate pressure reading.
Expected Outcome
Fuel pressure reading will be within specification (page 2268).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2137
Follow-on Procedure
None
2138 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify operation of the Intake Air Heater (IAH) system. The IAH is commanded on by the Engine Control Module
(ECM) when Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) is below 30°F (-1°C). This test uses diagnostic software to
command and monitor operation of the IAH system. This test can be performed without diagnostic software if
coolant temperature is below specification.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2139
Test Procedure
1. Select: Tests > KOEO Tests > Standard Test (Figure 808).
2. When test is complete, select Sessions > Hard Start – No Start.
3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air Heater Test.
4. Follow the on-screen instructions in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Crank engine.
6. Monitor Air Intake Temperature (AIT).
Expected Outcome
Air Intake Temperature (AIT) will begin to rise when Intake Air Heater (IAH) system is On.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2140 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify operation of Intake Air Heater (IAH) grid heating element. Using diagnostic software, digital multimeter
(DMM) amp clamp, this test commands and monitors Intake Air Heater System operation. Intake Air Heater Test
will command element on twice for 45 seconds.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: Performing multiple IAH Tests in ServiceMaxx™ will cause the element to overheat and damage it.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Amp Clamp ZTSE4575
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
4. Amp Clamp connected to Digital Multimeter (DMM) and clamped onto relay output wire from IAH relay to
IAH grid heating element.
Test Procedure
1. Perform Key On-Engine-Off (KOEO) Standard Test (page 1991).
2. When test is complete, select Sessions > Hard Start – No Start (Figure 811).
2142 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
3. Select Tests > KOEO Tests > Intake Air Heater Test (Figure 812).
4. Follow on-screen instructions in ServiceMaxx™ software.
5. Measure amperage draw with Digital Multimeter (DMM).
Expected Outcome
Current draw is within specification (125 Amps + / – 30 Amps within 2 seconds).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2143
Overview
The objective of this test is to determine if the Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay is the source of an inoperative IAH
system. A defective IAH Relay is found by measuring voltages on both sides of relay to validate its performance.
All steps may not need to be performed. If any step condemns the relay, replace relay and retest.
CAUTION: Performing multiple IAH Tests with ServiceMaxx™ software will cause element to overheat.
Overheating element will damage it.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface Cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting, J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Breakout Harness ZTSE6025
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Install Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 between Intake Air Heater (IAH) Relay and engine harness.
2144 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Procedure
1. Measure voltage on relay input side B+ to a known good ground. Is measurement approximately equal to
B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 2.
• No: Check B+ circuit for open, corrosion, or blown fuse.
2. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test (page 2138). Measure voltage between relay output at heater
element and a known good ground. Is voltage equal to B+ or equal to voltage reading taken in Step 1?
• Yes: End diagnostic procedure.
• No: Go to Step 3.
3. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test. Measure voltage between IAH Relay input terminal and IAH
relay output terminal. Is voltage under 1 volt?
• Yes: Go to Step 4.
• No: Replace relay.
4. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test. Measure voltage between IAH Relay input terminal and a
known good ground. Is voltage within 1 volt of B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 5.
• No: Check B+ circuit for poor connections.
5. Measure voltage between pin-1 and battery positive. Is voltage equal to B+?
• Yes: Go to Step 4.
• No: Check for an open between relay coil connector pin-1 and ground.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2145
6. Perform Intake Air Heater (IAH) system test (page 2138). Measure voltage between relay coil connector
pin-1 and pin-2. Is voltage equal to B+?
• Yes: End diagnostic procedure.
• No: Go to diagnostics for SPN 729 FMI 5 (page 1293).
Expected Outcome
There will be power and ground to coil side of relay when Intake Air Heater Test (IAH) is run. There will also
be constant power to input side of relay. That power will transfer to output terminal for heating element when
control circuit is commanded on.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2146 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test verifies the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler’s (HPCAC) internal integrity by using compressed air to
check for defects and leaks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep hoses and mating surfaces clear of oil and
grease.
Tools Required
• 09–925–01 Cleaning Adapter Kit with Charge Air Cooler Pressure Test Kit – (ZTSE4341)
• Spray bottle with soapy water
Equipment Condition
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2147
Test Setup
Figure 814 CAC Cleaning Adapter Kit (Off Chassis) 09–925–01 With CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Included
1. CAC Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4341
Test Procedure
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, attach safety cables to High-Pressure Charge Air
Cooler (HPCAC) or a known good anchor point.
CAUTION: Adjust air regulator valve to minimum setting before connecting shop air supply. Accidentally applying
high-pressure can damage tool components or HPCAC.
1. Open air valve slightly, slowly increasing to 30 psi (207 kPa).
2. Close air valve and monitor gauge reading for 15 seconds.
• Reading should not drop more than 5 psi.
• If reading falls more than 5 psi (34 kPa), spray connections and High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler
(HPCAC) with soapy water to determine point of leak (air bubbles should appear).
3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 three times to verify reading.
2152 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) will hold air pressure.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2153
Overview
Test Interstage Cooler (ISC) for air leaks using compressed air.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, tighten pressure test kit properly before testing.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, keep mating surfaces and hoses clear of oil and
grease.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
Tools Required
• Air pressure regulator
• Interstage Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4937
• Spray bottle with soapy water
Equipment Condition
None
2154 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Cover ISC air inlet with Air Inlet Disc Plug (Figure 819) (Item 1).
2. Install Air Inlet Disc Plug Retaining Bracket (Figure 819) (Item 4) on top of Air Inlet Disc Plug and tighten
clamping bolt to seal ISC air inlet.
3. Attach Air Outlet Cover (Figure 819) (Item 2) to ISC air outlet, and tighten bolts.
4. Connect air pressure regulator assembly (Figure 819) (Item 3) to Air Outlet Cover, and turn air regulator
valve to lowest setting.
Test Procedure
1. Connect shop air supply to air pressure regulator assembly.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2155
2. Slowly turn air regulator valve till pressure reaches 30 psi (207 kPa).
3. Close air regulator valve and monitor gauge for 15 seconds.
• If air pressure drops 5 psi (34 kPa) or more after 15 seconds, spray connections and ISC with a soapy
water to determine location of leak.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice to verify reading.
• If air pressure still drops 5 psi (34 kPa) or more after 15 seconds, replace ISC.
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if ISC is leaking.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2156 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determines if crankcase pressure is within specification to help determine worn or damaged internal engine
parts.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, when routing test line, do not crimp line, run line
too close to moving parts, or let line touch hot engine. Secure the Manometer and test line to not obstruct
vehicle operation.
Tools Required
• Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039
• Digital Manometer ZTSE2217
• Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A
• Standard shop bolt (to plug intake tube)
Equipment Condition
Remove any necessary truck-mounted components to access oil breather tubes and install test equipment.
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2. Press accelerator pedal to the floor and hold. While pedal is pressed to the floor, allow manometer reading
to stabilize then record pressure reading.
3. Turn engine OFF.
4. If engine has an air compressor, disconnect the compressor discharge line and repeat steps 1 through 4.
2160 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Engine crankcase pressure(s) will be within specification.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2161
Overview
Verify operation of the Engine Coolant Heater.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Engine must be cold to perform this test.
Test Procedure
Figure 825 External Plug Shown with Lid Removed for Clarity
Expected Outcome
Resistance checks will be within specification and coolant heater will heat when plugged in.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2163
Overview
Verify operation of the Engine Oil Pan Heater.
Tools Required
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Ensure engine is cold performing this test.
Test Procedure
Figure 827 Oil Pan Heater Plug (Shown with Cover Removed for Clarity)
1. Measure resistance at external plug for oil pan / coolant heater (Figure 827).
• Reading should be approximately 12 ohms. If unit is equipped with both a coolant and oil pan heater,
they are wired on the same plug and reading should be approximately 8.5 ohms. If reading is within
specifications, go to step 3.
• If reading is not within specifications, go to step 2.
2. Disconnect cord from oil pan heater (Figure 826) on left side of engine oil pan. Measure resistance at
terminals on heater itself.
• If reading is approximately 12 ohms, cord needs to be replaced.
• If reading is not approximately 12 ohms, install cord and go to step 3.
3. Connect standard extension cord between wall outlet and truck-mounted plug (Figure 827).
4. Wait 2 to 3 minutes, and check to see if engine oil pan heater (Figure 826) is heating up by feeling the area
where cord attaches.
Expected Outcome
Resistance checks will be within specification and oil pan heater will heat when plugged in.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2165
Relay Diagnostics
Overview
This table provides information for relay diagnostics. It lists the different type of relay activation conditions, how
to test that type of relay, which relays are utilized in what way, where the relays are mounted and relevant fault
code or symptom information for each relay.
Overview
This test provides diagnostics for relays that have constant battery voltage at Terminal-85, switched ground
(GND) at Terminal-86 and constant battery voltage at Terminal-30.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
• Relay Breakout Harness
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
3
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 4
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to GND Yes: Go to Step 6
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2168 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
3
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 4
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 6
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-86 to Terminal-30 Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2170 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2171
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage at Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 5
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2172 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
7
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2173
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
1
Measure voltage at Terminal-30 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2174 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage at Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: Go to Step 5
the relay
No: Check and repair
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-30 connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
damaged or broken pins that
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No: Replace relay. After repairs
B. Measure voltage at Terminal-87 are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Step
Activate and test relay input. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Go to Step 7
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-30 No: Check and repair
connectors and wiring for
corrosion, looseness and
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
damaged or broken pins that
would cause high resistance.
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2175
Step
Activate and test relay output. Decision
7
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
B. Check for battery voltage at Terminal-87 No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Does Terminal-87 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2176 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
1
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and GND Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
Step
Check for battery power between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85 Yes: Check and repair wiring
and/or connectors to relay
Terminal-85 for short to GND.
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)?
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
No: Go to Step 3
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2177
Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
3
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Relay is good, End
Diagnostic Steps
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately No: Replace relay, coil is
100 Ohms? shorted (if low) or open (if high).
After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2178 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
1
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Replace relay, coil is
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately shorted (if low) or open (if high).
100 Ohms? After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-30. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-30 and GND Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-30. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2179
Step
Check for battery power between Terminal-86 and Terminal-85. Decision
3
Measure voltage between Terminal-30 and Terminal-85 Yes: Go to Step 4
No: Check and repair wiring
Does Terminal-30 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? and connectors between
Terminal-85 and GND. After
repairs are complete, retest for
original problem.
Step
Activate and test relay switch circuit. Decision
5
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No:Check and repair wiring
B. Measure voltage between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 between Terminal-86 and
control unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay. Decision
6
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-30 to Terminal-86 Yes: Check and repair open
in wiring between Terminal-86
B. Check to see if relay activates
and control unit. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
Does relay activate? problem.
No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2180 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Equipment Conditions
None
Test setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software to Vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page
1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™
3. Install appropriate Relay Breakout Harness in place of the relay.
To find the correct Relay Breakout Harness, see Electrical Tools (page 2287) section of this manual.
4. Install relay into Relay Breakout Harness
CAUTION: Verify that relay is not diode-protected. This can cause a properly working relay coil to fail resistance
tests. Failure to comply will result in misdiagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Test Procedure
Step
Check for a shorted or open coil. Decision
1
Measure resistance between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 Yes: Go to Step 2
No: Replace relay, coil is
Is resistance reading between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 approximately shorted (if low) or open (if high).
100 Ohms? After repairs are complete,
retest for original problem.
Step
Check for battery power at Terminal-86. Decision
2
Measure voltage between Terminal-86 and GND Yes: Go to Step 3
No: Check and repair wiring,
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V)? connectors and fuses to relay
Terminal-86. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
problem.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2181
Step
Activate and test relay switch circuit. Decision
4
A. Using EST with ServiceMaxx™, activate the command circuit for Yes: End Diagnostic Steps
the relay
No:Check and repair wiring
B. Measure voltage between Terminal-85 and Terminal-86 between Terminal-85 and
control unit. After repairs are
complete, retest for original
Does Terminal-86 have Battery Voltage (+/- 0.5 V) when relay is activated?
problem.
Step
Activate and test relay. Decision
5
A. Use jumper wire to short Terminal-85 to GND Yes: Check and repair open
in wiring between Terminal-85
B. Check to see if relay activates
and control unit. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
Does relay activate? problem.
No: Replace relay. After repairs
are complete, retest for original
problem.
Expected Outcome
Technician will validate that relay is working properly or diagnose cause of relay not working properly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2182 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify proper operation of the deaeration tank cap.
WARNING: To avoid possible injury or death, use care when working around hot coolant.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing the radiator cap
or deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn the cap counterclockwise to remove.
Tools Required
• ZTSE2384 Radiator Pressure Testing Kit or 09–040–01 Coolant Cap Pressure Tester
Equipment Condition
None
2184 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Determine rated pressure of deaeration tank cap.
2. Test dearation cap following the tool instructions for the tester being used.
3. Replace cap if not within specification.
Expected Outcome
Cap will hold rated pressure.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2185
Overview
Determine engine cooling system integrity by pressurizing system and looking for leaks or pressure decay.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing radiator cap or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
• Pause for a moment to avoid being scalded by steam.
• Continue to turn cap counter-clockwise to remove.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, ensure shop-air pressure is properly regulated.
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.
Equipment Condition
1. Remove splash guards (as necessary).
2. Cooling system full.
2186 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
1. Replace deaeration cap with Cap Adapter (Figure 831) (Item 5) from Coolant Management Tool.
2. Connect Pressure Module (Figure 831) (Item 3) to Cap Adapter (Figure 831) (Item 5).
3. Apply shop air to Pressure Module (Figure 831) (Item 3).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2187
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Engine cooling system holds steady air pressure.
2188 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-on Procedure
Replace splash guards (if removed).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2189
Overview
Determine if cooling system over heats or forces coolant out of overflow tube on deaeration tank.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, be aware of hot coolant may be expelled from the
deaeration tank during this test.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software (ServiceMaxx™ Connection and Data Recording, page 1951).
Test Procedure
1. Use ServiceMaxx™ software to view Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1).
2. Start engine. Turn engine Off before any over temperature or overheat occurs.
3. Raise engine speed to high idle. Check for coolant overflowing from deaeration tank.
4. Run engine to operating temperature and attempt to reproduce concern.
5. Monitor ECT1 and stop engine if temperature exceeds normal operating temperature. Check for coolant
overflowing out of deaeration tank overflow hose.
Expected Outcome
Coolant will not exceed normal operating temperature, and coolant will not be expelled from overflow hose on
deaeration tank.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2190 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determine if engine thermostat opens when engine reaches operating temperature by monitoring upper radiator
hose temperature.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Infrared Thermometer ZTSE4799
Equipment Condition
1. Allow engine to cold soak.
2. Perform Coolant Level Inspection (page 2220).
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979) and log in.
Test Procedure
1. Using ServiceMaxx™ software, select > Sessions > Default > Temperature tab.
2. Start engine.
3. Monitor upper radiator hose temperature using Infrared Thermometer.
4. Run engine to operating temperature. Upper radiator hose temperature should be less than ECT1 while
thermostat is closed. As ECT1 reaches approximately 190°F (88°C), a working thermostat will begin to
open, and the upper radiator hose should heat up.
Does upper radiator hose temperature increase to ECT1 ±25°F after engine warms up past thermostat opening
temperature specification?
• No: ECT1 value continues to rise and upper radiator hose remains cooler. Replace thermostat and retest.
• No: ECT1 never reaches 190°F (88°C). Replace thermostat and retest.
• Yes: thermostat is working properly.
Expected Outcome
Upper radiator hose temperature will increase to within ±25°F of ECT1 after engine warms up past thermostat
opening temperature specification.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2191
Overview
This test is used to check the engine cooling fan for proper operation.
Tools Required
• Breakout Harness ZTSE4908
• Digital Multimeter (DMM)
Equipment Condition
none
Test Setup
1. Remove Engine Fan Relay
Test Procedure
1. Key OFF.
2. Using DMM, measure resistance between relay terminals 30 and 87.
• If resistance is > 1000 ohms, continue.
• If resistance is < 1000 ohms, replace rela.y
3. Connect Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 to relay vehicle harness connector and leave Engine Fan Relay
disconnected.
2192 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
4. Key ON.
5. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-85 and PWR.
• If voltage is < 0.5 volts, continue.
• If voltage is > 0.5 volts, repair short to GND in Engine Fan Control (EFC) circuit between ECM pin C-58 and
Engine Fan Relay.
6. Use DMM to measure voltage between Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 pin-87 and a known good ground.
• If voltage is < 0.5 volts, perform Engine Fan Clutch tests. See appropriate truck service manual.
• If voltage is > 0.5 volts, repair short in vehicle wiring harness between engine fan power feed and engine
fan switched power circuits.
Expected outcome
Engine Fan Relay is not stuck closed, no circuit shorts are present, and fan clutch is not mechanically stuck on.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2193
Overview
Determine if the air compressor is leaking air into the cooling system.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
No coolant will leak from oil return hose.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2195
Overview
To determine if cooling system over heats or forces coolant out of overflow tube on deaeration tank due to a
faulty air compressor.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Disconnect discharge tube from air compressor housing.
Test Procedure
1. Start engine and run until reaching normal operating temperature.
2. Raise engine speed to high idle. Check for coolant overflow out of deaeration tank.
3. Run engine to above 225°F / radiator intake temperature above 200°F.
4. Check for coolant overflow out of deaeration tank overflow hose.
Expected Outcome
Air Compressor will not cause coolant to be expelled from overflow hose on deaeration tank.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2196 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Check for combustion gases and/or compressed air in the cooling system.
Tools Required
• Combustion in Cooling System Test Kit – 09-889-01
Equipment Condition
None
Test set-up
1. Remove cap from deaeration tank and if necessary, fill coolant to proper level.
2. Install Cap Adapter (item 2) and Combustion Tester (item 3) onto deaeration tank (item 1) (Figure 836).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2197
3. Fill test beaker (item 1) (Figure 837) to half way mark with clean tap water and place on a stable surface.
4. Insert combustion tester tube (item 2) (Figure 837) into water.
Test Procedure
1. Start Engine
2. Run engine to operating temperature.
3. Observe tester tube in water for air bubbles escaping.
4. Slowly increase engine speed to high idle while observing tester tube in water for air bubbles escaping.
5. Return engine speed to low idle and turn engine off.
Expected Outcome
There will not be a steady flow of air bubbles escaping from tester tube.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2198 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Tests Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler for coolant leakage.
Tools Required
• Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV
• EGR Cooler Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Chock wheels and disconnect battery.
2. Drain cooling system using Coolant Management Tool KL5007NAV.
3. Remove passenger side inner fender.
4. Remove alternator.
5. Remove alternator mounting bracket.
6. Remove coolant supply and coolant return tubes from front of Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2199
Figure 838 Deaeration Fitting with EGR Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV
7. Attach plug 20020-1 from EGR Cooler Leak Detection Kit KL20030NAV onto deaeration fitting Figure (Figure
838).
Figure 839 Coolant Ports and Coolant Port Plug Assembly 20020-2
2200 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
8. Attach coolant port plug assembly 20020-2 into coolant ports, Figure (Figure 839).
9. Attach a pressure regulator with a shut-off valve to air hose fitting (an extension hose may be necessary to
reach, Figure (Figure 840)). Ensure air hose and fittings are free of any leaks, as they will appear as false
EGR cooler leaks.
Test Procedure
1. Pressurize Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) cooler to 55 psi (379 kPa) and shut off air valve.
2. Monitor pressure gauge for 10 minutes.
Expected Outcome
EGR cooler should hold pressure. Pressure should not drop more than 5 psi in 10 minutes.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2201
Overview
Verifies that the instrument cluster gauge is functioning properly. The gauge reading and sensor signal value
are compared to ensure proper operation and proper reading for the operator to monitor.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant, supporting J1939 and J1708)
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
4. Check for any active or inactive code(s) relating to coolant temperature (repair these first).
Test Procedure
1. Start engine.
2202 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Monitor and compare ECT1 sensor signal (Figure 841) and instrument cluster engine coolant temperature
gauge.
3. Bring ECT up to operating temperature and continue to monitor readings for consistency.
Expected Outcome
Instrument Cluster Temperature Gauge and Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT1) sensor signal value will read
approximately the same.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2203
Overview
Verifies internal integrity of engine oil cooler. This test uses special tools and compressed air to ensure coolant
and lube oil do not mix in the assembly.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to oil cooler assembly, regulate compressed air to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Tools Required
• Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4654
• Air Pressure Regulator
• Spray Bottle and Soapy Water
Equipment Condition
1. Remove any truck mounted components to gain access to engine oil cooler assembly.
2. Remove engine oil cooler (refer to Engine Service Manual).
Test Setup
1. Attach oil cooler test plate (Figure 843) (Item 4) to engine oil cooler assembly (Figure 843) (Item 3).
2. Install port valve in oil cooler test plate (Figure 843) (Item 4) in coolant port; close valve.
3. Fill oil ports up to 1 / 4 - in. from the top with soapy water.
4. Attach regulated shop air to port valve (Figure 843) (Item 2). Do not exceed 30 psi (207 kPa).
Test Procedure
1. Open port valve to allow regulated air to enter oil cooler housing.
2. Observe oil cooler housing ports for bubbles.
3. Spray oil cooler housing and test plate with soapy water to ensure air is not leaking.
4. Close valve, and remove and vent compressed air.
5. Disassemble test plate and drain water.
6. Use compressed air to dry inside and outside of oil cooler assembly (if re-using).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2205
Expected Outcome
Oil cooler assembly will not have bubbles in oil ports or on outside of cooler assembly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
2206 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verifies the electronic signal for Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor by comparing a mechanical oil pressure
gauge to EOP sensor output.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
2. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle Diagnostic Connector (page 1979).
3. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2207
4. Connect Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 to test port on Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor (Figure 844) as
shown above (if engine is equipped with an air compressor, an in-line adapter should be used here).
Test Procedure
1. Start the engine.
2. At low idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare this reading to EOP value
in ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Increase engine speed to high idle.
4. At high idle, monitor mechanical gauge for engine oil pressure reading; compare this reading to EOP value
in ServiceMaxx™ software.
Expected Outcome
The Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) reading on mechanical gauge and EOP sensor signal value in ServiceMaxx™
software should be within specification and approximately the same.
2208 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Follow-on Procedure
None
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2209
Overview
Verifies the electronic signal to and from the readout of the instrument cluster engine oil pressure gauge
approximately matches the actual mechanical reading. This test uses a mechanical gauge and ServiceMaxx™
software to simultaneously read Engine Oil Pressure (EOP).
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™
• Interface cable (RP1210B-compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409
Equipment Condition
None
2210 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Test Setup
Test Procedure
1. Start the engine.
2. At low idle, monitor the mechanical gauge for the engine oil pressure reading. Compare this reading to the
value displayed in ServiceMaxx™ software, as well as the value displayed on the instrument panel gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2211
Expected Outcome
The mechanical gauge, ServiceMaxx™ software, and the instrument cluster gauge will all read approximately
the same, indicating the sensor and gauge are working correctly.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2212 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test is performed to verify the centrifugal oil breather separator is functioning properly. The breather is
checked for internal movement by listening for centrifugal noise.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, set parking brake. Shift transmission to neutral or
park, and block wheels before running engine.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, stay clear of moving parts. Ensure long hair or
loose clothing is secured.
Tools Required
• Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4000
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Key-On Engine-Running (KOER).
2. Engine coolant temperature above 158°F (70°C).
3. Ultrasonic Ear ZTSE4800 set up with contact probe installed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2213
Test Procedure
Expected Outcome
Centrifugal or spinning sound will be heard inside the Crankcase Oil Separator (CCOS).
Follow-on Procedure
None
2214 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Verify the fuel system is clean and free of damage.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Visually inspect the condition and routing of fuel lines and connections.
• If fuel lines or connections are damaged or routed incorrectly, repair or replace as necessary.
• If fuel lines and connections are in good condition and routed correctly, go to step 2.
2. Remove fuel pump and fuel strainer. Inspect fuel strainer, fuel pump, and O-ring seals for cleanliness and
damage.
• If fuel pump, fuel strainer, or O-ring seals are dirty or damaged, replace as required.
• If fuel pump, fuel strainer, or O-ring seals are clean and not damaged, go to step 3.
3. Remove fuel filter and inspect for: sediments, gasoline, kerosene, waxing, or icing.
• If fuel filter is dirty or damaged, replace fuel filter.
• If fuel filter is clean, go to next test.
4. Inspection is complete.
Expected Outcome
Fuel lines, fuel filter, fuel strainer, and fuel connections are clean and not damaged.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2215
Overview
Drain fuel filter assembly and check fuel quality.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
NOTE: Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel is required for Navistar® Diesel Engines used with advanced
aftertreatment systems.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not start engine.
Tools Required
• Clear fuel container
2216 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
Expected Outcome
Fuel is free of water, waxing, icing, sediment, gasoline, kerosene, or Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2217
Overview
Verify instrument panel fuel gauge indicates the correct fuel level in fuel tanks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not smoke and keep fuel away from flames and
sparks.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect interior of fuel tanks and ensure fuel level is equal in both tanks.
2. Check instrument panel fuel gauge and verify that indicated fuel level is consistent with actual fuel level.
Expected Outcome
Fuel gauge should function properly and indicate correct fuel level in fuel tanks.
2218 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determine if engine oil is to proper level; quality is correct; and oil is not aerated.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Use oil level gauge (dipstick) (Figure 849) (Item A) to check engine oil level.
• If engine oil level is below specification, inspect engine for leaks, oil consumption, or improper servicing.
Repair cause of low engine oil, and fill to proper level.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2219
• If engine oil level is above specification, inspect for fuel dilution (fuel smell), coolant contamination, or
improper servicing. If engine oil level is above specification, drain to proper level and diagnose cause
of dilution, contamination, or improper servicing.
• If engine oil level is within specification, go to step 2.
2. Inspect engine oil level gauge (dipstick) for bubbles in engine oil.
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if engine oil is to proper level; quality is correct; and if oil is aerated.
2220 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
The following procedure is to inspect that coolant in the deaeration tank is at appropriate level and free of
contamination.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
Expected Outcome
Coolant level should be within specification and free of contaminants.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2221
Overview
Check coolant for proper freeze point, and for contamination.
Tools Required
• Coolant and Battery Refractometer ZTSE4796
Equipment Condition
• Park the vehicle on level ground.
• If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
Inspection Procedure
1. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap.
2. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
3. After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
4. Check coolant appearance for signs of contamination.
5. Take a sample from the deaeration tank.
6. Examine sample for lube oil and Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
• Oil contamination will result in a dark sludge.
• DEF contamination will give the coolant a dark yellow/brown color with a strong ammonia smell.
7. If coolant is not contaminated, check freeze point.
Expected Outcome
Coolant should be free of contamination, and at the correct freeze point.
2222 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determine if engine coolant is in the exhaust system.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Inspection Procedure
1. Park the vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Slowly turn cap counter-clockwise one-quarter to one-half
turn to vent pressure. After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 (with appropriate adapter if needed) onto the deaeration
tank.
4. Disconnect the exhaust pipe at the exhaust brake housing (see Engine Service Manual).
5. Pressurize cooling system to rated pressure for a minimum of 15 minutes.
6. Inspect exhaust pipe and brake housing for engine coolant and engine coolant residue.
Expected Outcome
Exhaust system will not have engine coolant or engine coolant residue.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2223
Overview
Inspect the Interstage Cooler (ISC) and the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger intake elbow for evidence of
coolant.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, allow engine to cool before removing components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do the following when removing radiator or
deaeration cap:
• Allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
• Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap or deaeration cap.
• Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn counterclockwise to vent pressure.
• Continue to turn cap counterclockwise to remove.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
1. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384, with appropriate adapter if needed, on the deaeration tank.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
3. Remove the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger intake elbow clamp (Figure 851) (Item 2).
4. Remove intake elbow (Figure 851) (Item 4) from HP Turbocharger compressor housing (Figure 851) (Item
1) and ISC (Figure 851) (Item 3) (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
1. Check intake elbow (Figure 852) (Item A) and ISC (Figure 852) (Item B) for wet coolant and the residue of
coolant.
Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the ISC or the HP-Turbocharger intake elbow.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2225
Overview
Check engine cooling system for proper level and leaks.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Park vehicle on level ground. If engine was running, allow engine to cool for 15 minutes or more.
2. Wrap a thick cloth around the deaeration cap. Loosen cap slowly a quarter to half turn to vent pressure.
After pressure has been released, remove the cap.
3. Check coolant level. Compare coolant level to level indicators on the deaeration tank. If coolant level is low,
add coolant.
4. Install Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 and Surge Tank Cap Adaptor on deaeration tank.
5. Pressurize cooling system for a minimum of 15 minutes.
6. Check both sides of vehicle for coolant, leaks, and coolant on the ground. Inspect cooling package, hoses,
water pump, and engine for coolant leaks.
7. If coolant is leaking, determine what component is leaking.
Expected Outcome
Coolant should be at the correct level. There should be no visible coolant leaks, and cooling system should hold
pressure.
2226 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger and intake elbow for evidence of coolant.
Tools Required
• Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE238
Equipment Condition
1. Install the Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384, with appropriate adapter if needed, on the deaeration tank.
2. Pressurize cooling system to 15 psi (103 kPa).
3. Remove intake elbow (Figure 853) (Item 4) from HP Turbocharger compressor housing (Figure 853) (Item
1) and ISC (Figure 853) (Item 3) (see Engine Service Manual).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2227
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect HP Turbocharger housing intake (Figure 854) (Item A) and intake elbow (Figure 854) (Item B) for
coolant and coolant residue.
Expected Outcome
No evidence of coolant or coolant residue will be found in the HP Turbocharger housing intake and intake elbow.
2228 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect the High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (CAC), Interstage Cooler (ISC), and CAC piping for leaking, worn,
or damaged parts.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. On right side of engine inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 855) (Item D), associated
hoses (Figure 855) (Item B), and clamps (Figure 855) (Item C) for leaks and worn or damaged parts.
2. Inspect High-Pressure Charge Air Cooler (HPCAC) (Figure 856) (Item D), Interstage Cooler (ISC) (Figure
856) (Item A), associated hoses (Figure 856) (Item B), clamps (Figure 856) (Item C) and connections (Figure
856) (Item E) for leaks and worn or damaged parts.
Expected Outcome
HPCAC, ISC, hoses, clamps and connections are free of leaks, wear, or damage.
2230 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect air filter and air intake assembly for leaks, restrictions, and damage.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect for a dirty, damaged, or incorrectly installed air filter.
• If air filter is clean, undamaged, and correctly installed, go to next step.
• If air filter is dirty or damaged, replace air filter.
2. Inspect engine air intake piping, clamps, air filter housing, screen under air filter, Charge Air Cooler (CAC),
and Interstage Cooler (ISC) (if equipped) for leaks, damage, or restrictions.
• If air flow is restricted repair air flow restrictions.
• If no air flow restriction is found, no action is required.
Expected Outcome
Air intake components are free of leaks, damage and restrictions. Intake air restriction should be less than 25
in Hg (84.7 kPa) at full load and at rated speed.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2231
Overview
This test is used to check for signs of coolant leakage into front gear train.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove necessary components for removal of front cover.
2. Remove front cover.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect gasket (Figure 857) (Item B), sealing surface (Figure 857) (Item C), and coolant passages (Figure
857) (Item D).
2. Check front cover (Figure 857) (Item A) and crankcase with straight edge and feeler gauge.
2232 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Gasket is in good condition, and there is no evidence of coolant leakage. Cover straightness is within
specification.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2233
Overview
Inspect exhaust and aftertreatment system for leaks and damage.
Black staining in exhaust tailpipe can occur. This is normal and the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should not be
replaced.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect exhaust system (engine and vehicle) for restrictions, leaks, and damage.
2234 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
2. Visually inspect Aftertreatment Doser Injector (AFT: DI) fuel supply lines (Figure 858) (Item B) and coolant
supply and return lines (Figure 858) (Item A) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.
3. Remove AFT: DI (see Engine Service Manual) and perform visual check for the following:
• The correct AFT: DI gasket (Figure 858) (Item D) is installed.
• AFT: DI (Figure 858) (Item C) and bore (Figure 858) (Item E) are unrestricted and free of carbon buildup.
• AFT: DI tip (Figure 858) (Item C) is free of cracks and other visible damage.
Expected Outcome
Exhaust system (engine and vehicle) will be free of restrictions, leaks, and/or damage. AFT: DI fuel supply and
coolant supply return lines will be free of leaks, kinks, bends, and/or other damage.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2235
Overview
Inspect Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) channels for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage.
Inspect exterior for container damage.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Index and mark components to show direction of exhaust flow. Mark Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) to ensure
proper installation after filter has been cleaned or replaced.
1. DPF (Figure 859) (Item 7) may need to be removed for inspection. There are several variations of
exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All variations have the same components and
removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2236 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
Figure 860 New Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) - face is clear and all channels are visible
1. Inspect the exterior of the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) (Figure 859) (Item 7).
2. If the DPF shows signs of exterior damage such as dents or cracks, replace DPF.
3. Inspect the DPF intake and outlet.
4. If all channels are visible (Figure 860) and the light soot coating over the whole face is easily wiped away
with a finger, system is working correctly. No action is required.
5. If the DPF is plugged with ash, remove DPF and clean or replace.
6. If filter is cracked or melted, the source of the excessive soot that caused the cracking or melting must be
investigated and the filter must be replaced.
7. Follow Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) and DPF Reuse Guidelines in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System
with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2237
Expected Outcome
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) should be free of contamination, soot leakage, and filter damage. DPF channels
should be free of restrictions.
2238 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) for restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed
cells.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Before removal, mark the DOC to show the direction of exhaust flow. Marking the DOC ensures proper
installation after the DOC has been cleaned or replaced.
1. The Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) may need to be removed to be inspected. There are several variations
of exhaust systems depending on the specific truck series. All of the variations have the same components
and the removal/installation procedures are similar for the different variations. Follow procedures in the
Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2239
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect DOC.
2. If black soot or gray ash is visible on the face of the DOC, the system is working properly. The DOC can be
reused.
3. If inspection shows separation between the substrate and housing(Item A)(Figure 862), the DOC can be
reused.
4. If DOC cells are melted or deformed, determine the cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures.
5. Repair cause of excessive exhaust gas temperatures. Replace the DOC. Follow procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
Expected Outcome
DOC should be free of restriction, contamination, soot leakage, and melted or deformed cells.
2240 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Check SCR canister (Figure 863) (Item A) for exterior damage such as dents or cracks.
2. Check sensors (Figure 863) (Item E) and sensor modules (Figure 863) (Item B) for visual damage.
3. Check for loose, damaged, brittle, or cracked wiring or electrical connectors (Figure 863) (Item D).
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2241
4. Check for loose or damaged mounting bolts (Figure 863) (Item C) or nut (Figure 863) (Item F).
5. Correct items that fail visual check(s).
Expected Outcome
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) canister should be free of dents of cracks. Sensors and sensor modules
should be free of visual damage. Wiring and electrical connectors should pass visual inspection and be in good
working order.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2242 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) for inspection. Follow procedures in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2243
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid Dosing Unit (DEFD) (Figure 865) (Item A) tip for DEF deposits.
• If DEF deposits are found, the DEFD must be cleaned. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust
Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEFD tip is free of DEF deposits, go to next step.
2. Check that DEFD coolant passages (Figure 866) (Item A) are clean.
• If DEFD coolant passages need to be cleaned, follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment
System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
• If DEFD coolant passages are clean, go to Decomposition Reactor Tube Inspection (Decomposition Reactor
Tube Inspection, page 2245).
3. Visually inspect DEF pressure line (Figure 867) (Item A), DEF suction line (Figure 867) (Item C), and DEF
return line (Figure 867) (Item B) for leaks, kinks, bends, or other damage.
Expected Outcome
DEFD tip should be free of DEF deposits and coolant passages should be clean.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2245
Overview
Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect decomposition reactor tube for blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
• If the DEF deposits in the mixer area are blocking more than 50% of the decomposition reactor tube,
the decomposition reactor tube must be cleaned.
2. Inspect the exhaust flanges for corrosion or other damage.
3. Follow cleaning procedure in the Exhaust Aftertreatment System with DPF and SCR Service Manual.
2246 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
Decomposition reactor tube should be free from blockage caused by Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) deposits.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2247
Overview
Inspect Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) for contamination and proper urea concentration.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, avoid contact with Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) /
urea. Do not get DEF in eyes. In case of eye contact, immediately flush eyes with large amounts of water
for a minimum of 15 minutes. Do not swallow. If DEF is ingested, contact a physician immediately.
Tools Required
• Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) Refractometer 5025
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Obtain sample of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF).
2. Visually inspect for contamination.
3. Use DEF Refractometer 5025 to test urea concentration of DEF.
Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) should be free of contamination and urea concentration should be 32.5% +/- 1.5%.
2248 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Determine the approximate level of Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in the DEF tank and operation of the DEF level
gauge.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Park vehicle on level ground.
2. Key-On Engine-Off (KOEO).
Inspection Procedure
1. Use shop light or flashlight to check DEF level in tank related to tank volume. Example: 1/4 full, 1/2 full.
2. Compare DEF tank level to gauge reading.
3. DEF level should be roughly equivalent to amount shown on DEF level Gauge.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2249
Expected Outcome
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) in DEF tank should be close to the level indicated on the DEF level gauge.
2250 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect oil in oil pan for coolant contamination.
NOTE: Oil cooler coolant leakage to oil will occur only when coolant pressure is higher than oil pressure.
Diagnosis and repairs will not be authorized based solely on oil analysis.
Tools Required
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Remove engine oil level gauge (dipstick) and inspect for coolant contamination. An overfilled crankcase can
be due to coolant in the engine oil.
2. Remove drain plug from oil pan and obtain an oil sample.
3. Inspect oil sample for signs of coolant.
Expected Outcome
Determine if engine oil is contaminated with coolant or not.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2251
Overview
Check oil pressure regulator for damage, binding, or sticking.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
1. Remove regulator valve spring and piston (see Engine Service Manual).
2252 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Inspection Procedure
1. Check regulator valve spring (Figure 871) (Item A) for collapsed, damaged, and broken coils.
2. Check regulator piston (Figure 871) (Item B) and bore (Figure 871) (Item C) for scoring.
Expected Outcome
Oil pressure regulator will have no broken parts, will not bind or stick, and surfaces will show no signs of scoring
or excessive wear.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2253
Overview
Inspect cylinder sleeves for holes or cracks caused by cavitation (gas-filled bubbles formed in the coolant).
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove cylinder head. See Engine Service Manual.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect piston crowns for signs of coolant leaks. Lack of carbon indicates possible coolant leak into the
cylinder.
2. Using torque wrench set to 162 N-m (120 lb-ft) rotate crankshaft (see Engine Service Manual “Crankshaft
Rotation Procedure”) to put one cylinders 1 and 6 to Bottom Dead Center (BDC).
3. Inspect cylinder sleeves 1 and 6 for coolant, coolant staining, pinholes, and cracks in cylinder sleeve.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for cylinders pairs 2-5 and 3-4.
5. Repair as needed.
Expected Outcome
Carbon deposits should be present on piston crowns, indicating cylinder sleeves are free of holes and cracks.
2254 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect for internal engine damage and excessive engine oil leaks.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, wear safety glasses with side shields. Limit
compressed air pressure to 30 psi (207 kPa).
Tools Required
• Air pressure regulator assembly
Equipment Condition
1. Drain engine oil.
2. Remove oil pan (see Engine Service Manual).
Inspection Procedure
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2255
3. Check for six missing or broken piston cooling tubes (Figure 874) (Item C).
4. Use regulated shop air to check for loose connecting rod or main bearings, camshaft bushings, or excessive
flow from regulator valve return port.
Expected Outcome
Technician will determine if internal engine damage is present, or if excessive engine oil is leaking.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2257
Overview
Check High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger for excessive radial play.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
Remove compressor housing from High Pressure (HP) Turbocharger.
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect high pressure turbocharger compressor housing and compressor wheel for signs of contact including
damage to the compressor wheel and/or scaring to the compressor housing.
Expected Outcome
High-Pressure (HP) Turbocharger compressor wheel does not have excessive play, and does not contact the
inside of the compressor wheel housing, and is free from damage.
2258 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
Inspect batteries, electrical system, and connections to help identify corroded connections, voltage drops, verify
proper battery voltage, and identify damaged electrical connections and components.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, disconnect the main battery negative terminal
before disconnecting or connecting electrical components. Always connect ground cable last.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death when working with batteries, always wear face or
eye protection, have water supply available, assure good ventilation, and be sure no flames or sparks
are present.
Tools Required
• Digital Multi-Meter (DMM)
• Flash light (optional)
• Battery charger
Equipment Condition
None
Inspection Procedure
1. Inspect batteries and battery connections. If connections are corroded, loose, or damaged; clean and
reinstall battery connections. If batteries are cracked or damaged replace as necessary.
2. If applicable, check batteries electrolyte level. If electrolyte is below the top of the plates in one or more
cells, add distilled water.
3. Inspect electrical system for damaged electrical components or wiring, and loose connections (including
engine grounds and starter connections). Repair damaged or loose components or connections.
4. Measure voltage of batteries. If voltage is less than 12.6 volts, charge batteries, and test charging system.
Expected Outcome
Batteries, wiring, electrical connections, and electrical components are clean, connections are tight, and not
damaged. Batteries voltage 12.6-15 volts.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2259
Aftertreatment
Snap Acceleration Test
Overview
Tests Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) for cracks, internal damage, and basic functionality without removing it from
vehicle.
Tools Required
None
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
None
Test Procedure
1. Shift transmission to neutral, and set parking brake.
2. Start and idle engine.
3. Rapidly snap accelerator to full throttle (this can be done multiple times).
4. During the engine accelerations, visually monitor the exhaust pipe for heavy black smoke. Use assistant if
necessary.
Expected Outcome
There will not be heavy clouds of black smoke exiting the exhaust pipe. Black smoke is an indication of a failure
in the Aftertreatment (AFT) system, specifically the DPF.
Follow-On Procedure
None
2260 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Overview
This test uses a special tool and a system test to determine if a faulty downstream injector is due to an electronic
control malfunction and/or wiring or a Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly fault. Separating the command
circuit and DSI Assembly allows for proper diagnosis of the Downstream Injection System.
CAUTION: Do NOT disconnect the Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly harnesses or plug in the NOID Light
with the Key ON. Doing so will give false test results, resulting in improper diagnosis and unnecessary repairs.
Tools Required
• Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software
• Interface cable (RP1210B compliant supporting J1939 and J1708)
• NOID Light – 15-909-01
Equipment Condition
None
Test Setup
1. Connect Electronic Service Tool (EST) to vehicle diagnostic connector(page 1979).
2. Log in to ServiceMaxx™ software.
3. Key OFF.
2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 2261
4. Disconnect Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure Control (AFTFPC) connector (Figure 875) (Item 2) from
Downstream Injection (DSI) Assembly (Figure 875) (Item 3).
5. Plug NOID Light (15-909-01) into AFTFPC connector on engine wiring harness (Figure 875) (Item 1).
Test Procedure
1. Key ON.
2. Use ServiceMaxx™ to perform the KOEO DCU Actuator Test(page 2011).
• Select Tests > KOEO Aftertreatment Tests > Actuator - DCU Actuators.
• In the drop down menu select "AFT Fuel Pressure CTL".
• Ensure "On (95% Duty Cycle)" is selected.
2262 2 ENGINE SYSTEM TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
Expected Outcome
NOID Light will indicate if command signals and wiring are working properly for the Downstream Injection (DSI)
Assembly.
Follow-on Procedure
None
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2263
Table of Contents
Fluids. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2282
Fluid Specifications and Info. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2282
2264 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2265
All Ratings
Position Sensors
Engine Specifications
Key-On Engine-Off
Key-On Engine-Off
Barometric Absolute Pressure See Local Weather Conditions
Engine Compression Brake Pressure (if applicable) 0.15 to 0.35 volt
Engine oil pressure (2010 Emissions Model Year) -3.0 to 3.0 psi (-20.68 to 20.68 kPa)
Engine oil pressure (2013 Emissions Model Year) -2.34 to 2.34 psi (-16.10 to 16.10 kPa)
Exhaust back pressure -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) 0.47 to 0.91 volt
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) 0.15 to 0.35 volt
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)
Fuel delivery pressure (2010 Emissions Model Year)
Fuel delivery pressure (2013 Emissions Model Year) -1.38 to 1.38 psi (-9.49 to 9.49 kPa)
Fuel pump OFF, pressure bled down -2.34 to 2.34 psi (-16.10 to 16.10 kPa)
Fuel delivery pressure with fuel pump on and using a 60 to 100 psi (413 to 689 kPa)
mechanical gauge.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) 0 kPa (0 psi) / 0.72 V with fuel pump off
Position Sensors
Key-On Engine-Off
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Not Depressed) 0 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2(APP2) (Not Depressed) 0 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Not Depressed) 1.10 volt Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Not Depressed) 0.56 volt Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Fully Depressed) 100 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) (Fully Depressed) 100 % Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 1 (APP1) (Fully Depressed) 4.30 volt Nominal
Accelerator Pedal Position 2 (APP2) (Fully Depressed) 2.14 volt Nominal
EGR Valve Control 35 to 90%
EGR Position 35 to 90%
Engine Throttle Position 0 % Nominal
3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS 2267
Engine Cranking
Cranking rpm (min) 130 rpm
15 seconds maximum crank time per attempt. Wait 2 to 3 minutes before repeating.
Battery voltage (min based on ECM drop out) 9V
Injection control pressure (min to start engine) 5 MPa (725 psi) / 0.95 V
EGR control 35 %
Fuel delivery pressure with fuel pump on and using a
60 to 100 psi (413 to 689 kPa)
mechanical gauge.
2268 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Crankcase Pressure
High idle no load - max. using ZTSE4039 1.5 kPa (6 in. H2O)
2270 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Full Load, Rated Speed on Dynamometer, Stabilized Engine Operating Temperature Specs
Engine Coolant Temperatures ECT1, ECT2, Engine Oil Temp, Intake Manifold Temp (IMAT) Specs
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temp (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temp (DPFIT), Diesel
Particulate Outlet Temp (DPFOT) Specs
Overview
This chart shows target exhaust gas temperatures at various soot loads in the Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF), is
for reference only, and requires other tests and analysis to be performed in order to use it properly.
Other Components
CMP sensor 850 Ω
CKP sensor 420 Ω ± 140 Ω
Injector coil 0.575 Ω ± 0.575 Ω
2276 3 ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS
Navistar® 9 (9.3L)
300 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWC)
Navistar® 10 (9.3L)
310 hp @ 2000 rpm (12NWG)
Fluids
Fluid Specifications and Info
Fuel
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.
WARNING: To prevent personal injury or death, do not mix gasoline, gasohol, or alcohol with diesel
fuel. An open heat source, spark, cell phone or electronic device can ignite these fuel mixtures. This
creates a fire hazard and possible explosion.
CAUTION: To prevent engine damage, do not mix propane with diesel fuel. Navistar® will not honor warranty
claims against engines that have used propane.
Engine Lubrication Oil
See engine Operator’s and Maintenance Manual.
If oil level is below operating range, fill with recommended oil for operating climate. The ADD mark indicates 3
quarts US (2.8 liters) of oil should be added.
API CJ-4 oil, in combination with Ultra Low Sulfur Diesel (ULSD) fuel [0.0015% (15 ppm) maximum sulfur
content], is recommended to maintain performance and durability of aftertreatment systems meeting 2007 and
beyond diesel emission regulations.
The Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE) defines oil viscosity (thickness) by grade. Colder temperatures
require lower grade oils for correct flow during starting. Higher temperatures require higher grade oils for
satisfactory lubrication.
• An oil pan and block coolant heater is required for temperatures below 10 °F (-12 °C).
• For heavy duty driving or trailer towing, higher oil grades 15W-40 and 5W-40 oils are required, if temperatures
are over 50 °F (10 °C).
API classification CI-4 or later for 15W-40: above 10°F (-12°C), and below 10°F (-12°C).
Coolant
Coolant Mixtures
Extended Life Coolant (ELC) 50/50 Premix is the standard factory fill for the cooling system. ELC 50/50 Premix is
used to replenish coolant loss and ensure that glycol / water concentrations stay in balance. If a customer wishes
to use a conventional (non-OAT ELC) coolant, it should minimally meet ASTM D6210, Standard Specification
for fully - Formulated Glycol Base Engine Coolant for Heavy Duty Engines.
Freeze Point Protection Levels Concentrate (ethylene glycol) and Water Mixtures
Concentrate and Water Mixtures Freeze Point Protection
40% concentrate and 60% water -12 °F (-24.4 °C)
50% concentrate and 50% water -34 °F (-36.7 °C)
60% concentrate and 40% water -62 °F (-52.2 °C)
67% concentrate and 33% water -95 °F (-70.6 °C)
For vehicles operating in extremely cold climates, a coolant mixture of 60% Concentrate and 40% water or
67% Concentrate and 33% water provide freeze protection as shown in table. Mixtures having more than 67%
Concentrate are not recommended.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2285
Table of Contents
Electrical Tools
180-Pin Breakout Box
The 180-Pin Breakout Box allows testing of electronic control system components without disturbing connections
or piercing wire insulation to access various signal voltages in the electronic control system.
CAUTION: To prevent damage to the 180-Pin Breakout Box, the 180-Pin Breakout Box is used for measurement
only, not to activate or control circuits. High current levels passing through the 180-Pin Breakout Box will burn
out the internal circuitry.
This box is universal and can adapt to any control system by means of a unique jumper harness. Each jumper
harness is a separate part, complete with a 180-Pin Breakout Box overlay (pin identifier) sheet.
The standard box layout is as follows:
• Two 90-pin connectors which feed 90 banana plug probing points.
• Each 90-pin section of the box is basically a stand-alone box.
• The top row is all fuse protected circuits, the second row is all twisted pair circuits.
2288 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-050-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 20-way
Diesel Exhaust Fluid (DEF) harness interconnect.
Breakout Harness 18-801-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Ammonia
(NH3) Sensor Module.
Breakout Harness 18-909-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Supply Module.
2290 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-047-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid DEF Line 3 Heater (Pressure).
Breakout Harness 18-046-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Line 2 Heater (Return).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2291
Breakout Harness 18-045-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Line 1 Heater (Supply).
Breakout Harness 18-124-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Exhaust
Fluid (DEF) Tank Level and Temperature Sensor.
2292 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 (NOx Out and DOC / DPF Temperature Sensor Module)
Breakout Harness 18-649-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) Out and Diesel Oxidation Catalyst / Diesel Particulate Filter (DOC / DPF) temperature sensor
module.
Breakout Harness 12-575-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel Particle
Filter (DPF) Differential Pressure / Outlet Pressure Sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2293
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 (NOx In Sensor Module and SCR Temperature Sensor Module)
Breakout Harness 18-648-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Carbon
Monoxide (NOx) In sensor module and Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) temperature sensor module.
Breakout Harness 12-574-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 8-way
Diesel Particle Filter (DPF) Jumper Harness.
2294 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness 18-250-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Jumper Harness.
Breakout Harness 18-500-01 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that pass through the 12-way
Aftertreatment (AFT) interconnect.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2295
The DMM ZTSE4357 is used to troubleshoot electrical components, sensors, injector solenoids, relays, and
wiring harnesses. The DMM has a high input impedance that allows testing of sensors while the engine is
running without loading the circuit being tested. This ensures the signal voltage measurement will not be affected
by the voltmeter.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6023 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Electronic
Fuel Pump (EFP).
2296 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The International® Electronic Engine Terminal Test Kit ZTSE4435C is used to access circuits in the connector
harness and allows for the use of a Digital Multimeter (DMM) without damaging the harness connectors. The
probes may also be used as a guide to determine whether the harness connector is retaining correct tension on
the mating terminal.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2297
Breakout Harness ZTSE4485A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Accelerator
Pedal Position (APP) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4760A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Diesel
Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT), Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT), and
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors.
2298 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4735A is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Engine
Throttle Valve (ETV).
The Amp Clamp ZTSE4575 is used to measure amperage draw for the Intake Air Heater (IAH).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2299
The 3-Banana Plug Harness ZTSE4498 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits.
The 500-Ohm Resistor Harness ZTSE4497 is used for sensor-end diagnostics of sensor circuits, and for
performing loaded circuit tests.
2300 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4484 is used to measure the voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine
Injection Control Pressure Regulator (IPR).
Breakout Harness ZTSE4602 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Oil
Temperature (EOT), Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1), and Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2301
Breakout Harness ZTSE4674 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Engine Control
Module (ECM) and Actuator (ACT) PWR relays.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4830 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor (AFTFIS).
2302 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4831 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Turbocharger 2 Wastegate Control Actuator (TC2WG).
Breakout Harness ZTSE4834 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Exhaust
Back Pressure Valve (EBPV).
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2303
Breakout Harness ZTSE4850 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Intake
Manifold Pressure (IMP), Injection Control Pressure (ICP), Engine Oil Pressure (EOP), Fuel Delivery Pressure
(FDP), and Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensors.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4908 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits to the Starter Relay and
Engine Fan (EFAN) relay.
2304 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4946 enables the technician to quickly connect a voltmeter and read voltage signals for
the Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4948 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Exhaust Gas
Recirculation (EGR) valve.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2305
Breakout Harness ZTSE4950 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Crankshaft
Position (CKP) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4951 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the Camshaft
Position (CMP) sensor and the Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor.
2306 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
Breakout Harness ZTSE4952 is used to measure continuity of the Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor,
Engine Compression Brake (ECB), and the Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE4993 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Intake Manifold
Temperature (IMT), Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) Sensor and High Pressure Turbo Intake
Temperature (HPCIT) sensor.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2307
Breakout Harness ZTSE6002 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Water In Fuel
(WIF) sensor.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6020 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the 24-pin Engine
/ IP connector.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6021 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits connected to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD).
Breakout Harness ZTSE6025 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Intake Air
Heater (IAH) relay.
Breakout Harness ZTSE6027 is used to measure voltage and resistance on circuits that go to the Aftertreatment
(AFT) Fuel Pressure (AFTFP) sensor.
UVC Wiring (for injector solenoids, ICP sensor, SCB sensor and Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP)
Sensor).
Mechanical Tools
Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384
The Radiator Pressure Test Kit ZTSE2384 is used to check pressure caps and cooling systems. The pressure
gauge indicates if the pressure cap holds the correct pressure and whether the cooling system has leaks or
holds pressure.
The Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4409 is used to measure intake manifold (boost) pressure, fuel system intake
restriction, fuel pressure, oil pressure, air cleaner intake restriction, and crankcase pressure.
• 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) measures intake manifold pressure.
2312 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
• 0-30 in Hg vacuum / 0 to 200 kPa (0 to 30 psi) compound gauge measures fuel system intake restriction
and intake manifold pressure.
0-30 in H2O / 0 to 7.5 kPa (0 to 1 psi) maximum pressure magnehelic gauge measures crankcase pressure
and air intake restriction.
• 60 to 1100 kPa (9 to 160 psi) gauge may be used to check the fuel pressure and oil pressure.
The CAC Block Off Kit ZTSE4937 is used to pressure test the interstage cooler (if available) and check for leaks.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2313
The Oil Cooler Test Plate ZTSE4939 is used to test the integrity of the oil cooler.
2314 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Cylinder Head Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4289A kit includes cylinder head block-off plate,
thermostat-opening block off plate, 0-30 psi gauge with pressure regulator and all necessary hardware.
Thermostat Opening Pressure Test Adapter ZTSE4647 is used for pressure testing the cylinder head. Must be
used in conjunction with ZTSE4648 and ZTSE4289a.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2315
The Water Supply Press Test Adapter ZTSE4648 is used for pressure testing the cylinder head. Must be used
in conjunction with ZTSE4647 and ZTSE4289a.
The ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting ZTSE4927 is used with the High Pressure Test Gauge (ZTSE4954) to
measure injection control pressure coming out of the high-pressure pump.
2316 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The High Pressure Test Gauge ZTSE4954 is used with the ICP Adapter Pressure Test Fitting (ZTSE4927) to
measure injection control pressure coming out of the high-pressure pump.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2317
Pressure Gauge Adapter 18-538-01 converts Aftertreatment (AFT) temperature sensor ports to 1/8-in NPT
thread so a standard pressure gauge can be used to measure exhaust pressure.
The IPR Plug Tester ZTSE4816 is used to check the high-pressure pump for inability to reach maximum injection
control pressure.
2318 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Crankcase Pressure Test Tool ZTSE4039 is used to measure combustion gas flow from the valve cover
and may be used with the magnehelic gauge or Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A.
Use the pressure readings obtained with this adapter as the main source of engine condition. Use oil
consumption trend data if the pressure readings are over the specified limits. Neither changes in oil
consumption trends nor crankcase diagnostic pressure trends can establish a specific problem. These changes
only indicate that a problem exists.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2319
The Slack Tube® Manometer ZTSE2217A is a U-shaped tube with a scale mounted between the legs of the
tube. When the portability of the Pressure Test Kit is not required, this manometer is used to measure low
vacuum for intake restriction, low pressure for crankcase, or exhaust back pressure.
Filling
Fill the manometer with water before checking pressure. Use only distilled water. Add some colored water
vegetable dye so the scale can be read more easily. With both legs of the manometer open to the atmosphere,
fill the tube until the top of the fluid column is near the zero mark on the scale. Shake the tube to eliminate any
air bubbles.
Installing, Reading, and Cleaning
1. Support the manometer vertically. Make sure the fluid level is in line with the zero indicator on the graduated
scale.
2. Connect one leg of the manometer to the source of the pressure or vacuum. Leave the other leg open to
atmospheric pressure.
3. Start the engine and allow it to reach normal operating temperature. Then run the engine to high idle. The
manometer can be read after 10 seconds.
2320 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
4. Record the average position of the fluid level when it is above and below the zero indicator. Add the two
figures together. The sum of the two is the total column of fluid (distance A). This represents the crankcase
pressure in inches of water (in-H2O).
At times, both columns of the manometer will not travel the same distance. This is no concern if the leg is
not connected to the pressure or the vacuum source is open to the atmosphere.
5. Compare the manometer reading with engine specifications.
6. When the test is done, clean the tube thoroughly using soap and water. Avoid liquid soaps and solvents.
The Fuel Pressure Gauge ZTSE4681 is used to check for fuel pressure and aerated fuel in the low-fuel pressure
system.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2321
The Fuel Pressure Test Kit ZTSE4657 includes a quick disconnect check valve and fittings that can be used to
make a test line to check fuel pressure at the high-pressure fuel rail.
The Charge Air Cooler Test Kit ZTSE4341 is used to pressurize the charge air cooler and piping to check for
leaks.
2322 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The EGR Mixing Bowl Guide Pins ZTSE4945 are used while installing the EGR mixing bowl to not damage the
gasket.
The EGR Valve Puller ZTSE4941 is used to removed the EGR valve without damaging the valve.
4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES 2323
The Fuel Intake Restriction and Aeration Tool ZTSE6009 is used to check for pressure and aerated fuel in the
low-fuel pressure system.
The Fuel / Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 is used with the fuel pressure test fitting for an easy connection
to measure fuel pressure.
2324 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Fuel Test Fitting ZTSE4692 is used to measure fuel intake restriction or fuel pressure.
When measuring fuel intake restriction, the fitting is installed at the diagnostic port (intake-side) of the fuel filter
housing.
When measuring fuel pressure, the fitting can be installed on the fuel rail instead of the Shrader valve.
The Fuel/Oil Pressure Test Coupler ZTSE4526 can then be connected to the fuel test fitting to measure fuel
pressure or fuel intake restriction.
The Turbo Lifting Bracket ZTSE4942 is used to aid in the removal of the turbo assembly.
The UV Leak Detection Kit ZTSE4618 is used with fuel dye to quickly identify leaks. The fuel dye combines with
fuel and migrates out at the leak. The ultraviolet lamp illuminates the leaking fuel dye, which appears fluorescent
yellow-green in color.
2326 4 DIAGNOSTIC TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES
The Clean Fuel Source Tool 15-637-01 is used to provide a clean, alternative fuel source to aid in the diagnosis
of the fuel system.
5 COMPONENT LOCATOR 2327
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Engine Identification
Engine Serial Number
The engine serial number is located on the engine emission label on the valve cover.
Figure 958 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Exhaust Emission Label (example)
The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) exhaust emission label is attached on top of the valve cover.
The EPA label typically includes the following:
• Model year
• Engine family, model, and displacement
• Advertised brake horsepower and torque rating
• Emission family and control systems
• Valve lash specifications
• Engine serial number
• EPA, EURO, and reserved fields for specific applications
• Starter motor
2346 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Figure 960 Low- and High-Pressure Turbocharger Components (below 245 hp shown)
1. High-pressure turbine housing 7. High-pressure turbine intake 14. High-pressure turbo oil drain
2. Interstage Cooler (ISC) 8. Low-pressure turbine housing tube
3. High-pressure turbocharger 9. Low-pressure bearing housing 15. Low-pressure turbo oil drain
outlet 10. Low-pressure compressor tube
4. Turbo wastegate actuator housing 16. Turbo oil supply tube assembly
5. Turbocharger 2 Wastegate 11. Air crossover duct 17. Low-pressure turbine outlet
Position (TC2WG) valve 12. Turbo air intake duct
6. High-pressure compressor 13. Low-pressure compressor
housing housing
The high-pressure turbocharger is connected directly to the exhaust manifold through the high-pressure turbine
intake. The high-pressure turbocharger is equipped with a wastegate that regulates the turbocharger boost by
controlling the amount of exhaust gases that pass through the high-pressure turbine. When demand for power
is low (as during cruising speed), the turbocharger wastegate opens, allowing part of the exhaust gas flow to
bypass the high-pressure turbine. The low-pressure turbine is attached directly to the output of the high-pressure
turbine. The exhaust gas enters the low-pressure turbocharger through the low-pressure turbine housing and
exits through the low-pressure turbine outlet.
The ECM commands EGR valve position based on engine speed and load conditions. The EGR control valve
provides feedback to the ECM on current valve position.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2351
The crankcase ventilation system uses an engine-mounted oil separator to return oil to the crankcase. The
excess crankcase pressure is vented to the atmosphere. Oil-extracted blow-by gases flow from the valve cover,
through the crankcase breather intake tube, and into the breather housing assembly. A high-speed centrifugal oil
separator driven by engine oil pressure, separates and directs oil to the side of housing assembly. The separated
oil drains into the oil separator turbine housing, through the crankcase, and into the oil pan. The oil separator is
located inside and toward the top of the housing assembly. The turbine housing also provides oil drainage from
the low-pressure and high-pressure turbochargers. The low-pressure and high-pressure turbocharger oil drain
tubes direct turbocharger drain oil into the turbine housing. The oil drains out of the turbine housing, through the
crankcase, and into the oil pan. Blow-by gases are directed through the breather outlet tube to the atmosphere.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2353
Aftertreatment System
Aftertreatment (AFT) System
The AFT system, part of the larger exhaust system, processes engine exhaust to meet emission requirements.
The AFT system traps particulate matter / soot and prevents it from leaving the tailpipe. The AFT system also
reduces Nitrogen Oxides (NOx).
DPF
The DPF does the following:
• Captures and temporarily stores particulate matter / soot
• Allows for oxidation (regeneration) of stored particulate matter / soot once loading reaches a particular level
(restriction)
• Stores non-combustible ash until ash cleaning maintenance is performed
DOC
The DOC does the following:
• Oxidizes hydrocarbons in exhaust stream
• Provides heat for exhaust system warm-up and DPF regeneration
• Aids in system temperature management for the DPF
Sensors
Sensors output an electronic signal based on temperature or pressure. These signals are used by the control
system to regulate the aftertreatment function. The sensors measure the temperature and pressure at the center
of the exhaust flow.
DEF injection is required when NOx levels exceed acceptable limits. The Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM)
determines when DEF injection is required by monitoring signals from the NOx IN sensor module, NOx OUT
sensor module, and Ammonia (NH3) sensor. When NOx levels are too high, the ACM commands the DEF
Supply Module ON, allowing DEF to be drawn from DEF tank (Figure 966) (Item 2), through the supply line
(Figure 966) (Item 6), and on to the DEF supply module (Figure 966) (Item 5). DEF then exits the supply module
(Figure 966) (Item 5) and travels to the DEFDU (Figure 966) (Item 1) through the pressure line (Figure 966)
(Item 4). The ACM then commands the DEFDU ON allowing DEF to be sprayed into the aftertreatment system.
2356 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system is a closed loop system that uses the ICP sensor to continuously
provide feedback to the Engine Control Module (ECM). The ECM commands the IPR duty cycle to adjust
pressure to match engine requirements.
2360 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
The Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve receives a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) command from the
Engine Control Module (ECM). This controls the on / off time IPR valve is energized. The on / off time is
controlled by the ECM to meet calibrated desired values.
The IPR valve is mounted in body of high-pressure pump. The IPR valve controls pressure to a spool valve
inside high-pressure oil pump that throttles oil intake to the pump to regulate Injection Control Pressure (ICP).
As demand for ICP increases, the ECM increases current to the IPR valve solenoid.
When demand for ICP decreases, duty cycle to the IPR valve decreases which moves spool valve inside
high-pressure oil pump to close spool valve that throttles intake to high-pressure oil pump. When ICP electrical
signal is out of range, the ECM sets a fault code.
When ICP signals are out of range, the ECM goes into open loop operation. IPR valve will operate from
programmed default values. ICP sensor is installed in high-pressure oil manifold under valve cover.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2361
Fuel Injector
Two 50-volt, 25-amp coils control a spool valve that directs oil flow in and out of the injector. Each injector has
a single, four-pin connector that connects to the under valve cover harness. Injectors have an OPEN coil and a
CLOSE coil that move the spool valve open and closed using magnetic force. The spool has two positions:
• When the spool valve is open, oil flows into the injector from the high-pressure oil manifold.
• When the spool valve is closed, oil exhausts from the top of the fuel injector and drains back to the crankcase.
Injector Needle
The injector needle opens inward when fuel pressure overcomes the Valve Opening Pressure (VOP). Fuel is
atomized at high-pressure through the nozzle tip.
Fill Stage
During the fuel fill stage, both coils are de-energized and the spool valve is closed. High-pressure oil from the
high-pressure oil manifold is stopped at the spool valve. Low-pressure fuel fills the four ports and enters through
the edge filter on its way to the chamber beneath the plunger. The needle control spring holds the needle onto
its seat to prevent fuel from entering combustion chamber.
Injection
1. The ECM uses a peak-hold driver to energize the OPEN coil. The Peak current rapidly moves the spool valve
open. High-pressure oil flows past the spool valve and onto the top of the intensifier piston. Oil pressure
overcomes the force of the intensifier piston spring and the intensifier starts to move down. An increase
in fuel pressure under the plunger seats the fuel intake check ball, and fuel pressure starts to build on the
needle.
2. The Hold current causes the spool valve to remain open. High-pressure oil from the high-pressure oil
manifold continues to flow past the spool valve. The intensifier piston and plunger continue to move and
fuel pressure increases in the barrel. When fuel pressure rises above the Valve Opening Pressure (VOP),
the needle lifts off its seat and injection begins.
2364 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
End of Injection
3. When the Engine Control Module (ECM) determines that the correct injector on-time has been reached to
deliver the correct amount of fuel, the ECM uses a peak-hold driver to energize the CLOSE coil and may
reverse the current through the OPEN coil. The current energizes the CLOSE coil and magnetic force closes
the spool valve. The high pressure oil supply to the injector is closed by the spool valve, and oil inside fuel
injector is exhausted through the spool valve to the crankcase.
4. The spool valve remains closed when the CLOSE coil is held closed by the Hold current. Oil above the
intensifier piston flows past the spool valve through the exhaust ports. The intensifier piston and plunger
return to their initial positions. Fuel pressure decreases until the needle control spring forces the needle
back on its seat. The close coil is de-energized.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2365
The electric fuel pump draws fuel through fuel lines from fuel tank. Fuel enters the fuel filter assembly and
passes through the 100-micron strainer.
An optional 250-watt electric heating element is available to warm incoming fuel to prevent waxing and optimize
cold weather performance. The heater is installed in fuel filter assembly, below electric fuel pump. Fuel flows
from strainer through electric fuel pump to fuel filter for further conditioning.
If water is in fuel, the fuel filter element repels the water. The water is collected at the bottom of the main filter
element cavity in fuel filter assembly. Fuel flows through the 5-micron filter element and the standpipe. Filter
element removes debris from fuel.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2367
The standpipe prevents fuel from draining from fuel rail during service. When the fuel filter is removed for
servicing, the filter uncovers a drain to allow fuel in the fuel filter housing to drain back to tank during service
procedure.
2368 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
18. Cover plate seal 24. Water drain valve assembly 30. Dust cap
19. Bottom cover plate 25. M5 x 18 Torx® screw (2) 31. Diagnostic coupling
20. Sensor O-ring 26. O-ring seal 32. #906 O-ring
21. Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) 27. Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor 33. M8 x 75 bolt
sensor 28. 250 watt heater assembly 34. Stop Flow adapter assembly
22. M6 screw (7) (optional) (fuel intake)
23. O-ring 29. Heater plug O-ring gasket 35. Gasket
When maximum amount of water is collected in element cavity, the Water In Fuel (WIF) sensor sends a signal to
the Electronic Control Module (ECM). The ECM turns on the amber WIF lamp located on the instrument cluster.
A water drain valve is located on the fuel filter assembly and can be opened to drain contaminants (usually
water) from the assembly. Fuel pump must be commanded ON to drain water from the system. If the drain port
is opened without the fuel pump on, the water will NOT drain out. A fuel pressure regulator valve is built into the
fuel filter assembly.
The regulator valve is calibrated to relieve excessive fuel pressure. Excess fuel is sent through a fuel return line
back to the fuel tank. Return fuel is not filtered. Fuel continuously flows from the top of the filter element cavity,
through a 0.2 mm air bleed orifice (filter center tube feature), and into the return fuel line. This aids in removing
trapped air from the element cavity as a result of servicing. When the fuel filter is removed, a drain-to-tank port
is opened.
Fuel present in the filter assembly then drains out and back to the tank to provide improved cleanliness during
servicing. When fuel lines are removed, a check valve eliminates spillage and ensures fuel line cleanliness. The
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor detects low fuel pressure.
The FDP sensor sends a signal to the ECM when pressure is below programmed values for various engine
conditions. Filtered fuel flows from the fuel filter assembly into the fuel rail. The fuel rail is an integral part of
the intake manifold. Fuel flows into six cylinder head passages to each fuel injector. When the fuel injectors are
activated, fuel flows from the fuel passages through injector intake ports and into fuel injectors.
2370 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
1. Unfiltered oil 10. Dual stage turbocharger 18. Piston cooling jet (6)
2. Cooled unfiltered oil 11. Oil cooler 19. Main filtered oil gallery
3. Filtered oil 12. Oil filter 20. Camshaft
4. Crankcase breather assembly 13. Oil cooler module assembly 21. Crankcase
5. Oil pump 14. Oil pressure regulator relief 22. Vertical gallery
6. Front cover valve 23. Cylinder head
7. Reservoir for high-pressure oil 15. Regulator relief valve drain to 24. Valve cover
pump sump 25. Rocker arm assembly oil gallery
8. Unfiltered oil gallery 16. Oil pan assembly 26. Air compressor (optional)
9. Pick-up tube 17. Crankshaft
Unfiltered oil is drawn from the oil pan through the pick-up tube and front cover passage by the crankshaft
driven oil pump. Pressurized oil is forced through a front cover passage, into the crankcase gallery, and to the
oil system module assembly. Oil flow into the oil cooler is controlled by the thermal bypass valve. The thermal
bypass valve allows unfiltered oil to bypass the oil cooler when the oil temperature is cold, and flow directly to
the oil filter.
As the oil temperature begins to warm, the thermal bypass valve begins to open. This allows unfiltered oil to
flow into the oil cooler and oil filter. When the oil temperature is hot, the thermal bypass valve is fully open. This
allows all unfiltered oil to flow through the oil cooler before entering the oil filter. Unfiltered oil moves through
plates in the oil cooler heat exchanger.
Engine coolant flows around the plates to cool the surrounding oil. Oil that exits or bypasses the oil cooler mixes
and enters the spin-on oil filter. Oil flows from outside the filter element toward the inside to remove debris.
When the filter is restricted, the oil filter bypass (located in the oil filter can) opens and allows oil to bypass the
filter to maintain engine lubrication. The filter bypass valve opens when pressure reaches 60 psi (414 kPa).
After passing through the filter, the oil travels past the oil pressure regulator. The regulator directs excess oil
back to the oil pan to maintain oil pressure at a maximum of 57 psi (393 kPa).
Clean regulated oil enters the main oil gallery of the engine to lubricate the crankshaft, camshaft, and tappets.
The crankshaft has cross-drillings that direct oil to the connecting rods. Oil is also provided to the high-pressure
reservoir through a passage in the front cover. Piston cooling tubes continuously direct cooled oil to the bottom
of the piston crowns.
Oil is provided to the cylinder head from the rear cam bearing through a passage at the rear of the crankcase.
Oil flows through a passage in the cylinder head and rear rocker shaft support, then enters the hollow rocker
shaft, which lubricates the rocker arms. The crankcase breather assembly oil separator is driven by unfiltered
oil pressure taken from the right side of the crankcase. Oil flows from the crankcase into the breather assembly
oil separator. Passages direct the oil through a pressed brass nozzle that controls oil flow into the drive oil
separator wheel. Oil drains into the base and mixes with oil from the breather system. The collected oil drains
into the crankcase and then into the oil pan.
The turbocharger is lubricated with filtered oil from a supply tube assembly that connects the oil cooler module
assembly to the center housing of each turbocharger. Oil drains back to the crankcase through drain tubes
connected to the base of the breather housing assembly. The optional air compressor is lubricated with filtered
engine oil through a flexible hose. The hose is connected to a tee on the left side of the crankcase near the
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor. Oil drains into the front cover and to the oil pan. Oil can also drain from the
bottom of the air compressor through a tube into the crankcase. The front gear train is splash-lubricated with oil
that drains from the high-pressure reservoir and the optional air compressor.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2373
The EGR coolant supply tube also branches off to interstage cooler (above 245 hp), if equipped. The interstage
cooler uses coolant to lower charged air temperature that exits from turbocharger low-pressure compressor and
enters turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
The surge tank provides expansion space for coolant and deaerates cooling system. The following four vents
provide coolant to the tank:
• Engine vent (top of coolant supply housing)
• EGR vent (top of EGR cooler)
• Main radiator vent (top of radiator)
• Interstage cooler vent (top of interstage cooler)
The surge tank returns coolant through surge line, back to water pump intake.
Cab heat is provided by heater core, which receives warmed coolant from coolant supply housing.
Thermostat Operation
Coolant travels through two ports after it passes through the thermostat. One port directs coolant to the radiator
when engine is at operating temperature. The other port directs coolant to the water pump until engine reaches
operating temperature. The thermostat begins to open at 190°F (88°C) and is fully open at 205°F (96°C).
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2375
When engine coolant is below 190°F (88°C), the thermostat is closed, blocking flow to radiator. Coolant is forced
to flow through a bypass port back to the water pump.
2376 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
When coolant temperature reaches nominal opening temperature of 190°F (88°C), thermostat opens allowing
some coolant to flow to radiator. When coolant temperature exceeds 205°F (96°C), lower seat blocks bypass
port, directing full coolant flow to radiator.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2377
Microprocessor
The microprocessor, installed inside the ECM, ACM, and DCU, process stored operating instructions (control
strategies) and value tables (calibration parameters). The microprocessor compares stored instructions and
values with conditioned input values to determine the correct strategy for all engine operations.
Diagnostic strategies are also programmed into the ECM, ACM, and DCU. Some strategies monitor inputs
continuously and command the necessary outputs for correct performance of the engine and aftertreatment.
Microprocessor Memory
The ECM and ACM microprocessors includes Read Only Memory (ROM) and Random Access Memory (RAM).
2378 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Actuator Control
Actuators are controlled in one of the following ways, depending upon type of actuator:
• Duty cycle (percent time On / Off)
• Switched On or Off
• CAN messages
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2379
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Valve Position (ETP) Sensor
The ETV controls the flow of intake air to regulate operating temperature for exhaust aftertreatment and base
engine operation. The integral throttle actuator controls the engine throttle valve. The throttle actuator is
controlled by the ECM to activate the throttle valve. The ETP provides feedback to the ECM on the throttle
valve position.
Injectors
The injector injects fuel into the cylinders. The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the timing and the amount
of fuel being sprayed from each injector. The ECM also controls the Injection Control Pressure (ICP) system to
regulate fuel spray pressure.
ACM Actuators
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Supply Pump (DEFSP) and DEF Tank Temperature (DEFTT) Sensors
The DEFSP is controlled using a Pulse Width Modulated (PWM) signal from the ACM.
The DEF supply module has an internal temperature sensor (DEFTT) used to monitor DEFSP temperature.
The DEFSP is part of the DEF supply module, and is not serviceable individually.
A thermistor sensor changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. As temperature changes at the
thermistor, voltage at the ECM, ACM, or DCU will change accordingly. Thermistors work with the control module
to produce a voltage signal inversely proportional to temperature values.
A thermistor sensor has two electrical terminals, signal and signal ground. The output of a thermistor sensor is
a non-linear analog signal.
Thermistor type sensors include the following:
• Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor
• Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake Temperature (TC2CIT) sensor
• Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT)
• Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor
• Intake Air Heater (IAT) sensor
• Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor
• Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
• Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature (DOCIT) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature (DPFIT) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensor
• Selective Catalyst Reduction (SCR) Temperature Sensor Module
• Selective Catalyst Reduction Intake Temperature (SCRIT) sensor
• Selective Catalyst Reduction Outlet Temperature (SCROT) sensor
Diesel Exhaust Fluid Tank Level and Temperature (DEFTLT) Sensor Module
The DEFTLT sensor module is a combination sensor that monitors DEF tank level and temperature, and
communicates to the Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN)
communication.
The DEFTLT sensor module is installed inside the DEF tank.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) / Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) Temperature Sensor Module
The DOC / DPF temperature sensor module monitors aftertreatment DPF and DOC temperature. The DOC
/ DPF temperature sensor module monitors signals from the DOC Intake Temperature (DOCIT), DPF Intake
Temperature (DPFIT), and DPF Outlet Temperature (DPFOT) sensors, and communicates these signals to the
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM) through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN) communication.
The DOCIT, DPFIT, and DPFOT sensors are not serviceable individually, and are part of the DOC / DPF
temperature sensor module.
(SCROT) sensor, and communicates these signals to the ACM through J1939 Controller Area Network (CAN)
communication.
The SCRIT sensor and SCROT sensor are not serviceable individually, and are part of the SCR temperature
sensor module.
Variable capacitance sensors measure pressure. The pressure measured is applied to a ceramic material.
Pressure forces the ceramic material closer to a thin metal disk. This action changes the capacitance of the
sensor.
The sensor is connected to the control module through the VREF, signal, and signal ground wires.
The sensor is powered by VREF and returns an analog signal voltage to the Engine Control Module (ECM) or
Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM). The ECM, ACM, and DCU compares the voltage with pre-programmed
values to determine pressure.
Variable capacitance sensors include the following:
• Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor
• Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor
• Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) sensor
• Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor
• Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 1 (AFTFP1) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Temperature (AFTFT) sensor
• Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 (AFTFP2) sensor
• DEF Line Pressure (DEFLP) sensor
• Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
• Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor
The FDP sensor provides feedback to the ECM for the low-pressure fuel system.
The FDP sensor is installed in the front of the fuel filter assembly on the left side of the engine.
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) / DPF Outlet Pressure (DPFOP) sensor
The DPFDP / DPFOP sensor provides a feedback signal to the ACM indicating the pressure difference between
the intake and outlet of the DPF.
The DPFDP / DPFOP sensor is a differential pressure sensor with two tap-offs installed at the DPF. A tap-off is
installed before and after the DPF.
High-pressure Sensors
High-pressure sensors convert pressure to a linear analog voltage output of 0 to 5 volts. The pressure causes a
strain on the diaphragm with a strain gauge bonded to it. This sensor has three wires: VREF, signal ground, and
a signal wire. The sensor is powered by VREF from the ECM and is grounded through the ECM to a common
signal ground. The ECM compares the voltage with pre-programmed values to determine pressure.
High-pressure sensors include the following:
• Brake Control Pressure (BCP) sensor
• Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor
A magnetic pickup sensor contains a permanent magnet, a ferromagnetic pole piece, and a magnetic pickup.
The VRS generates an AC voltage signal that is proportional to the change in flux at the magnetic pickup as a
metal trigger wheel passes along the sensor
Magnetic pickup sensors used include the following:
• Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor
• Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor
• Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS)
• Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor
Switches
Switch sensors indicate position, level, or status. They operate open or closed, regulating the flow of current. A
switch sensor can be a voltage input switch or a grounding switch. A voltage input switch supplies the ECM with
a voltage when it is closed. A grounding switch grounds the circuit when closed, causing a zero voltage signal.
Grounding switches are usually installed in series with a current limiting resistor.
Switch sensors include the following:
• Driveline Disengagement Switch (DDS)
• Engine Coolant Level (ECL) Sensor
• Water In Fuel (WIF)
Potentiometer Sensors
A potentiometer is a variable voltage divider that senses the position of a mechanical component. A reference
voltage is applied to one end of the potentiometer. Mechanical rotary or linear motion moves the wiper along
the resistance material, changing voltage at each point along the resistive material. Voltage is proportional to
the amount of mechanical movement.
The engine has two potentiometers, both contained in the Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor.
The Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) is controlled to limit intake air. As part of the air management system, the ETV
is controlled by the ECM (closed loop) based on input from the Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor for proper emissions
control.
The ETV is also used to help control intake air during a Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) regeneration process of
the aftertreatment system. It maintains vehicle and engine performance during regenerations.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2395
Exhaust Brake
The exhaust brake is available for all ratings and aids in the deceleration rate of vehicles.
The exhaust brake is an exhaust back pressure brake system that provides improved braking performance.
The operator can enable the brake function by toggling an instrument panel mounted switch ON or OFF.
2396 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Engine Brake
Operation
Figure 992 Engine compression brake valve and brake actuator – OFF
1. High-pressure oil manifold 4. Engine compression brake valve 7. Valve lash (actuator retracted)
2. High-pressure oil gallery 5. Brake actuator piston assembly 8. Oil intake
3. Brake oil gallery 6. Exhaust valve bridge
2398 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Figure 993 Engine compression brake valve and brake actuator – OFF
1. High-pressure oil manifold 4. Engine compression brake valve 8. Normal oil seepage
2. High-pressure oil flow to brake 5. Brake actuator piston assembly 9. Oil intake
oil gallery 6. Exhaust valve bridge
3. Brake oil gallery 7. Valve lash (actuator retracted)
During engine brake operation, The Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve (Figure 992) (Item 4) opens to
supply high-pressure oil to each brake actuator piston (Figure 992) (Item 5). These brake actuator pistons hold
the exhaust valves partially open.
During normal engine operation, oil in the high-pressure manifold (Figure 992) (Item 1) goes to the fuel injectors
only. The engine compression brake valve, mounted in the high-pressure oil manifold, is closed to prevent oil
from entering the brake oil gallery (Figure 992) (Item 3).
The Engine Control Module (ECM) monitors the following criteria to make sure certain conditions are met:
• Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (inactive)
• RPM (greater than 1200)
• Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) (less than 5%)
• Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) (greater than or equal to 140°F [60°C])
• Operator input switches (On / Off)
If On is selected, and the preceding criteria are met, the engine brake will activate.
When the engine brake is activated, the ECM provides the power to activate the Engine Compression Brake
(ECB) valve to allow oil from the injector oil gallery to flow to the brake oil gallery (Figure 993) (Item 3) . High oil
pressure activates the brake actuator pistons to open the exhaust valves.
Vehicle momentum is absorbed by the resulting compression release of the engine power cylinders when pistons
are near the top of their stroke.
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2399
During an ABS event, the engine brake is deactivated. The engine brake is reactivated once the ABS event is
over.
The ECM removes the power source from the ECB valve (Figure 993) (Item 4) to deactivate the engine brake.
Residual brake gallery pressure initially bleeds from the actuator bore. When brake gallery pressure bleeds
down the brake pressure relief valve opens, and oil drains back to sump.
Operation Modes
The engine brake system provides three programmable modes of operation based on terrain, driving conditions,
or driver preference.
Coast Mode
When the coast mode is programmed, the brake system will activate only when the driver applies the vehicle
service brake. The coast mode allows the vehicle to coast without automatic brake system activation.
Latched Mode
When the latch mode is programmed, the brake system will activate when the driver releases the accelerator
pedal. The brake system will deactivate when the driver depresses the accelerator or clutch pedals. The brake
system will also deactivate when the engine speed is below a pre-programmed rpm.
Cruise Mode
When the cruise mode is programmed, the brake system performs similar to latch mode under normal driving
conditions. When cruise control is used the brake system will activate when the vehicle travels down a grade.
The brake system helps the cruise control system maintain the set vehicle speed.
Additional Sensors
Ammonia (NH3) Sensor Module
The NH3 sensor module is used to control DEF dosing by monitoring ammonia levels at the Selective Catalyst
Reduction (SCR) catalyst.
The NH3 sensor module monitors the NH3 sensor signal, and communicates this signal to the Aftertreatment
Control Module (ACM).
The NH3 sensor is not serviceable individually, and is part of the NH3 sensor module.
2400 6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW
Relays
6 ENGINE SYSTEMS OVERVIEW 2403
Starter Relay
Table of Contents
J1939 Datalink
Vehicles are equipped with the SAE J1939 connector for communication between the Engine Control Module
(ECM), Aftertreatment Control Module (ACM), Doser Control Unit (DCU), transmission controller, ABS controller,
Body Controller (BC) and Electronic Service Tool (EST).
The SAE J1939 datalink supports:
• Transmission of engine parameter data
• Transmission and clearing of Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)
• Diagnostics and troubleshooting
• Programming performance parameter values
• Programming engine and vehicle features
• Programming calibrations and strategies in the ECM, ACM, DCU, transmission controller, ABS controller
Service Diagnostics
Model year 2010 forward vehicles utilize DTCs identified using SPN and FMI identifiers only. These two
identifiers are displayed in the Electronic Service Tool (EST) with ServiceMaxx™ software in the DTC window.
The EST provides diagnostic information using the SAE J1939 datalink. The recommended EST is the EZ-Tech®
with ServiceMaxx™ diagnostic software provided by Navistar®.
Faults from sensors, actuators, electronic components, and engine systems are detected by the ECM , ACM,
DCU, transmission controller, ABS controller and sent to the EST as codes. Effective engine diagnostics require
and rely on codes.
Identification is accomplished using two fault code identifiers.
• SPN: The Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) identifies the individual component causing the DTC.
• FMI: The Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES 2413
Engine Brake
The engine brake is a compression release brake system used to aid in the deceleration rate of the vehicle. This
option is built into the high-pressure oil manifold under the engine valve cover. This option cannot be combined
with the exhaust brake.
GOVERNMENT REGULATION: State and local regulations may limit engine idle time. The
vehicle owner or operator is responsible for compliance with those regulations.
The IST allows the ECM to shut down the engine during extended engine idle times.
Thirty seconds before IST-defined engine shutdown, a vehicle instrument panel indicator activates. There are
two types of indicators:
• Amber flashing idle shutdown indicator for multiplex electrical systems
• Red flashing indicator with audible alarm for non-multiplex electrical systems
This continues until the engine shuts down or the low idle shutdown timer is reset.
• When vehicle parking brake is released, the idle shutdown time is limited to the CARB requirement of 15
minutes.
The duration of CARB-mandated values can be reduced by programming the customer IST programmable
parameter to a value lower than 15 minutes.
Service Interval
The service interval feature is designed to provide a visual reminder to the operator that the oil change interval
has expired and routine maintenance procedures should be performed.
The term “interval” in this case is used to describe the distance, time, or fuel used between the last maintenance
performed on the vehicle and the next maintenance, which is due.
It is essential that operators are trained to know the maintenance schedules and instructions regarding the
operation and reset functionality of the service interval for the feature to be effective.
The change engine oil interval message can be programmed with the EST for mileage, hours, or amount of fuel
used. The change oil message timer can be reset using the CRUISE ON and RESUME/ACCEL switches or the
Electronic Service Tool (EST).
Traction Control
Traction control is a system that identifies when one or more wheel is going faster than one of the other wheels
during acceleration.
When a traction control condition occurs, a datalink message is sent to the ECM to limit fuel for the purpose of
reducing engine torque.
Vehicles must have a transmission and an Antilock Braking System (ABS) that supports traction control.
Additional programming flexibility is included to allow a trade-off to be made between performance and fuel
economy.
2416 7 ENGINE AND VEHICLE FEATURES
8 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS 2417
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Terminology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2431
Terms................................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2431
2430 9 TERMINOLOGY
9 TERMINOLOGY 2431
Terminology
Terms
Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) sensor – A potentiometer sensor that indicates the position of the throttle
pedal.
Accessory work – The work per cycle required to drive engine accessories (normally, only those essential to
engine operation).
Actuator – A device that performs work in response to an input signal.
Actuator Control – The Engine Control Module (ECM) controls the actuators by applying a low-level signal
(low-side driver) or a high-level signal (high side driver). When switched on, both drivers complete a ground or
power circuit to an actuator.
Aeration – The entrainment of air or combustion gas in coolant, lubricant, or fuel.
Aftercooler – See Charge Air Cooler.
Aftertreatment (AFT) system – A part of the exhaust system that processes engine exhaust to meet emission
requirements and traps particulate matter (soot) to prevent it from leaving the tailpipe.
Aftertreatment Fuel Doser (AFTFD) – A part of the Downstream Injection (DSI) unit that sends pressurized
fuel to the Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI) to inject fuel into the exhaust pipe.
Aftertreatment Fuel Intake Sensor (AFTFIS) – A sensor that monitors fuel temperature in the DSI system and
provides constant feedback to the ECM.
Aftertreatment Fuel Pressure 2 Sensor (AFTP2) – A sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the DSI system
and provides constant feedback to the ECM.
Aftertreatment Fuel Shutoff Valve (AFTFSV) – A valve used to prevent fuel flow to the AFI, and prevents all
uncontrolled fuel delivery for the Aftertreatment system during an AFTFD valve malfunction.
Air Control Valve (ACV) – Contains the LP turbocharger wastegate control port, HP turbocharger wastegate
control port, the Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) control port, and the Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet
Pressure (TC1TOP) port. Although these components are integral to the ACV, each circuit is controlled by the
ECM. The ACV controls compressed air for each control valve.
Air Intake Temperature (AIT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors intake air temperature.
Ambient Air Temperature (AAT) sensor – A sensor that sends an ambient air temperature signal to the ECM.
Ambient temperature – The environmental air temperature in which a unit is operating. In general, the
temperature is measured in the shade (no solar radiation) and represents the air temperature for other engine
cooling performance measurement purposes. Air entering the radiator may or may not be the same ambient
due to possible heating from other sources or recirculation. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
American Trucking Association (ATA) Datalink – A serial datalink specified by the American Trucking
Association and the SAE.
Ampere (amp) – The standard unit for measuring the strength of an electrical current. The flow rate of a charge
in a conductor or conducting medium of one coulomb per second. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
Analog – A continuously variable voltage.
Analog to digital converter (A/D) – A device in the ECM that converts an analog signal to a digital signal.
Automatic Engine Speed Control (AESC) – Feature providing a method for an operator to set and maintain
a constant engine speed without using the accelerator pedal. Commonly used for powering auxiliary devices
such as a Power Take-Off (PTO).
2432 9 TERMINOLOGY
Barometric Absolute Pressure (BAP) sensor – A sensor built into the ECM that provides barometric pressure
information to the ECM.
Boost pressure – 1. The pressure of the charge air leaving the turbocharger.
2. Intake manifold pressure that is greater than atmospheric pressure. Obtained by turbocharging.
Bottom Dead Center (BDC) – The lowest position of the piston during the stroke.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) – The power output from an engine, not the indicated horsepower. The power output
of an engine, sometimes-called flywheel horsepower, is less than the indicated horsepower by the amount of
friction horsepower consumed in the engine.
Brake Horsepower (bhp) net – Net brake horsepower is measured with all engine components. The power of
an engine when configured as a fully equipped engine. (SAE J1349 JUN90)
Brake On/Off (BOO) switch – A switch located on the brake pedal lever, that provides a brake pedal position
signal to the ECM.
Brake Pressure Switch (BPS) – A switch located in the brake pressure line that provides a brake pedal position
signal to the ECM.
Calibration – ECM programming strategy to solve engine performance equations and make decisions.
Calibration values are stored in ROM and put into the processor during programming to allow the engine to
operate within certain parameters.
Camshaft Position (CMP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that provides the ECM with a camshaft speed
and position signal.
Carbon Monoxide (CO) – A colorless, odorless, highly poisonous gas that is formed by the incomplete
combustion of carbon burning diesel engine. It is present in the exhaust gases of diesel engines.
Catalyst – A substance that produces a chemical reaction without undergoing a chemical change itself.
Catalytic converter – An antipollution device in the exhaust system that contains a catalyst for chemically
converting some pollutants in the exhaust gases (carbon monoxide, unburned hydrocarbons, and oxides of
nitrogen) into harmless compounds.
Cavitation – A dynamic condition in a fluid system that forms gas-filled bubbles (cavities) in the fluid.
Cetane number – 1. The auto-ignition quality of diesel fuel.
2. A rating applied to diesel fuel similar to octane rating for gasoline.
3. A measure of how readily diesel fuel starts to burn (self-ignites) at high compression temperature.
Diesel fuel with a high cetane number self-ignites shortly after injection into the combustion chamber. Therefore,
it has a short ignition delay time. Diesel fuel with a low cetane number resists self-ignition. Therefore, it has a
longer ignition delay time.
Charge air – Dense, pressurized, heated air discharged from the turbocharger.
Charge Air Cooler (CAC) – A heat exchanger mounted in the charge air path between the turbocharger and
engine intake manifold. The charge air cooler reduces the charge air temperature by transferring heat from the
charge air to a cooling medium (usually air).
Charge Air Cooler Outlet Temperature (CACOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that monitors the temperature
of charge air entering the intake air duct.
Closed crankcase – A crankcase ventilation that recycles crankcase gases through a breather, then back to
the clean air intake.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2433
Closed loop operation – A system that uses sensors to provide feedback to the ECM. The ECM uses the
sensor input to continuously monitor variables and adjust actuators to match engine requirements.
Cloud point – The point when wax crystals occur in fuel, making fuel cloudy or hazy. Usually below -12°C
(10°F).
Cold cranking ampere rating (battery rating) – The sustained constant current (in amperes) needed to
produce a minimum terminal voltage under a load of 7.2 volts per battery after 30 seconds.
Cold Start Fuel Igniter (CSFI) – The CSFI heats the intake air by vaporizing and igniting fuel in the air intake
duct.
Cold Start Fuel Solenoid (CSFS) – As the engine is cranked, the ECM energizes the CSFS valve, introducing
fuel into the CSFI, which ignites and warms the air being drawn into the engine.
Cold Start Relay (CSR) – The CSR provides voltage to the CSFI, and is controlled by the ECM.
Controller Area Network (CAN) – A J1939 high-speed communication link.
Coolant – A fluid used to transport heat from one point to another.
Coolant Flow Valve (CFV) – The CFV is ECM controlled and redirects coolant through the fuel cooler, based
on Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT), when directed.
Coolant level switch – A switch sensor used to monitor coolant level.
Coolant Mixer Valve (CMV) – Controls coolant flow through the low-temperature radiator.
Continuous Monitor Test – An ECM function that continuously monitors the inputs and outputs to ensure that
readings are within set limits.
Crankcase – The housing that encloses the crankshaft, connecting rods, and allied parts.
Crankcase breather – A vent for the crankcase to release excess interior air pressure.
Crankcase Oil Separator Speed (CCOSS) sensor – The CCOSS sensor sends the ECM information about
the speed of the crankcase oil separator internal components.
Crankcase pressure – The force of air inside the crankcase against the crankcase housing.
Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor that determines crankshaft position and speed.
Cruise Control Switches (CCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power TakeOff (PTO), and remote
hand throttle system.
Current – The flow of electrons passing through a conductor. Measured in amperes.
Cylinder Balance – An ECM control strategy to even-out the power contributions of each power cylinder.
Damper – A device that reduces the amplitude of torsional vibration. (SAE J1479 JAN85)
Deaeration – The removal or purging of gases (air or combustion gas) entrained in coolant or lubricating oil.
Deaeration tank – A separate tank in the coolant system used for one or more of the following functions:
• Deaeration
• Coolant reservoir (fluid expansion and afterboil)
• Coolant retention
• Filling
• Fluid level indication (visible)
2434 9 TERMINOLOGY
Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) – Fault code identification utilized on pre-2010 vehicle model years. For
vehicle model year 2010 or newer, fault codes are identified using the Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) and
Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) identifiers.
Diamond Logic Builder (DLB) – The diagnostics software for chassis related components and systems.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst (DOC) – A DOC is part of the diesel exhaust Aftertreatment system. DOCs
are devices that use a chemical process to break down pollutants in the exhaust stream into less harmful
components. More specifically, DOCs utilize rare metals such as palladium and platinum to reduce hydrocarbon
based Soluble Organic Fraction (SOF) and carbon monoxide content of diesel exhaust by simple oxidation.
The DOC can be used during an active regeneration to create higher exhaust temperatures, thereby reducing
soot in the DPF.
Diesel Oxidation Catalyst Intake Temperature sensor (DOCIT) – A sensor that provides DOC intake
temperature signal to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter (DPF) – A diesel particulate filter, sometimes called a DPF, is a device designed to
remove diesel particulate matter or soot from the exhaust gas of a diesel engine.
Diesel Particulate Filter Differential Pressure (DPFDP) sensor – A sensor that measures pressure difference
between the intake and outlet of the DPF and provides feedback to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter Intake Temperature sensor (DPFIT) – A sensor that provides DOC intake temperature
signal to the ECM.
Diesel Particulate Filter Outlet Temperature sensor (DPFOT) – A sensor that provides DOC outlet
temperature signal to the ECM.
Digital Multimeter (DMM) – An electronic meter that uses a digital display to indicate a measured value.
Preferred for use on microprocessor systems because it has a very high internal impedance and will not load
down the circuit being measured.
Disable – A computer decision that deactivates a system and prevents operation of the system.
Displacement – The stroke of the piston multiplied by the area of the cylinder bore multiplied by the number of
cylinders in the engine.
Down Stream Injection (DSI) – The DSI system injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature
of the exhaust gases, and is necessary for DPF regeneration.
Driver (high side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the power to an actuator circuit.
Driver (low side) – A transistor within an electronic module that controls the ground to an actuator circuit.
Dual Stage Turbocharger – An assembly of two turbochargers (low-pressure and high-pressure) in series to
provide a wide range of charge air pressures efficiently.
Duty cycle – A control signal that has a controlled on/off time measurement from 0 to 100%. Normally used to
control solenoids.
Engine Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – The ECM commands the EBPV to control the Exhaust Brake.
Engine Compression Brake (ECB) valve – The ECB valve controls pressure entering the brake oil gallery
from the high-pressure oil rail gallery. This activates the brake actuator pistons and opens the exhaust valves.
Engine Compression Brake 1 (ECB1) solenoid – The ECB1 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
Engine Compression Brake 2 (ECB2) solenoid – The ECB2 solenoid controls pressure entering the brake oil
gallery from the high-pressure oil rail gallery.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2435
Engine Compression Brake Pressure (ECBP) sensor – A high-pressure sensor that provides a feedback
signal to the ECM indicating brake control pressure.
Engine Control Module (ECM) – An electronic processor that monitors and controls the engine.
Engine Coolant Level (ECL) sensor – A switch sensor that monitors coolant level.
Engine Coolant Temperature 1 (ECT1) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Engine Coolant Temperature 2 (ECT2) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects engine coolant temperature.
Electric Fuel Pump – Electric Fuel Pump
Engine Fuel Temperature (EFT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures fuel temperature.
Engine lamp – An instrument panel lamp that comes on when DTCs are set. DTCs can be read as flash codes
(red and amber instrument panel lamps).
Engine OFF tests – Tests that are done with the ignition switch ON and the engine OFF.
Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures oil pressure.
Engine Oil Temperature (EOT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that measures oil temperature.
Engine rating – Engine rating includes Rated hp and Rated rpm.
Engine RUNNING tests – Tests done with the engine running.
Engine Throttle Valve (ETV) and Engine Throttle Position Sensor – The ETV valve is used to control airflow
during a regeneration process of the aftertreatment system. The ETV valve is also used to ensure a smooth
engine shut down by restricting airflow to the engine at shut down.
Engine Warning Protection System (EWPS) – Safeguards the engine from undesirable operating conditions
to prevent engine damage and to prolong engine life.
Exhaust Back Pressure (EBP) – The pressure present in the exhaust system during the exhaust period.
Exhaust Back Pressure Valve (EBPV) – A valve that regulates the amount of air pressure applied to the EBPV
pneumatic actuator.
Exhaust brake – A brake device using engine exhaust back pressure as a retarding medium.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) – A system used to recirculate a portion of the exhaust gases into the power
cylinder in order to reduce oxides of nitrogen.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) Cooler – A cooler that allows heat to dissipate from the exhaust gases
before they enter the intake manifold.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation Temperature (EGRT) sensor – A thermistor sensor that detects the exhaust gas
temperature entering the EGR cooler.
Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) valve – The EGRV controls the flow of exhaust gases to the intake manifold.
The EGRV is integrated with an EGR Position (EGRP) sensor.
Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) – The temperature of exhaust gases.
Exhaust manifold – Exhaust gases flow through the exhaust manifold to the turbocharger exhaust intake and
are directed to the EGR cooler.
Exhaust Manifold Pressure (EMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in
the exhaust manifold.
Exhaust Manifold Temperature (EMT) sensor – A thermistor style sensor used to indicate air temperature in
the exhaust manifold.
2436 9 TERMINOLOGY
Failure Mode Indicator (FMI) – Identifies the fault or condition effecting the individual component.
Fault detection/management – An alternate control strategy that reduces adverse effects that can be caused
by a system failure. If a sensor fails, the ECM substitutes a good sensor signal or assumed sensor value in its
place. A lit amber instrument panel lamp signals that the vehicle needs service.
Filter restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through a filter.
Flash code – See Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC).
Fuel Cooler Control Valve – A valve used to redirect coolant through the fuel cooler.
Fuel Delivery Pressure (FDP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure coming from
the fuel tank and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel intake restriction – A blockage, usually from contaminants, that prevents the flow of fluid through the fuel
intake line.
Fuel pressure – The force fuel exerts on the fuel system as it is pumped through the fuel system.
Fuel Pressure Control Valve (FPCV) – The FPCV controls the fuel pressure to the fuel rails and is controlled
by the ECM. FPCV control depends on fuel pressure and fuel temperature.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) – The amount of pressure in the fuel rail.
Fuel Rail Pressure (FRP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors fuel pressure in the fuel rail
and sends a signal to the ECM.
Fuel strainer – A pre-filter in the fuel system that keeps larger contaminants from entering the fuel system.
Fuel Volume Control Valve (FVCV) – The FVCV regulates the volume of flow sent to the HPFP. The FVCV
allows a sufficient quantity of fuel to be delivered to the HPFP depending on engine load, speed, injector quantity,
fuel temperature, and number of injections per cycle.
Fully equipped engine – A fully equipped engine is an engine equipped with only those accessories necessary
to perform its intended service. A fully equipped engine does not include components that are used to power
auxiliary systems. If these components are integral with the engine or, for any reason are included on the test
engine, the power absorbed may be determined and added to the net brake power. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Fusible link (fuse link) – A fusible link is a special section of low tension cable designed to open the circuit
when subjected to an extreme current overload. (SAE J1156 APR86)
Gradeability – The maximum percent grade, which the vehicle can transverse for a specified time at a specified
speed. The gradeability limit is the grade upon which the vehicle can just move forward. (SAE J227a)
Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) – Maximum combined weight of towing vehicle (including
passengers and cargo) and the trailer. The GCWR indicates the maximum loaded weight that the vehicle is
allowed to tow.
Gross brake horsepower – The power of a complete basic engine, with air cleaner, without fan, and alternator,
and air compressor not charging.
H-Bridge Circuit – An H-Bridge (bipolar) circuit operates like putting a power source on one side of a motor and
connecting the other side of the motor to a ground. This turns the motor. By shifting the leads on the motor, it
will turn in the opposite direction.
Hall effect – The development of a transverse electric potential gradient in a current-carrying conductor or
semiconductor when a magnetic field is applied.
Hall effect sensor – Transducer that varies its output voltage in response to changes in a magnetic field.
Commonly used to time the speed of wheels and shafts.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2437
High-pressure Fuel Pump (HPFP) assembly – The HPFP is a volumetric pump that supplies fuel at
high-pressure. The HPFP is mounted in the rear valley on the top of the engine and is driven by the camshaft.
High-pressure Piezo Common Rail (HPCR) – The HPFP pumps fuel through separate tubes to each fuel rail.
Each fuel rail has four fuel tubes, one for each injector, that maintain constant pressure from the high-pressure
pump to each injector.
High-speed digital inputs – Inputs to the ECM from a sensor that generates varying frequencies (engine speed
and vehicle speed sensors).
Horsepower (hp) – Horsepower is the unit of work done in a given period of time, equal to 33,000 pounds
multiplied by one foot per minute. 1hp = 33,000 lb x 1 ft /1 min.
Humidity Sensor (HS) – A sensor that measures the moisture content of filtered air entering the intake system.
Hydrocarbons – Organic compounds consisting of hydrogen and carbon (fuel and oil).
Hydrocarbon Injector – Injects fuel into the exhaust system to increase temperature of the exhaust gases.
Idle Shutdown Timer (IST) – An engine calibration that allows the ECM to shut down the engine during extended
engine idle times.
Injection Control Pressure (ICP) sensor – Provides a feedback signal to the ECM indicating injection control
pressure.
Injection Pressure Regulator (IPR) valve – A valve that is used to maintain desired injection control pressure.
Intake Air Heater (IAH) – The IAH is primarily used to assist in starting the engine during cold weather. In
addition, it helps to reduce white smoke emissions by heating the incoming air.
Intake manifold – Engine component that evenly supplies air to each intake port in the cylinder head(s).
Intake Manifold Pressure (IMP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor used to indicate air pressure in the
intake manifold.
Intake Manifold Temperature (IMT) sensor – A thermistor sensor used to indicate air temperature in the intake
manifold.
Internal Transfer Pump (ITP) – The ITP is part of the HPFP assembly and driven off the same shaft as the
HPFP assembly. The ITP supplies fuel at a slightly higher pressure and flow to the HPFP though the FVCV. The
ITP also provides fuel for cooling and lubrication of the HPFP. Fuel is rerouted as pump return flow through the
HPFP cooling and lubrication valve. Pressure is maintained at the intake of the HPFP piston pump by an ITP
regulator.
Interstage Cooler (ISC) – Uses cooled coolant to lower the charged air temperature that exits from the
turbocharger low-pressure compressor and enters the turbocharger high-pressure compressor.
Low speed digital inputs – Switched sensor inputs that generate an on/off (high/low) signal to the ECM. The
input to the ECM from the sensor could be from a high input source switch (usually 5 or 12 volts) or from a
grounding switch that grounds the signal from a current limiting resistor in the ECM that creates a low signal (0
volts).
Low temperature radiator thermostat – Coolant flow to the low temperature radiator is regulated by the low
temperature radiator thermostat.
Lubricity – Lubricity is the ability of a substance to reduce friction between solid surfaces in relative motion
under loaded conditions.
Lug (engine) – A condition when the engine is run at an overly low RPM for the load being applied.
2438 9 TERMINOLOGY
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) – An indicator lamp in the Electronic Instrument Cluster that will illuminate
when a detected emissions fault occurs.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) – Boost pressure in the manifold that is a result of the turbocharger.
Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that measures boost pressure.
Manometer – A double-leg liquid-column gauge, or a single inclined gauge, used to measure the difference
between two fluid pressures. Typically, a manometer records in inches of water.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) – The intake airflow in an engine.
Mass Air Flow (MAF) sensor – The MAF sensor is used for closed loop control of the EGR valve and ITV. The
ECM monitors the MAF signal so that the ECM can control the EGR and intake throttle systems.
Magnehelic Gauge – A gauge that measures pressure in inches of water.
Magnetic Pickup Sensor – A magnetic pickup sensor generates an alternating frequency that indicates speed.
Magnetic pickups have a two-wire connection for signal and ground. This sensor has a permanent magnetic
core surrounded by a wire coil. The signal frequency is generated by the rotation of the gear teeth that disturb
the magnetic field.
Metering unit valve assembly – The Metering unit valve assembly provides a metered amount of fuel to the
Aftertreatment Fuel Injector (AFI).
Microprocessor – An integrated circuit in a microcomputer that controls information flow.
Micro Strain Gauge (MSG) Sensor – A MSG sensor measures pressure. Pressure exerts force on a pressure
vessel that stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the
pressure vessel. Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Nitrogen Oxides (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides form by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high temperatures
and pressures in the combustion chamber.
Normally closed – Refers to a switch that remains closed when no control force is acting on it.
Normally open – Refers to a switch that remains open when no control force is acting on it.
Ohm (Ω) – The unit of electrical resistance. One ohm is the value of resistance through which a potential of one
volt will maintain a current of one ampere. (SAE J1213 NOV82)
On demand test – A self-test the technician initiates using the EST that is run from a program in the software.
Output Circuit Check (OCC) – An on-demand test done during an Engine OFF self-test to check the continuity
of selected actuators.
Output Shaft Speed (OSS) sensor – A sensor mounted to the rear of the transmission that supplies a vehicle
speed signal to the ECM. The ECM uses this signal to control Power Takeoff (PTO), road speed limiting, and
cruise control. Automatic transmissions use this signal for shift scheduling.
Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) – Nitrogen oxides formed by a reaction between nitrogen and oxygen at high
temperatures.
Oxygen Sensor (O2S) – A sensor that monitors oxygen levels in the exhaust.
pH – A measure of the acidity or alkalinity of a solution.
Particulate matter – Particulate matter includes mostly burned particles of fuel and engine oil.
Piezometer – An instrument for measuring fluid pressure.
Power – Power is a measure of the rate at which work (force x distance) is done during a specific time. Compare
with Torque.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2439
Power TakeOff (PTO) – Accessory output, usually from the transmission, used to power a hydraulic pump for
a special auxiliary feature (garbage packing, lift equipment, etc).
Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) – Succession of digital electrical pulses, rather than an analog signal. Efficient
method of providing power between fully on and fully off.
Radiator Shutter Enable (RSE) – A feature that uses various input signals to open or close radiator shutters
by energizing or de-energizing a solenoid that controls an air or hydraulic cylinder.
Random Access Memory (RAM) – Computer memory that stores information. Information can be written to and
read from RAM. Input information (current engine speed or temperature) can be stored in RAM to be compared
to values stored in Read Only Memory (ROM). All memory in RAM is lost when the ignition switch is turned off.
Rated gross horsepower – Engine gross horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE
J1995 JUN90)
Rated horsepower – Maximum brake horsepower output of an engine as certified by the engine manufacturer.
The power of an engine when configured as a basic engine. (SAE J1995 JUN90)
Rated net horsepower – Engine net horsepower at rated speed as declared by the manufacturer. (SAE J1349
JUN90)
Rated speed – The speed, as determined by the manufacturer, at which the engine is rated. (SAE J1995
JUN90)
Rated torque – Maximum torque produced by an engine as certified by the manufacturer.
Ratiometric Voltage – In a MSG sensor, pressure to be measured exerts force on a pressure vessel that
stretches and compresses to change resistance of strain gauges bonded to the surface of the pressure vessel.
Internal sensor electronics convert the changes in resistance to a ratiometric voltage output.
Reference voltage (VREF) – A 5 volt reference supplied by the ECM to operate the engine sensors.
Regeneration – Oxidation of accumulated soot (carbon-based particulates) in the DPF. The soot is reduced to
ash and stored in the PDF.
Remote Accelerator Pedal Position (RAPP) – A feature that allows the operator to set and maintain a constant
engine speed from outside the vehicle cab. This feature may also be known as Remote Engine Speed Control
(RESC). Control over engine speed is accomplished by using remote mounted switches to turn on the RESC
and select the desired engine speed.
Remote Engine Speed Control (RESC) – See Remote Accelerator Pedal Position.
Reserve capacity – Time in minutes that a fully charged battery can be discharged to 10.5 volts at 25 amperes.
Return Fuel System – The return fuel system moves unused fuel from the fuel injectors to the fuel cooler.
Excess fuel out of the FVCV and the FPCV mix with fuel from the fuel injectors on the way to the fuel cooler.
Road Speed Limiter (RSL) – Feature designed to regulate the maximum vehicle speed as controlled by the
accelerator pedal.
ServiceMaxx™ software – Diagnostics software for engine related components and systems.
Signal Conditioner – The signal conditioner in the internal microprocessor converts analog signals to digital
signals, squares up sine wave signals, or amplifies low-intensity signals to a level that the ECM microprocessor
can process.
Signal ground – The common ground wire to the ECM for the sensors.
Speed Control Command Switches (SCCS) – A set of switches used for cruise control, Power TakeOff (PTO),
and remote hand throttle system.
2440 9 TERMINOLOGY
Starter Motor Control (SMC) – An ECM function that prevents starter engagement while the engine is running
(above a set calibrated rpm), when the automatic transmission is in gear, or when the manual transmission
clutch pedal is not depressed.
Steady state condition – An engine operating at a constant speed and load and at stabilized temperatures and
pressures. (SAE J215 JAN80)
Strategy – A plan or set of operating instructions that the microprocessor follows for a desired goal. Strategy
is the computer program itself, including all equations and decision making logic. Strategy is always stored in
ROM and cannot be changed during calibration.
Stroke – The movement of the piston from Top Dead Center (TDC) to BDC.
Substrate – Material that supports the wash coating or catalytic materials.
Suspect Parameter Number (SPN) – A 19-bit number used to identify the item for which diagnostics are being
reported. The SPN is used for multiple purposes, some that are specific to diagnostics are as follows:
• Identify the least repairable subsystem that has failed.
• Identify subsystems or assemblies that may not have hard failures but may be exhibiting abnormal operating
performance.
• Identify a particular event or condition that will be reported.
• Report a component and non-standard failure mode.
System restriction (air) – The static pressure differential that occurs at a given airflow from air entrance through
air exit in a system. Usually measured in inches (millimeters) of water. (SAE J1004 SEP81)
Tachometer output signal – Engine speed signal for remote tachometers.
Thermistor – A semiconductor device. A sensing element that changes resistance as the temperature changes.
Thermistor Sensor – Changes electrical resistance with changes in temperature. Resistance in the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases, and increases as temperature decreases. Thermistors work with a resistor
that limits current to form a voltage signal matched with a temperature value.
Thrust load – A thrust load pushes or reacts through a bearing in a direction parallel to the shaft.
Top Dead Center (TDC) – The uppermost position of the piston during the stroke.
Torque – A force having a twisting or turning effect. For a single force, the cross product of a vector from some
reference point to the point of application of the force within the force itself. Also known as moment of force or
rotation moment. Torque is a measure of the ability of an engine to do work.
Traction Control – System that identifies when one or more wheel is going faster than one of the other wheels
during acceleration.
Truck Computer Analysis of Performance and Economy (TCAPE) – A computer program that simulates the
performance and fuel economy of trucks.
Turbocharger – A turbine driven compressor mounted on the exhaust manifold. The turbocharger increases
the pressure, temperature and density of intake air to charge air.
Turbocharger 1 Turbine Outlet Pressure (TC1TOP) sensor – A variable capacitance sensor that monitors
exhaust back-pressure.
Turbocharger 2 Compressor Intake (TC2CIS) sensor – The TC2CIS sensor includes a thermistor sensor that
monitors the temperature of charge air entering the HP turbocharger. This sensor also monitors boost pressure
for the LP turbocharger.
9 TERMINOLOGY 2441